diff options
41 files changed, 27954 insertions, 17922 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 1bd827df..00a9fac4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-25 12:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n" -"ca/)\n" "Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"ca/)\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ msgstr "ca" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -151,24 +151,35 @@ msgstr "" "gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu " "designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -407,17 +418,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Tria dels punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -673,8 +684,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configuració dels serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -726,8 +737,8 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configuració de la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1205,9 +1216,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1284,23 +1296,42 @@ msgstr "" "personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Esborra i utilitza el disc sencer" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1310,12 +1341,12 @@ msgstr "" "teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalitzat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1324,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" "al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1344,17 +1375,17 @@ msgstr "" "alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Alinea a\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1362,22 +1393,22 @@ msgstr "" "parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instal·lació amb DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrer 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1391,29 +1422,8 @@ msgstr "Documentació oficial de Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " -"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " -"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1424,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1435,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1445,14 +1455,35 @@ msgstr "" "millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " +"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " +"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1511,10 +1542,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1611,13 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD " -"Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1626,12 +1657,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1639,28 +1679,30 @@ msgstr "" "preferències personals:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu les tecles de les fletxes per a seleccionar la llengua i premeu la " "tecla de retorn." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1669,30 +1711,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Per a canviar la resolució de la pantalla premeu la tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Per a afegir algunes opcions del nucli premeu la tecla F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1700,12 +1751,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Per defecte, no altera res en les opcions per defecte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1714,17 +1765,16 @@ msgstr "" "detriment del rendiment." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" -"- Sense ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), no es té en compte " -"la " -"gestió del consum." +"- Sense ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), no es té en " +"compte la gestió del consum." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1733,14 +1783,14 @@ msgstr "" "interrupcions de la CPU, seleccioneu aquesta opció si us la demana." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1748,19 +1798,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Amb la tecla F1 afegiu més opcions del nucli" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1768,14 +1821,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1784,26 +1839,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Amb la tecla F2 l'ajuda es tradueix a la llengua triada." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1812,12 +1877,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "La disposició del teclat és l'americana." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1826,12 +1891,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1840,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "" "veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1850,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "" "habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1859,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" "dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1880,17 +1945,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1902,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "consola." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1912,12 +1977,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "La instal·lació es penja" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1932,12 +1997,12 @@ msgstr "" "d'altres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problema en la RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1951,12 +2016,12 @@ msgstr "" "significaria 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Particions dinàmiques" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -1970,10 +2035,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2015,9 +2080,9 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2137,18 +2202,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2482,8 +2547,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2626,9 +2691,8 @@ msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -"No totes les llengües estan disponibles. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, " -"pl, " -"pt, ru, sv, uk) CAL VERIFICAR-HO!" +"No totes les llengües estan disponibles. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, " +"mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) CAL VERIFICAR-HO!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 @@ -2753,9 +2817,8 @@ msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" -"Només conté programari lliure, per a qui rebutja la utilització de programari " -"de " -"propietat." +"Només conté programari lliure, per a qui rebutja la utilització de " +"programari de propietat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 @@ -2837,8 +2900,8 @@ msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" -"- Per a fer servir md5sum, teclegeu: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"camí/cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>." +"- Per a fer servir md5sum, teclegeu: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum camí/" +"cap/a/la/imatge/fitxer.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 @@ -2902,9 +2965,9 @@ msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" -"Totes les ISO de Mageia són híbrides, que vol dir que les podeu «bolcar» a un " -"llapis de memòria USB i després fer-lo servir per a arrencar i instal·lar el " -"sistema." +"Totes les ISO de Mageia són híbrides, que vol dir que les podeu «bolcar» a " +"un llapis de memòria USB i després fer-lo servir per a arrencar i instal·lar " +"el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 @@ -3053,8 +3116,8 @@ msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" -"Aquest pas es detalla a <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ca/doc/" -"\">la documentació de Mageia</link>." +"Aquest pas es detalla a <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ca/doc/\">la " +"documentació de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 @@ -3070,8 +3133,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecció de país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3408,10 +3471,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecció del ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3535,7 +3598,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3704,14 +3767,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3751,7 +3814,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3830,12 +3893,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmació del disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3917,3 +3980,10 @@ msgid "" "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD " +#~ "Mageia:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Per a afegir algunes opcions del nucli premeu la tecla F6." diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index fd0d5542..1d30e8ea 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-17 20:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Luděk Janča <joelp@email.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -156,6 +156,17 @@ msgstr "" "jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit " "konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1063,9 +1074,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1126,22 +1138,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Smazat a použít celý disk" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "Pozor, toto smaže všechna data na vybraném disku. Buďte opatrní!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1149,19 +1180,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Vlastní" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1173,38 +1204,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalace pomocí DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Únor 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1218,26 +1249,8 @@ msgstr "Oficiální dokumentace pro Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1245,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1253,13 +1266,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1404,11 +1435,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při použití Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1417,37 +1450,48 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1456,30 +1500,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Změnit rozlišení obrazovky klávesou F3" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1487,40 +1540,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1528,19 +1581,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1548,14 +1603,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1564,26 +1621,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1592,12 +1659,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1606,33 +1673,33 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Instalační kroky" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1645,17 +1712,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problémy při instalaci a možné řešení" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Bez grafického rozhraní" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1663,7 +1730,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1673,12 +1740,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalace zamrzne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1688,12 +1755,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "problém paměti RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1702,12 +1769,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -3385,3 +3452,6 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při použití Mageia DVD:" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 56caf44a..50fe417a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-21 22:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -163,6 +163,17 @@ msgstr "" "die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " "können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1252,9 +1263,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" "\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" @@ -1332,24 +1344,43 @@ msgstr "" "die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Lösche und nutze den gesamten Speicher" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " "Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1360,12 +1391,12 @@ msgstr "" "dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1374,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1393,17 +1424,17 @@ msgstr "" "folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Ausrichten an:\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1411,22 +1442,22 @@ msgstr "" "an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1440,29 +1471,8 @@ msgstr "Die offizielle Mageia-Dokumentation" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " -"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " -"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1473,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1484,7 +1494,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1495,6 +1505,27 @@ msgstr "" "\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " "Anleitung zu verbessern." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " +"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " +"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1669,12 +1700,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1683,12 +1715,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1696,30 +1737,33 @@ msgstr "" "Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des " "Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " "Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1732,30 +1776,39 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug</guilabel> enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Füge einige Kernel-Optionen durch drücken der F6 Taste ein." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1767,12 +1820,12 @@ msgstr "" "Einträge enthält:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1781,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nachteil der Leistung." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1790,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1800,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1809,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" "in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1821,19 +1874,22 @@ msgstr "" "trotzdem befolgt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Füge weitere Kerneloptionen durch drücken der F1 Taste hinzu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1845,14 +1901,16 @@ msgstr "" "zurückzukehren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1865,20 +1923,30 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> Zeile hinzugefügt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1888,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr "" "wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1901,12 +1969,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1915,12 +1983,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1929,7 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "" "linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1939,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1948,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1971,17 +2039,17 @@ msgstr "" "\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1993,7 +2061,7 @@ msgstr "" "code> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -2009,12 +2077,12 @@ msgstr "" "Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Die Installation friert ein" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2032,12 +2100,12 @@ msgstr "" "ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM Problem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2052,12 +2120,12 @@ msgstr "" "code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dynamische Partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4053,3 +4121,11 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD " +#~ "benutzt" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Füge einige Kernel-Optionen durch drücken der F6 Taste ein." diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 215c4a14..35cf148d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-28 10:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ msgstr "el" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -154,24 +154,35 @@ msgstr "" "updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη " "δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -420,17 +431,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -692,8 +703,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -746,8 +757,8 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλ msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1231,9 +1242,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1310,24 +1322,43 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Διαγραφή και χρήση ολόκληρου του δίσκου." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκληρο τον δίσκο για τη Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό " "δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1338,12 +1369,12 @@ msgstr "" "τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1352,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "σας δίσκους." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1372,17 +1403,17 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1390,22 +1421,22 @@ msgstr "" "Mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1419,29 +1450,8 @@ msgstr "Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " -"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " -"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1453,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1464,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1475,14 +1485,35 @@ msgstr "" "επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " +"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " +"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1543,10 +1574,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1647,13 +1678,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia " -"DVD:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1662,12 +1693,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1675,28 +1715,31 @@ msgstr "" "προτιμήσεις:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Η γλώσσα (για την εγκατάσταση μόνο, μπορεί να είναι διαφορετική από τη " "γλώσσα του συστήματος) πατώντας το πλήκτρο F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για να επιλέξετε τη γλώσσα και πιέστε Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1709,30 +1752,39 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Αλλαγή της ανάλυσης της οθόνης πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Προσθήκη μερικών επιλογών πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1744,12 +1796,12 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες τέσσερις επιλογές:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Προκαθορισμένη, δεν αλλάζει καμιά από τις εξ ορισμού επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1758,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" "της απόδοσης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1767,7 +1819,7 @@ msgstr "" "διεπαφή ρύθμισης και διαχείρισης ενέργειας δεν θα ληφθεί υπόψη." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1777,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" "διακοπές της CPU, επιλέξτε αυτήν την επιλογή αν σας ζητηθεί." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1787,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1798,19 +1850,22 @@ msgstr "" "λαμβάνονται κανονικά υπόψη." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Προσθέστε περισσότερες επιλογές του πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1821,14 +1876,16 @@ msgstr "" "πιέστε Esc για να επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη υποδοχής." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1841,20 +1898,30 @@ msgstr "" "στη γραμμή <guilabel>Επιλογές εκκίνησης</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Η Βοήθεια εμφανίζεται μεταφρασμένη στην επιλεγμένη γλώσσα με το πλήκτρο F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1863,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης ενσύρματου δικτύου (εικόνες Boot.iso ή Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1876,12 +1943,12 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Wiki της Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου είναι η αμερικανική." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1890,12 +1957,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1904,7 +1971,7 @@ msgstr "" "οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1914,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1923,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" "όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1946,17 +2013,17 @@ msgstr "" "επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1968,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr "" "<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1984,12 +2051,12 @@ msgstr "" "Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2005,12 +2072,12 @@ msgstr "" "κριθεί απαραίτητο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Πρόβλημα RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2024,12 +2091,12 @@ msgstr "" "καθορίζει 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Δυναμικές κατατμήσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2049,10 +2116,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2095,9 +2162,9 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2220,18 +2287,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2577,8 +2644,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3222,8 +3289,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3570,10 +3637,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3706,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3878,14 +3945,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3928,7 +3995,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4008,12 +4075,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -4122,6 +4189,14 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia " +#~ "DVD:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Προσθήκη μερικών επιλογών πυρήνα πιέζοντας το πλήκτρο F6." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index c80b1d84..274763e7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -146,6 +146,17 @@ msgid "" "installation." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1150,9 +1161,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" @@ -1228,24 +1240,43 @@ msgstr "" "personaj dosieroj." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Forviŝu kaj uzu la tutan diskon." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu " "zorgema!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1255,12 +1286,12 @@ msgstr "" "disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Subdiskigo" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1269,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiksita(j) disko(j)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1288,39 +1319,39 @@ msgstr "" "settings:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "" @@ -1334,28 +1365,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " -"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1366,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1377,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1387,6 +1398,26 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " +"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1550,47 +1581,63 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1599,28 +1646,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1628,40 +1687,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1669,18 +1728,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1688,13 +1751,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1703,25 +1770,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1730,24 +1809,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1756,7 +1835,7 @@ msgstr "" "la flanka panelo de la ekrano." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1766,7 +1845,7 @@ msgstr "" "bezonataj elektoj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1775,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1795,17 +1874,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1816,7 +1895,7 @@ msgstr "" "utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1826,12 +1905,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instal-paneoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1845,12 +1924,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1863,12 +1942,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index 72d98108..ebe903ee 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-07 00:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -165,6 +165,17 @@ msgstr "" "tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " "propia instalación NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1222,9 +1233,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1301,24 +1313,43 @@ msgstr "" "de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Borrar y usar el disco entero" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " "¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1328,12 +1359,12 @@ msgstr "" "en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1342,7 +1373,7 @@ msgstr "" "en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1361,17 +1392,17 @@ msgstr "" "siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Alinear a\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1379,22 +1410,22 @@ msgstr "" "megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrero 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1408,28 +1439,8 @@ msgstr "Documentación Oficial para Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " -"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1440,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1451,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1461,6 +1472,26 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " "Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " +"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1627,12 +1658,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1641,12 +1673,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1654,29 +1695,32 @@ msgstr "" "personales:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma " "elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1689,30 +1733,39 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Añada algunas opciones al kernel pulsando la tecla F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1724,12 +1777,12 @@ msgstr "" "cuatro opciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1738,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr "" "detrimento del rendimiento." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1747,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "de energía no se tiene en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1756,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1765,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" "defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1776,19 +1829,22 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Añada más opciones al kernel presionando la tecla F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1799,14 +1855,16 @@ msgstr "" "pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1819,20 +1877,30 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1842,7 +1910,7 @@ msgstr "" "iso)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1855,12 +1923,12 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1869,12 +1937,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1883,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr "" "seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1892,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1901,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1921,17 +1989,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1943,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "code> en la terminal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1959,12 +2027,12 @@ msgstr "" "instalación en modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "La Instalación se congela" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1979,12 +2047,12 @@ msgstr "" "con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problema de RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1998,12 +2066,12 @@ msgstr "" "256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Particiones dinámicas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2978,8 +3046,8 @@ msgstr "" "Use cualquier dispositivo de grabación, pero asegúrese que <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">grabar imagen</emphasis> esta correctamente seleccionado. La " "grabación de datos o archivos no será correcta. Más información en <link ns4:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki" -"</link>" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 @@ -4038,6 +4106,14 @@ msgstr "" "para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho " "cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de " +#~ "Mageia:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Añada algunas opciones al kernel pulsando la tecla F6." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 61887e56..e3303612 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-04 11:25+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-et@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ msgstr "et" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -149,24 +149,35 @@ msgstr "" "piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i " "määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -404,17 +415,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -665,8 +676,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -720,8 +731,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1198,9 +1209,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1276,24 +1288,43 @@ msgstr "" "äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Kogu ketta tühjendamine ja kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge " "ettevaatlik!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1303,12 +1334,12 @@ msgstr "" "kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1317,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "või -ketastel paigaldatakse." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1336,17 +1367,17 @@ msgstr "" "gparted." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1354,22 +1385,22 @@ msgstr "" "paarisarv." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Veebruar 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1383,29 +1414,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia ametlik dokumentatsioon" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " -"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " -"langetatud valikutest." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1416,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1427,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1438,14 +1448,35 @@ msgstr "" "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" "\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " +"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " +"langetatud valikutest." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Õnnitleme!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1505,10 +1536,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Vormindamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1604,11 +1635,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan Mageia DVD kasutamisel:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1617,39 +1650,51 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "Avaekraanil on võimalik määrata mõned isiklikud eelistused:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Keel (ainult paigaldamiseks, võib erineda süsteemile valitavast keelest) " "klahvile F2 vajutades" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Valige nooleklahvidega liikudes keel ja vajutage klahvile Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1662,30 +1707,39 @@ msgstr "" "tööriist</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Muuta ekraanilahutust klahvile F3 vajutades" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid klahvile F6 vajutades" +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1696,26 +1750,26 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel> ja pakub nelja valikut:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Vaikimisi, mille korral vaikimisi võtmeid ei muudeta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "- Ohutud sätted, mille korral jõudlusele eelistatakse ohutust." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "- Ilma ACPI-ta, mille korral toitehalduse valikuid ei arvestata." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1724,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "" "seda nõutakse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1733,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1744,19 +1798,22 @@ msgstr "" "arvestatakse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Lisada veel rohkem kerneli võtmeid klahvile F1 vajutades" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1767,14 +1824,16 @@ msgstr "" "tervitusekraani juurde naasmiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1787,19 +1846,29 @@ msgstr "" "reale <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Abi tõlgitakse keelde, mis on valitud klahviga F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1808,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Boot.iso või Boot-Nonfree.iso tõmmis) kasutamisel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1821,12 +1890,12 @@ msgstr "" "Wikist</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Klaviatuuripaigutus on Ameerika-pärane." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1835,12 +1904,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1849,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "külgpaneelil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1859,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "vajalikud valikud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1868,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "etappi põhjalikumalt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1889,17 +1958,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1910,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1925,12 +1994,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1945,12 +2014,12 @@ msgstr "" "võtmetega." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-i probleem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1963,12 +2032,12 @@ msgstr "" "<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dünaamilised partitsioonid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -1988,10 +2057,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uuendused" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2032,9 +2101,9 @@ msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2153,18 +2222,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2493,8 +2562,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Turbetase" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3056,8 +3125,8 @@ msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -"Näide: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Näide: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 @@ -3121,8 +3190,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3454,10 +3523,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Hiire valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3583,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -3752,14 +3821,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3799,7 +3868,7 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Heli seadistamine" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3876,12 +3945,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3987,6 +4056,12 @@ msgstr "" "väga ettevaatlik ja kindlasti varundage eelnevalt kõik oma vähegi olulisemad " "andmed." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan Mageia DVD kasutamisel:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid klahvile F6 vajutades" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index df6b0e37..3ddcdb02 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 12:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -153,6 +153,17 @@ msgstr "" "sarbidea, hala nola nonfree, kutsatu eta eguneraketak biltegiak bezala. URL " "batekin, biltegi-zehatzak edo zure NFS instalazioa egin dezakezu." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1208,9 +1219,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1286,24 +1298,43 @@ msgstr "" "gomendagarria da zure fitxategi pertsonalaren babeskopia bat egitea." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Ezabatu eta erabili disko osoa." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz " "ibili!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1313,12 +1344,12 @@ msgstr "" "informazioa baduzu,, ez ezazu aukera hau erabili." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Pertsonalizatua" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1327,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "" "gogorrean." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1345,38 +1376,38 @@ msgstr "" "gero, eta hurrengo konfigurazioak erabil ditzala:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"lerrokatu\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Aurreko espazio librea (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "DrakX-rekin Instalazioa" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1390,29 +1421,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia-ren dokumentazio Ofiziala" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko " -"dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien " -"araberakoa izango da." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1423,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1434,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1444,6 +1454,27 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada " "eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Inork ez du ikusiko eskuliburu honetako ikus daitzekeen irudirik. Ikusiko " +"dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien " +"araberakoa izango da." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1612,11 +1643,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Hona hemen Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1625,40 +1658,52 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" "Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, " "aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1672,30 +1717,39 @@ msgstr "" "antzemateko tresnarik</guilabel> ere." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Gehitu kernel aukera batzuk F6 sakatuz." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1707,12 +1761,12 @@ msgstr "" "eta lau aukera proposatzen ditu:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1721,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "" "kalterako." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1730,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "administrazioa ez da kontuan hartzen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1739,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "CPU-aren etenez dihardu. Aukera hau aukeratu ezazu eskatzen bazaizu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1748,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "erakutsitako jatorrizko aukerak aldatzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1759,19 +1813,22 @@ msgstr "" "Hala ere, kontuan izango dira." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Gehitu kernel funtsezko aukerak baino gehiago F1 sakatuz" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1782,14 +1839,16 @@ msgstr "" "ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1802,19 +1861,29 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> lerroan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1823,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "erabiltzen denean (Boot.iso edo Boot-Nonfree.iso imajinak)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1836,12 +1905,12 @@ msgstr "" "iso_install\">Mageiaren Wiki-a</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1850,12 +1919,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Instalazio urratsak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1864,7 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" "daitezke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1874,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "erabiltzen dira ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1883,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "pausuei buruzko azalpenak emango dizute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1903,17 +1972,17 @@ msgstr "" "Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1925,7 +1994,7 @@ msgstr "" "terminalean idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1941,12 +2010,12 @@ msgstr "" "instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalatu Osagaiak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1961,12 +2030,12 @@ msgstr "" "beste batzuekin konbina daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM arazoak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1980,12 +2049,12 @@ msgstr "" "lituzke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partizio dinamikoak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4017,3 +4086,9 @@ msgstr "" "erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en " "eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz " "ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Hona hemen Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Gehitu kernel aukera batzuk F6 sakatuz." diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 94e069f6..aeea9bd2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 17:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -165,6 +165,17 @@ msgstr "" "dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " "l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1234,9 +1245,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1313,24 +1325,43 @@ msgstr "" "préalable." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Effacer et utiliser le disque tout entier" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. " "Faites attention !" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1341,12 +1372,12 @@ msgstr "" "perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1355,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "installation sur le(s) disque(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1375,17 +1406,17 @@ msgstr "" "suivante :" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1393,22 +1424,22 @@ msgstr "" "de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Février 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1422,29 +1453,8 @@ msgstr "La documentation officielle de Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " -"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " -"vous faites." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1455,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1466,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1476,6 +1486,27 @@ msgstr "" "à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " +"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " +"vous faites." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1648,12 +1679,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1662,12 +1694,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1675,30 +1716,33 @@ msgstr "" "personnelles :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être " "différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur " "la touche Entrée." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1711,30 +1755,39 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Ajoutez certaines options au noyau en pressant la touche F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1746,12 +1799,12 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1760,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "détriment performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1769,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1779,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1788,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "" "défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1800,19 +1853,22 @@ msgstr "" "en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Ajouter plus d'options du noyau en pressant la touche F1." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1824,14 +1880,16 @@ msgstr "" "Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1844,20 +1902,30 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1866,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1879,12 +1947,12 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Le clavier est Américain." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1893,12 +1961,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1907,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1917,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaires moins communes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1926,7 +1994,7 @@ msgstr "" "apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1948,17 +2016,17 @@ msgstr "" "pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1970,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'invite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1986,12 +2054,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'installation en mode texte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "L'installation se fige" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2006,12 +2074,12 @@ msgstr "" "avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2025,12 +2093,12 @@ msgstr "" "spécifier 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partitions dynamiques" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4102,3 +4170,10 @@ msgstr "" "tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque " "vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes " "vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Ajoutez certaines options au noyau en pressant la touche F6." diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index 9975a3d6..a2b82f84 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -125,6 +125,17 @@ msgid "" "installation." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -946,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1005,22 +1016,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1028,19 +1055,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1052,37 +1079,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "" @@ -1096,26 +1123,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link " @@ -1123,7 +1132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " @@ -1131,13 +1140,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " "Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1273,11 +1300,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " @@ -1285,34 +1314,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live " "DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " @@ -1321,27 +1359,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:95 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1349,40 +1394,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1390,17 +1435,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:133 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1408,12 +1455,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options " @@ -1422,24 +1471,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:163 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired " @@ -1449,31 +1508,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have " "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " @@ -1481,14 +1540,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1501,17 +1560,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection " "screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using " @@ -1519,7 +1578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be " "possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use " @@ -1529,12 +1588,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1544,12 +1603,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1558,12 +1617,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " diff --git a/docs/installer/hr.po b/docs/installer/hr.po index 5100a808..d0e598ce 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr.po +++ b/docs/installer/hr.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ivica Kolić <ikoli@yahoo.com>, 2014-2015 # Romero, 2015 @@ -9,15 +9,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-02 16:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivica Kolić <ikoli@yahoo.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/hr/)\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"hr/)\n" +"Language: hr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: hr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -27,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licenca i bilješka o izdanju" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +43,39 @@ msgstr "Ugovor o licenci" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Prijew instalacije <application>Mageie</application>, molim pročitajte pažljivo uvjete licence." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Prijew instalacije <application>Mageie</application>, molim pročitajte " +"pažljivo uvjete licence." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Ovi se uvjeti primjenjuju na cijelu <application>Mageia</application> distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Ovi se uvjeti primjenjuju na cijelu <application>Mageia</application> " +"distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Za prihvaćanje jednostavno odaberite <guilabel>Prihvaćam</guilabel> i zatim kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Za prihvaćanje jednostavno odaberite <guilabel>Prihvaćam</guilabel> i zatim " +"kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ako odlučite ne prihvatiti ove uvjete, zahvaljujemo vam pto ste pogledali. Klikom na <guibutton>Isključi</guibutton> ponovno ćete pokrenuti vaše računalo." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ako odlučite ne prihvatiti ove uvjete, zahvaljujemo vam pto ste pogledali. " +"Klikom na <guibutton>Isključi</guibutton> ponovno ćete pokrenuti vaše " +"računalo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +87,9 @@ msgstr "Bilješke o izdanju" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme." +msgstr "" +"Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite " +"na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -88,27 +102,31 @@ msgstr "hr" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Odabir Medija (Konfiguracija dopunskog instalacijskog medija)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Ovaj zaslon daje vam listu već prepoznatih repozitorija. MOžewte dodati ostale izvore za pakete, poput optičkoga diska ili udaljenog izvora. Odabir izvora određuje koji paketi će biti dostupni za odabir tijekom idućih koraka." +msgstr "" +"Ovaj zaslon daje vam listu već prepoznatih repozitorija. MOžewte dodati " +"ostale izvore za pakete, poput optičkoga diska ili udaljenog izvora. Odabir " +"izvora određuje koji paketi će biti dostupni za odabir tijekom idućih koraka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -128,38 +146,51 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Odabir ogledala ili određenog URL (prvi unos). Odabirom ogledala imate pristup odabiru svih repozitorija uprave Mageia, poput Nonfree, sa Tainted spremištem i ažuriranjem. Sa URL možete odrediti određeni repozitorij ili vlastitu NFS instalaciju." +msgstr "" +"Odabir ogledala ili određenog URL (prvi unos). Odabirom ogledala imate " +"pristup odabiru svih repozitorija uprave Mageia, poput Nonfree, sa Tainted " +"spremištem i ažuriranjem. Sa URL možete odrediti određeni repozitorij ili " +"vlastitu NFS instalaciju." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -171,20 +202,29 @@ msgstr "Poostavi administratorsku (root) lozinku:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Preporučljivo je za sve <application>Mageia</application> instalacije postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo <emphasis>root lozinka</emphasis> u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu lozinku uspoređujući ih." +msgstr "" +"Preporučljivo je za sve <application>Mageia</application> instalacije " +"postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo " +"<emphasis>root lozinka</emphasis> u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje " +"polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o " +"jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate " +"ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu " +"lozinku uspoređujući ih." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki." +msgstr "" +"Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti " +"mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -197,29 +237,39 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika (root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom." +msgstr "" +"Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika " +"(root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i " +"sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu korisnika." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu " +"korisnika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno polje." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno " +"polje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Ime prijave</guilabel>: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. <emphasis>Ime prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ime prijave</guilabel>: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili " +"dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. <emphasis>Ime " +"prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -227,15 +277,21 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku " +"lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu " +"lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom tekstualnom polju." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u " +"ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom " +"tekstualnom polju." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 @@ -283,7 +339,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Ako je kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete. Dodatno, možete onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta." +msgstr "" +"Ako je kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon " +"gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete. Dodatno, možete " +"onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -299,7 +358,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Omogući račun gosta</guilabel>: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje PC-ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Omogući račun gosta</guilabel>: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili " +"onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje PC-" +"ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -321,8 +383,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -330,27 +392,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Odaberite mjesta montiranja" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -358,21 +420,28 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Ovdje možete vidjeti linux particije kje su nađene na vašem računalu. Ako se ne slažete sa <application>DrakX</application> sugerstijama, možete promjeniti točke montiranja." +msgstr "" +"Ovdje možete vidjeti linux particije kje su nađene na vašem računalu. Ako se " +"ne slažete sa <application>DrakX</application> sugerstijama, možete " +"promjeniti točke montiranja." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Ako išta promjenite, budite sigurni da još uvijek imate <literal>/</literal> (root) particiju." +msgstr "" +"Ako išta promjenite, budite sigurni da još uvijek imate <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) particiju." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Svaka particija je prikazana kao što slijedi:\n\"Uređaj\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Točka montiranja\", \"Vrsta\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Svaka particija je prikazana kao što slijedi:\n" +"\"Uređaj\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Točka montiranja\", \"Vrsta\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 @@ -384,20 +453,28 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Ako imate puno particija, možete izabrati mnogo različitih točaka montiranja iz padajućeg izbornika, kao što su <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. Možete čak napraviti vlastite točke montiranja, na primjer <literal>/video</literal> za particiju gdje želite pohraniti filmove, ili <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> za<literal>/home</literal> particiju cauldron instalacije." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Ako imate puno particija, možete izabrati mnogo različitih točaka montiranja " +"iz padajućeg izbornika, kao što su <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</" +"literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. Možete čak napraviti vlastite točke " +"montiranja, na primjer <literal>/video</literal> za particiju gdje želite " +"pohraniti filmove, ili <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> za<literal>/home</" +"literal> particiju cauldron instalacije." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Za particije kojima nemate pristup, možete ostaviti prazno polje točke montiranja." +msgstr "" +"Za particije kojima nemate pristup, možete ostaviti prazno polje točke " +"montiranja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -405,15 +482,21 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Izaberite <guibutton>Prethodno</guibutton> ako niste sigurni što odabrati, i zatim označite <guilabel>Prilagođeno particioniranje diska</guilabel>. Na zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu." +msgstr "" +"Izaberite <guibutton>Prethodno</guibutton> ako niste sigurni što odabrati, " +"i zatim označite <guilabel>Prilagođeno particioniranje diska</guilabel>. Na " +"zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Ako ste sigurni da su točke montiranja ispravne, kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>, i izaberite želite li formatirati samo particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Ako ste sigurni da su točke montiranja ispravne, kliknite na " +"<guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>, i izaberite želite li formatirati samo " +"particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -423,9 +506,11 @@ msgstr "Odabir radnog okruženja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino ugađanje vašega izbora." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino " +"ugađanje vašega izbora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -440,7 +525,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -459,14 +546,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Odabir grupe paketa" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -497,44 +585,50 @@ msgstr "Grafičko okruženje" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje ili uklanajnje paketa." +msgstr "" +"Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje " +"ili uklanajnje paketa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Pročitaj <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> za instrukcije kako napraviti minimalnu instalaciju." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Pročitaj <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> za instrukcije kako " +"napraviti minimalnu instalaciju." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Izaberi pojedinačne pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Ovdje možete dodati ili ukloniti dodatne pakete za prilagodbu vaše instalacije." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Ovdje možete dodati ili ukloniti dodatne pakete za prilagodbu vaše " +"instalacije." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -542,28 +636,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurirajte vaše servise" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -588,36 +684,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfigurirajte vremensku zonu" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Odaberite vašu vremensku zonu birajući vašu državu ili grad blizu vas u istoj vremenskoj zoni." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Odaberite vašu vremensku zonu birajući vašu državu ili grad blizu vas u " +"istoj vremenskoj zoni." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Na slijedećem zaslonu moći ćete postaviti sat vašega sklopovlja na lokalno vrijeme ili na GMT, također poznat kao UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Na slijedećem zaslonu moći ćete postaviti sat vašega sklopovlja na lokalno " +"vrijeme ili na GMT, također poznat kao UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Ako imate više operativinih sustava na vašem računalu, budite sigurni da su svi postavljeni na lokalno vrijeme ili na " +msgstr "" +"Ako imate više operativinih sustava na vašem računalu, budite sigurni da su " +"svi postavljeni na lokalno vrijeme ili na " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -627,10 +732,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -704,15 +812,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -722,11 +828,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -764,11 +870,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -788,7 +894,9 @@ msgstr "Izaberite vaš monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX ima vrlo opsežnu bazu podataka monitora i obično će točno identificirati vaš." +msgstr "" +"DrakX ima vrlo opsežnu bazu podataka monitora i obično će točno " +"identificirati vaš." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -797,14 +905,18 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Odabirom monitora drugih karakteristika možete oštetiti vaš monitor i video sklopovlje. Molim ne pokušavajte tako nešto ukoliko ne znate što radite.</emphasis> Ako imate sumnji savjetujte se sa dokumentacijom svoga monitora" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Odabirom monitora drugih karakteristika možete oštetiti vaš " +"monitor i video sklopovlje. Molim ne pokušavajte tako nešto ukoliko ne znate " +"što radite.</emphasis> Ako imate sumnji savjetujte se sa dokumentacijom " +"svoga monitora" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -816,9 +928,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Prilagođeno</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -840,7 +952,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Ovo je zadana opcija i pokušava odrediti vrstu monitora iz baze podataka monitora." +msgstr "" +"Ovo je zadana opcija i pokušava odrediti vrstu monitora iz baze podataka " +"monitora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -873,10 +987,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generički</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -887,39 +1001,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -961,10 +1075,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -986,8 +1103,8 @@ msgstr "Koristi slobodni prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -998,8 +1115,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1022,22 +1139,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Izbriši i koristi cijeli disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ova će opcija koristiti cijeli pogon za Mageiu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1045,63 +1181,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Prilagođeno" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalacija pomoću " #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Veljača 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1115,46 +1250,46 @@ msgstr "Službena dokumentacija za Mageiu" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1162,31 +1297,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Čestitamo" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application> i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application> " +"i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1213,16 +1350,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatiram" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1235,7 +1372,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti formatirane." +msgstr "" +"Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti " +"formatirane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 @@ -1256,8 +1395,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1292,76 +1431,106 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Promjenite rezoluciju zaslona pritiskom na tipku F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1369,40 +1538,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1410,17 +1579,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1428,12 +1602,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1442,96 +1621,107 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1539,22 +1729,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1564,33 +1754,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1598,21 +1787,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Nadogradnje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1640,26 +1824,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1674,8 +1856,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1683,11 +1865,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1699,8 +1881,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1732,26 +1914,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1777,8 +1957,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1822,8 +2002,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1887,8 +2067,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1899,8 +2079,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1911,9 +2090,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1958,8 +2136,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1975,8 +2153,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2018,10 +2196,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2029,14 +2206,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sigurnosna Razina" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2083,8 +2260,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2098,14 +2275,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2116,28 +2291,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2148,30 +2319,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2181,38 +2348,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2222,21 +2384,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" @@ -2246,8 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2257,8 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2273,19 +2430,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2298,8 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2311,8 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2332,25 +2484,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2380,29 +2532,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2427,9 +2579,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2465,8 +2616,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2474,88 +2625,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2590,16 +2729,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2607,14 +2745,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2628,8 +2766,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2650,13 +2788,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2675,8 +2813,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2709,30 +2847,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2750,35 +2888,34 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2809,22 +2946,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2855,11 +2992,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2877,8 +3013,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2896,9 +3032,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2914,16 +3050,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2958,31 +3094,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3036,16 +3169,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3058,8 +3191,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3067,8 +3200,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3081,9 +3214,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3091,29 +3224,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3134,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracija zvuka" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3164,9 +3294,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3194,18 +3323,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3218,8 +3346,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3244,20 +3372,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3273,6 +3401,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index 9ea8c739..57e9bace 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 04:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -154,6 +154,17 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda " "bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1209,9 +1220,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1285,24 +1297,43 @@ msgstr "" "Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Hapus dan gunakan Seluruh Disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-" "hati!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1313,12 +1344,12 @@ msgstr "" "gunakan pilihan ini." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Sesuaian" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1326,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1345,38 +1376,38 @@ msgstr "" "berikut:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Selaraskan ke\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Ruang kosong di awal (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Juga pastikan semua partisi dibuat dengan penomoran megabite." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalasi dengan DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februari 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1390,29 +1421,8 @@ msgstr "Dokumentasi Resmi Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam " -"manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan " -"pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1423,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1434,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1444,6 +1454,27 @@ msgstr "" "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</" "link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam " +"manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan " +"pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1611,11 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Ini adalah layar sambutan baku ketika menggunakan DVD Mageia:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1624,40 +1657,52 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" "Dari layar awal ini dimungkinkan untuk mengatur beberapa pengaturan pribadi:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Bahasa (hanya untuk instalasi, mungkin berbeda dari bahasa yang dipilih " "untuk sistem) dengan menekan tombol F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Gunakan tombol panah untuk memilih bahasa, lalu tekan tombol Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1670,30 +1715,39 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Peralatan Pendeteksian Perangkat Keras</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Ubah resolusi layar dengan menekan tombol F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Tambahkan beberapa opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1704,12 +1758,12 @@ msgstr "" "baru yang disebut <guilabel>Opsi boot</guilabel> dan menawarkan empat entri:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Baku, dia tidak mengubah apapun dalam opsi baku." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1718,7 +1772,7 @@ msgstr "" "kinerja." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1727,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" "tidak diterapkan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1736,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr "" "untuk interupsi CPU, pilih opsi ini jika diminta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1745,7 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "" "ditampilkan pada <guilabel>Opsi Boot</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1756,19 +1810,22 @@ msgstr "" "mereka telah diterapkan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Tambahkan lebih banyak opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1779,14 +1836,16 @@ msgstr "" "tombol Esc untuk kembali ke layar sambutan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1799,19 +1858,29 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Bantuan diterjemahkan ke dalam bahasa yang dipilih dengan tombol F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1820,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kabel (image Boot.iso atau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1833,12 +1902,12 @@ msgstr "" "iso_install\">Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Layout keyboard adalah layout Amerika." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1847,12 +1916,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1861,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "panel samping dari layar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1871,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "" "terlalu dibutuhkan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1880,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr "" "penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1902,17 +1971,17 @@ msgstr "" "bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1924,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "pada baris perintah." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1939,12 +2008,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"text\" lalu tekan ENTER. Lalu lanjutkan dengan instalasi dalam mode teks." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalasi Membeku" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1959,12 +2028,12 @@ msgstr "" "pilihan lain seperlunya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Masalah RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1977,12 +2046,12 @@ msgstr "" "yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partisi dinamis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4010,3 +4079,9 @@ msgstr "" "alat pemartisi lain yang bisa digunakan, seperti gparted, tersedia untuk " "windows dan linux. Seperti biasa, ketika mengubah partisi, sangat hati-hati, " "dan pastikan semua yang penting telah dibackup." + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Ini adalah layar sambutan baku ketika menggunakan DVD Mageia:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Tambahkan beberapa opsi kernel dengan menekan tombol F6." diff --git a/docs/installer/it.po b/docs/installer/it.po index fc648b5f..58ab25d6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it.po +++ b/docs/installer/it.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 # Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -16,14 +16,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-21 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/it/)\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"it/)\n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -34,9 +35,11 @@ msgstr "Note di rilascio" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -46,31 +49,39 @@ msgstr "Accordo di licenza" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Prima di installare <application>Mageia</application>, per favore leggi con cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Prima di installare <application>Mageia</application>, per favore leggi con " +"cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Questi termini e condizioni si applicano all'intera distribuzione <application>Mageia</application> e devono essere accettati per poter proseguire." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Questi termini e condizioni si applicano all'intera distribuzione " +"<application>Mageia</application> e devono essere accettati per poter " +"proseguire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Per accettare, seleziona semplicemente <guilabel>Accetta</guilabel> e quindi clicca su <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Per accettare, seleziona semplicemente <guilabel>Accetta</guilabel> e quindi " +"clicca su <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Se decidi di non accettare queste condizioni, ti ringraziamo per averci provato. Cliccando <guibutton>Esci</guibutton> riavvierà il tuo computer." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Se decidi di non accettare queste condizioni, ti ringraziamo per averci " +"provato. Cliccando <guibutton>Esci</guibutton> riavvierà il tuo computer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -95,27 +106,32 @@ msgstr "it" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selezione dei Media (Configura Media di Installazione Supplementari)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Questa schermata vi dà la lista degli archivi già riconosciuti. È possibile aggiungere altre fonti per i pacchetti, come un disco ottico o una sorgente remota. La selezione della sorgente determina quali pacchetti saranno disponibili per la selezione durante i passaggi successivi." +msgstr "" +"Questa schermata vi dà la lista degli archivi già riconosciuti. È possibile " +"aggiungere altre fonti per i pacchetti, come un disco ottico o una sorgente " +"remota. La selezione della sorgente determina quali pacchetti saranno " +"disponibili per la selezione durante i passaggi successivi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -137,36 +153,45 @@ msgid "" "installation." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -178,8 +203,8 @@ msgstr "Imposta la password dell'amministratore (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -224,8 +249,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -240,8 +265,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -277,7 +302,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione." +msgstr "" +"I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -328,8 +354,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -337,27 +363,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Scegli i punti di mount" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -377,9 +403,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Ogni partizione è mostrata come segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacità\", \"Mount point\", \"Tipo\")" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Ogni partizione è mostrata come segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacità\", " +"\"Mount point\", \"Tipo\")" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 @@ -391,12 +419,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -417,9 +445,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -430,8 +458,8 @@ msgstr "Selezione Desktop" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -447,7 +475,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -466,14 +496,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selezione per gruppi di pacchetti" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -509,39 +540,43 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Leggi <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per istruzioni su come realizzare una installazione minimale." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Leggi <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per istruzioni su come " +"realizzare una installazione minimale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Scegli dei pacchetti individuali" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Qui tu puoi aggiungere o rimuovere ogni pacchetto aggiuntivo per personalizzare la tua installazione" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Qui tu puoi aggiungere o rimuovere ogni pacchetto aggiuntivo per " +"personalizzare la tua installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -549,28 +584,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura i tuoi servizi" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -595,28 +632,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura il tuo fuso orario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -634,10 +674,13 @@ msgstr "Scegli un server X (configura la tua scheda video)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -711,16 +754,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Scheda video e configurazione del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -729,11 +773,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -771,11 +815,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -809,10 +853,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -823,9 +870,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizzatp</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -880,10 +927,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generico</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -894,39 +941,41 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -968,10 +1017,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -993,8 +1045,8 @@ msgstr "Utilizza lo spazio libero" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1005,8 +1057,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1029,22 +1081,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Formatta e utilizza tutto il disco" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1052,63 +1123,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizzato" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installazione con DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febbraio 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1122,78 +1192,84 @@ msgstr "La documentazione ufficiale di Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" +"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" +"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Complimenti" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1213,24 +1289,28 @@ msgstr "Divertiti!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formattazione in corso" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1263,8 +1343,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1299,76 +1379,104 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Cambia la risoluzione dello schermo premendo il tasto F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1376,40 +1484,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1417,17 +1525,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1435,12 +1547,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1449,96 +1565,108 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "L'aiuto viene tradotto nella lingua scelta con il tasto F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "La mappatura della tastiera è quella americana." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "I passi dell'installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemi relativi all'installazione e soluzioni possibili" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Nessuna interfaccia grafica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1546,22 +1674,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "L'installazione si blocca" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1571,33 +1699,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problema relativo alla RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partizioni dinamiche" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1605,22 +1732,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aggiornamenti" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1647,26 +1772,27 @@ msgstr "Poi premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per continuare" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1681,8 +1807,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1690,11 +1816,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1706,8 +1832,8 @@ msgstr "Installazione minimale" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1732,34 +1858,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1784,8 +1913,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso orario</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1819,7 +1948,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1829,8 +1959,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestione dell'utente</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1855,7 +1985,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1894,8 +2025,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Scheda audio</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1906,22 +2037,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaccia grafica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1965,8 +2097,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1982,8 +2114,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Livello di sicurezza</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2025,10 +2157,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2036,15 +2167,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Livello di sicurezza" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2090,9 +2224,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Puoi trovarli <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">qui</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Puoi trovarli <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">qui</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 @@ -2105,14 +2241,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Funzioni comuni" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2123,28 +2257,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2155,30 +2285,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene del software non libero" @@ -2188,38 +2314,33 @@ msgstr "Contiene del software non libero" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Contengono del software non libero." @@ -2229,21 +2350,18 @@ msgstr "Contengono del software non libero." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD Live con KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Solamente la lingua inglese." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "solo 32 bit." @@ -2253,8 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "solo 32 bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD Live con GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente GNOME." @@ -2264,8 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente GNOME." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD Live con KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Sono presenti tutte le lingue." @@ -2280,19 +2396,16 @@ msgstr "DVD Live con GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2305,8 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2318,8 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2339,25 +2450,27 @@ msgstr "Download in corso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2387,30 +2500,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 @@ -2434,9 +2549,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2472,8 +2586,8 @@ msgstr "Utilizzare Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2481,88 +2595,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Apri una console" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Inserisci il comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2587,7 +2693,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 @@ -2597,16 +2705,15 @@ msgstr "Installazione di Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2614,15 +2721,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleziona il tuo paese/regione" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2635,8 +2745,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2657,13 +2767,13 @@ msgstr "Metodo di input" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2682,9 +2792,11 @@ msgstr "Installa o aggiorna" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2716,30 +2828,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2757,35 +2869,36 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2816,22 +2929,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2862,17 +2977,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleziona il mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2884,8 +3000,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2903,10 +3019,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2921,17 +3040,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -2965,31 +3087,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opzioni principali del bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3043,16 +3165,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3065,8 +3187,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3074,8 +3196,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3088,9 +3210,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3098,29 +3220,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Installa SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3141,13 +3262,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione audio" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3171,9 +3294,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3201,18 +3323,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3225,8 +3346,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3251,20 +3372,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3280,6 +3401,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index db8c8f52..6c7c96bc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-24 19:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -153,6 +153,17 @@ msgstr "" "beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL " "kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1213,9 +1224,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1292,24 +1304,43 @@ msgstr "" "uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Volledige harde schijf wissen en gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf " "gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1320,12 +1351,12 @@ msgstr "" "verliezen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1334,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" "uw harde schijf of schijven." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1353,17 +1384,17 @@ msgstr "" "gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Uitlijnen met\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1371,22 +1402,22 @@ msgstr "" "aantal megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februari 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1400,29 +1431,8 @@ msgstr "De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken " -"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " -"u tijdens het installeren maakt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1433,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1444,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1455,6 +1465,27 @@ msgstr "" "\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " "verbeteren." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken " +"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " +"u tijdens het installeren maakt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1623,12 +1654,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt wordt:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1637,12 +1669,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1650,28 +1691,31 @@ msgstr "" "te stellen:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal " "voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1684,30 +1728,39 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> heeft." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Wijzig de schermresolutie door op F3 te klikken." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Voeg kernelopties toe door op F6 te klikken." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1718,12 +1771,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> en heeft vier mogelijkheden:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Default, het verandert niets aan de standaard opties." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1732,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr "" "van prestaties zoals snelheid." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1741,7 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "" "wordt geen rekening gehouden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1750,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" "CPU-onderbrekingen, selecteer deze optie als u dat gevraagd wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1759,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "aangepast, die zichtbaar zijn in de <guilabel>Bootopties</guilabel>regel." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1770,19 +1823,22 @@ msgstr "" "dan toch echt gebruikt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Leer meer kernelopties via F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1793,14 +1849,16 @@ msgstr "" "Esc toets om terug te gaan naar het welkomsscherm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1813,19 +1871,29 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>regel worden toegevoegd." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "De hulp wordt in de gekozen taal vertaald met de F2 toets." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1834,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installatie CD (Boot.iso of Boot-Nonfree.iso image):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1847,12 +1915,12 @@ msgstr "" "iso_install\">de Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling is de Amerikaanse." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1861,12 +1929,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "De Installatiestappen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1875,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1885,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruikelijke opties." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1894,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" "uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1916,17 +1984,17 @@ msgstr "" "op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Geen grafische interface" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1937,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr "" "resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1952,12 +2020,12 @@ msgstr "" "Typ \"text\" en druk op ENTER. Ga nu verder met installeren in tekstmodus." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Installatieblokkades" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1972,12 +2040,12 @@ msgstr "" "beide vorige gecombineerd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-probleem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1991,12 +2059,12 @@ msgstr "" "RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dynamische partities" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4033,6 +4101,14 @@ msgstr "" "als Linux. Zoals altijd, wees zeer voorzichtig bij het wijzigen van " "partities en zorg dat alle belangrijke dingen een backup hebben." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt " +#~ "wordt:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Voeg kernelopties toe door op F6 te klikken." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index dfc85ac5..c3b70f7f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-01 19:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -158,6 +158,17 @@ msgstr "" "oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub " "swój własny mirror np. NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1126,9 +1137,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1204,22 +1216,41 @@ msgstr "" "wskazane jest zrobienie kopii zapasowej ważnych plików." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Wymaż i wykorzystaj cały dysk" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ta opcja użyje całego dysku dla Magei." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "Zauważ! WSZYSTKIE dane z wybranego dysku zostaną wymazane. Uważaj!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1229,12 +1260,12 @@ msgstr "" "dysku dane, których nie chcesz stracić, nie używaj tej opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Własne" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1242,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ta opcja daje Ci całkowitą kontrolę nad sposobem przeprowadzenia instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1259,17 +1290,17 @@ msgstr "" "pomocą innego narzędzia jak np. gparted. przy użyciu następujących ustawień:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1277,22 +1308,22 @@ msgstr "" "liczbę megabajtów." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalacja za pomocą DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1306,29 +1337,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym manualu. " -"To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz jakich " -"wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji." - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1339,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1350,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1360,6 +1370,27 @@ msgstr "" "chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link ns6:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Zespołem Dokumentacji</link>, " +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Nikt nie zobaczy wszystkich zrzutów ekranu zaprezentowanych w tym manualu. " +"To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz jakich " +"wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1526,47 +1557,63 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1575,28 +1622,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1604,40 +1663,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1645,18 +1704,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1664,13 +1727,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1679,25 +1746,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1706,24 +1785,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Etapy instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1732,7 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "" "lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1742,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" "używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1752,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1774,17 +1853,17 @@ msgstr "" "zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1795,7 +1874,7 @@ msgstr "" "użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1805,12 +1884,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Zawieszenie się instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1824,12 +1903,12 @@ msgstr "" "łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1842,12 +1921,12 @@ msgstr "" "pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 5edb8746..e75d0335 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Andre Arruda dos Santos Silva <kazzttor@gmail.com>, 2015 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-28 17:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" +"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,12 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +45,38 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os " +"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</" +"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, " +"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. " +"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " +"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "pt_BR" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " +"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " +"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " +"durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,38 +148,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação." +msgstr "" +"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " +"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " +"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " +"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " +"NFS de instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,20 +205,31 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." +msgstr "" +"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> " +"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a " +"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma " +"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para " +"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que " +"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na " +"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver " +"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." +msgstr "" +"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas " +"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e " +"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -199,29 +242,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o " +"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar " +"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o " +"usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone " +"de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de " +"texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do " +"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de " +"login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +283,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " +"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " +"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa " +"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das " +"caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo " +"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -252,14 +314,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário " +"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </" +"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização." +msgstr "" +"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" +"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " +"reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -267,12 +335,17 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer " +"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - " +"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador " +"de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." +msgstr "" +"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -285,7 +358,11 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado." +msgstr "" +"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " +"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " +"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " +"convidado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -293,7 +370,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> " +"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos " +"importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -301,7 +382,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou " +"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um " +"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os " +"usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -309,7 +394,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o " +"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as " +"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -317,42 +405,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário " +"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. " +"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do " +"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em " +"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,46 +454,64 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se " +"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você " +"pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição " +"<literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", " +"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido" +"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem " +"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</" +"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo " +"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</" +"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou " +"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> " +"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco." +msgstr "" +"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do " +"ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -407,15 +519,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do " +"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do " +"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em " +"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em " +"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) " +"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -425,9 +544,11 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " +"para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -435,14 +556,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " +"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " +"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -454,21 +580,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" +"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " +"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" +"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " +"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " +"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " +"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -477,7 +611,12 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles." +msgstr "" +"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " +"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " +"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " +"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " +"mouse é passado sobre eles." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -499,74 +638,91 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " +"remover pacotes manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " +"personalizar a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " +"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " +"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " +"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " +"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " +"inicializar seu sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " +"ver todos os serviços nele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -578,48 +734,61 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " +"na caixa de informações abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " +"no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " +"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" +"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" +"GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +798,31 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " +"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "" +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " +"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +845,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" +msgstr "" +"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " +"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " +"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +856,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." +msgstr "" +"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " +"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " +"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " +"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +876,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." +msgstr "" +"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " +"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " +"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam." +msgstr "" +"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. " +"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os " +"seus primeiros reiniciam." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,19 +915,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " +"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" +"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " +"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " +"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " +"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " +"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " +"a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " +"placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -746,7 +949,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " +"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " +"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " +"vertical do seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -758,7 +967,9 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " +"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,19 +977,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " +"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " +"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " +"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " +"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " +"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " +"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " +"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " +"ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -790,7 +1011,9 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " +"identificará corretamente o seu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -799,15 +1022,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " +"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " +"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " +"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,10 +1048,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " +"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " +"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " +"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -830,7 +1064,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " +"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " +"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " +"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -842,7 +1080,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." +msgstr "" +"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -854,7 +1093,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "" +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " +"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -875,11 +1116,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " +"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " +"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " +"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " +"seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -889,47 +1136,64 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " +"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " +"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " +"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " +"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " +"deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " +"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." +msgstr "" +"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " +"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " +"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -952,21 +1216,29 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as " +"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde " +"instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +msgstr "" +"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do " +"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -978,7 +1250,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com " +"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -988,9 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá " +"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1000,9 +1276,11 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o " +"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1010,7 +1288,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" +msgstr "" +"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da " +"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de " +"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1021,89 +1302,129 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." +msgstr "" +"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A " +"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado " +"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido " +"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos " +"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É " +"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Apagar e utilizar o Disco Inteiro." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " +"Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção." +msgstr "" +"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já " +"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta " +"opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " +"rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" +msgstr "" +"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao " +"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de " +"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi " +"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um " +"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos " +"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento " +"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Arredondar para\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " +"número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1117,86 +1438,108 @@ msgstr "A documentação oficial para Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " +"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." +"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " +"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " +"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " +"durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Parabéns" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e " +"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de " +"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador " +"(se você tiver mais de um)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." +msgstr "" +"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua " +"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1208,43 +1551,55 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para " +"a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatação" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer " +"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão " +"salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " +"formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que " +"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1253,14 +1608,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições." +msgstr "" +"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</" +"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à " +"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas " +"partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em " +"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1273,14 +1635,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível." +msgstr "" +"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " +"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " +"possível." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +msgstr "" +"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " +"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1294,335 +1661,461 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:" +msgstr "" +"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências " +"pessoais:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" +msgstr "" +"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua " +"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/" +"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de " +"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> " +"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Adicione algumas opções de kernel, pressionando a tecla F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:" +msgstr "" +"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando " +"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha " +"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro " +"entradas:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances." +msgstr "" +"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em " +"detrimento de performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta." +msgstr "" +"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de " +"energia não é levado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." +msgstr "" +"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), " +"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "" +"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão " +"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas " +"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</" +"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Adicione mais opções de kernel, pressionando a tecla F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." +msgstr "" +"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um " +"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione " +"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "" +"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione " +"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista " +"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de " +"inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" +msgstr "" +"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em " +"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos " +"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em " +"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "As etapas de instalação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " +"seguido no painel lateral da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " +"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " +"necessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " +"explicações sobre a etapa atual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " +"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " +"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " +"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " +"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " +"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " +"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" +"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " +"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)." +msgstr "" +"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " +"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " +"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" +"texto)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " +"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar " +"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você " +"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto" +"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "A Instalação Congela" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +msgstr "" +"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " +"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " +"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " +"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " +"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "problema RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " +"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " +"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " +"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " +"especificar 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "partições dinâmicas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para " +"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível " +"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a " +"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" +"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." +"aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." +msgstr "" +"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, " +"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1630,7 +2123,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-" +"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, " +"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1642,55 +2138,73 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " +"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " +"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " +"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " +"que ele contém a base da distribuição." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " +"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software " +"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório " +"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware " +"de vários cartões WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " +"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " +"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " +"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " +"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " +"comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1701,9 +2215,12 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " +"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1712,14 +2229,22 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " +"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " +"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " +"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " +"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " +"documentação e o X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1727,34 +2252,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1763,7 +2291,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, " +"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo " +"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você " +"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1779,9 +2311,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma " +"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1793,7 +2328,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a " +"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1803,18 +2340,21 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" +msgstr "" +"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1824,9 +2364,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus " +"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1838,14 +2380,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas." +msgstr "" +"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no " +"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar " +"certas tarefas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." +msgstr "" +"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um " +"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1867,7 +2414,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." +msgstr "" +"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender " +"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1879,7 +2428,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc" +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, " +"tablets, trackballs, etc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1889,10 +2440,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão." +msgstr "" +"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " +"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " +"mas nenhum deles é o padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1901,22 +2455,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1935,14 +2492,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias " +"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de " +"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os " +"repositórios de mídia Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também." +msgstr "" +"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu " +"firewall para ver aquela interface também." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1955,14 +2518,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy." +msgstr "" +"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a " +"Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um " +"serviço proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os " +"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1977,9 +2545,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos " +"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1996,50 +2566,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." +msgstr "" +"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os " +"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." +msgstr "" +"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas " +"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." +msgstr "" +"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partição" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar " +"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2050,14 +2632,17 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +msgstr "" +"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " +"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 @@ -2080,14 +2665,19 @@ msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." +msgstr "" +"Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que " +"você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte " +"físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 @@ -2100,80 +2690,80 @@ msgstr "Classical installation media" msgid "Common features" msgstr "características comuns" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões anteriores." +msgstr "" +"Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões " +"anteriores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." +msgstr "" +"Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar " +"Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non free." +msgstr "" +"Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non " +"free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." +msgstr "" +"Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita " +"automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" +msgstr "" +"Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, " +"PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contém software non free." @@ -2183,38 +2773,38 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mídia Live" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco " +"rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações " +"limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões " +"anteriores.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Contém software não-livre." @@ -2224,21 +2814,18 @@ msgstr "Contém software não-livre." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Apenas 32 bit." @@ -2248,8 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "Apenas 32 bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." @@ -2259,8 +2845,7 @@ msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente." @@ -2275,51 +2860,57 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Mídia em CD apenas para boot." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é " +"necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-" +"stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a " +"instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade " +"local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." +msgstr "" +"Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a " +"largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um " +"drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." +msgstr "" +"Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem precisa." +msgstr "" +"Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem " +"precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 @@ -2334,30 +2925,43 @@ msgstr "Downloading" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou " +"BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o " +"espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se " +"http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta janela será exibida:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar " +"apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um " +"algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos " +"para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo " +"número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você " +"tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta " +"janela será exibida:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 @@ -2382,30 +2986,38 @@ msgstr "Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/" +"para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/" +"para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por " +"um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 @@ -2417,7 +3029,10 @@ msgstr "Queimar ou despejar a ISO" msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio de inicialização-poder." +msgstr "" +"A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um " +"stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio " +"de inicialização-poder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 @@ -2429,10 +3044,14 @@ msgstr "Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Use o queimador que você desejar, mas assegure que o dispositivo de gravação está configurado corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gravar Imagem</emphasis>, gravar dados ou arquivos não é correto. Há mais informações em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Wiki da Mageia</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Use o queimador que você desejar, mas assegure que o dispositivo de gravação " +"está configurado corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gravar Imagem</" +"emphasis>, gravar dados ou arquivos não é correto. Há mais informações em " +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Wiki " +"da Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 @@ -2444,7 +3063,9 @@ msgstr "Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB " msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." +msgstr "" +"Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' " +"los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 @@ -2452,12 +3073,16 @@ msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "o \"dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." +msgstr "" +"o \"dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de " +"arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a " +"capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 @@ -2467,97 +3092,101 @@ msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abra um console" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a final '-')" +msgstr "" +"Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a " +"final '-')" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" +msgstr "" +"Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir " +"qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." +msgstr "" +"Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), " +"por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito" @@ -2582,7 +3211,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 @@ -2592,32 +3223,38 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a documentação Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a " +"documentação Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2625,14 +3262,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +msgstr "" +"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " +"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " +"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" +"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2641,7 +3283,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " +"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " +"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " +"escolha real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2652,14 +3298,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " +"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " +"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " +"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" +"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " +"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " +"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " +"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " +"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2667,7 +3322,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." +msgstr "" +"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " +"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " +"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " +"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2677,9 +3336,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2690,7 +3351,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>. ." +msgstr "" +"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" +"application>. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2703,7 +3366,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em " +"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a " +"versão mais recente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2711,31 +3377,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda " +"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi " +"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já " +"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor " +"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " +"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " +"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " +"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " +"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " +"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " +"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " +"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " +"reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " +"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " +"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2747,43 +3432,59 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +msgstr "" +"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " +"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " +"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " +"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " +"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " +"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " +"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " +"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " +"escolheu da lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2791,7 +3492,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " +"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " +"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2804,38 +3508,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " +"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " +"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " +"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " +"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " +"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " +"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " +"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +msgstr "" +"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " +"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2843,52 +3561,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " +"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " +"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " +"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecione o mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui." +msgstr "" +"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode " +"selecionar um diferente aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 " +"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> " +"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais " +"botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2898,10 +3630,13 @@ msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2909,84 +3644,108 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " +"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " +"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, " +"você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, " +"pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom." +"cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." +msgstr "" +"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " +"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " +"completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização." +msgstr "" +"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " +"durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " +"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização " +"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " +"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." +msgstr "" +"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você " +"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " +"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3005,14 +3764,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) " +"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já " +"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " +"ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " +"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3020,14 +3785,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." +msgstr "" +"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " +"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " +"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " +"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3038,18 +3808,26 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você " +"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e " +"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de " +"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " +"Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." +msgstr "" +"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " +"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " +"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3060,19 +3838,28 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar " +"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " +"volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão." +msgstr "" +"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de " +"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na " +"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de " +"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-" +"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " +"questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3083,66 +3870,78 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</" +"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a " +"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " +"adicional." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários." +msgstr "" +"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " +"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " +"instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +msgstr "" +"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " +"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +msgstr "" +"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Som" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3150,7 +3949,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " +"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3160,16 +3961,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela." +msgstr "" +"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a " +"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar " +"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de " +"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar " +"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da " +"tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de " +"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como " +"resolver o problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3182,47 +3992,58 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." +msgstr "" +"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " +"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " +"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no " +"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " +"escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " +"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " +"rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3240,34 +4061,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema operacional." +msgstr "" +"Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, " +"você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a " +"possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema " +"operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu sistema operacional." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione " +"sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na " +"próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu " +"sistema operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em <code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em " +"<code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> " +"Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</" +"code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, " +"porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo " +"seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas " +"partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e " +"formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3275,6 +4113,18 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram incluídos no backup." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode " +"estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há " +"outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, " +"disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha " +"muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram " +"incluídos no backup." + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Adicione algumas opções de kernel, pressionando a tecla F6." diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index ae300bd0..46d34b7e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-06 23:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -157,6 +157,17 @@ msgstr "" "gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL " "puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1218,9 +1229,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1296,24 +1308,43 @@ msgstr "" "Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Șterge și utilizează tot discul." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți " "grijă!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1324,12 +1355,12 @@ msgstr "" "această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1338,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "dure." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1357,17 +1388,17 @@ msgstr "" "gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Aliniază la\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1375,22 +1406,22 @@ msgstr "" "megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februarie 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1404,29 +1435,8 @@ msgstr "Documentația oficială pentru Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție " -"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " -"instalării." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1437,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1448,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1459,6 +1469,27 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" "link>." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție " +"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " +"instalării." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1625,12 +1656,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1639,40 +1671,52 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru " "sistem) apăsînd tasta F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1685,30 +1729,39 @@ msgstr "" "și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Adăugați opțiuni la nucleu apăsînd tasta F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1720,12 +1773,12 @@ msgstr "" "patru intrări:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1734,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" "detrimentul performanțelor. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1743,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "energiei nu este luată în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1753,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" "sînteți întrebat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1762,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demaraj</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1773,19 +1826,22 @@ msgstr "" "acestea sînt luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Adăugați mai multe opțiuni nucleului apăsînd tasta F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1797,14 +1853,16 @@ msgstr "" "întîmpinare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1817,19 +1875,29 @@ msgstr "" "de demaraj</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1838,7 +1906,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1851,12 +1919,12 @@ msgstr "" "Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1865,12 +1933,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Etapele instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1879,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1889,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" "mai puțin necesare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1898,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1919,17 +1987,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1940,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1956,12 +2024,12 @@ msgstr "" "text." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalarea îngheață" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1977,12 +2045,12 @@ msgstr "" "opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problemă de memorie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1995,12 +2063,12 @@ msgstr "" "corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partiții dinamice" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4050,6 +4118,13 @@ msgstr "" "modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță " "pentru lucrurile importante." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Adăugați opțiuni la nucleu apăsînd tasta F6." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index af0b5c1d..95190d20 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-06 23:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -163,6 +163,17 @@ msgstr "" "помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов " "или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1252,9 +1263,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1332,26 +1344,45 @@ msgstr "" "создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Стереть и использовать весь диск" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" "При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь " "диск." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте " "осторожны!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1362,12 +1393,12 @@ msgstr "" "вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Вручную" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1376,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1395,38 +1426,38 @@ msgstr "" "gparted с такими параметрами:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "«Выровнять по» «МиБ»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "«Свободное место до (МиБ)» «2»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Февраль 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1440,29 +1471,8 @@ msgstr "Официальная документация для Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор " -"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " -"выбранного вами варианта установки." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1474,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1485,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1496,6 +1506,27 @@ msgstr "" "Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь " "улучшить данное руководство." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор " +"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " +"выбранного вами варианта установки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1665,11 +1696,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Ниже приведено типичное окно приветствия Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1678,41 +1711,53 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "С помощью первой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) " "можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и " "нажмите клавишу Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1725,31 +1770,39 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" -"Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1762,12 +1815,12 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в параметрах по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1776,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" "над быстродействием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1785,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr "" "принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1795,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" "центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1804,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1815,20 +1868,23 @@ msgstr "" "будут учтены при загрузке." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" "Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1840,14 +1896,16 @@ msgstr "" "приветствия." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1861,21 +1919,31 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия " "клавиши F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1884,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "(названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1897,12 +1965,12 @@ msgstr "" "link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует американскому английскому." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1911,12 +1979,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Шаги установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1925,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "показан на боковой панели экрана." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1936,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользуются не так часто, как основными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1946,7 +2014,7 @@ msgstr "" "относительно текущего шага." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1968,17 +2036,17 @@ msgstr "" "Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1990,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" "впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -2006,12 +2074,12 @@ msgstr "" "и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Остановка установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2027,12 +2095,12 @@ msgstr "" "При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2047,12 +2115,12 @@ msgstr "" "оперативной памяти." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Динамические разделы" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4144,6 +4212,13 @@ msgstr "" "изменений в разделы следует быть очень осторожным и создавать резервные " "копии всех важных данных." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Ниже приведено типичное окно приветствия Mageia DVD:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index d0ca8ee5..506a1fc6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -146,6 +146,17 @@ msgid "" "installation." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -992,9 +1003,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1055,22 +1067,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Zbriši in uporabi celoten disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1078,19 +1109,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Po meri" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1102,38 +1133,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1147,26 +1178,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1174,7 +1187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1182,13 +1195,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1330,47 +1361,63 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1379,28 +1426,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1408,40 +1467,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1449,18 +1508,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1468,13 +1531,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1483,25 +1550,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1510,45 +1589,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Postavitev tipkovnice je sedaj Ameriška" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Namestitveni koraki" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1561,17 +1640,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1579,7 +1658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1589,12 +1668,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1604,12 +1683,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1618,12 +1697,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index a2891421..98f13982 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-07 22:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -153,6 +153,17 @@ msgstr "" "menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me " "URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1178,9 +1189,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1256,24 +1268,43 @@ msgstr "" "e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Fshi dhe të përdor të Gjithë Diskun." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. " "Kujdes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1284,12 +1315,12 @@ msgstr "" "atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1298,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1310,17 +1341,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1328,22 +1359,22 @@ msgstr "" "në megabajt." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalim me DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Shkurt 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1357,29 +1388,8 @@ msgstr "Dokumentacioni zyrtar për Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë " -"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " -"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1387,7 +1397,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1398,13 +1408,34 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë " +"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " +"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1571,11 +1602,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1584,12 +1617,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1597,29 +1639,32 @@ msgstr "" "personale:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur " "për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1628,29 +1673,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Ndrysho rezolucionin e ekranit duke shtypur butonin F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Shtoni disa opsione kernel duke shtypur butonin F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1658,40 +1713,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1699,19 +1754,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" -msgstr "" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." +msgstr "Shtoni disa opsione kernel duke shtypur butonin F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1719,14 +1777,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1735,26 +1795,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1763,12 +1833,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1777,12 +1847,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Hapat e instalimit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1791,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" "ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1801,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "opsionet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1810,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" "shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1832,17 +1902,17 @@ msgstr "" "Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1853,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1863,12 +1933,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instaluesi Ngrin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1883,12 +1953,12 @@ msgstr "" "opsione të tjera të nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Probleme RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1897,12 +1967,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Ndarjet dinamike" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -3624,3 +3694,6 @@ msgid "" "windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " "make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index c005619a..b123215e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-01 20:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -155,6 +155,17 @@ msgstr "" "denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-" "installation." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1205,9 +1216,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1282,24 +1294,43 @@ msgstr "" "användas. Du rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Radera och använd hela hårddisken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Det här alternativet kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Tänk på att detta kommer att ta radera ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Var " "försiktig!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1310,12 +1341,12 @@ msgstr "" "ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1324,7 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "" "a disk/ar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1343,39 +1374,39 @@ msgstr "" "följande inställningar:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"Rikta mot\" \"MiB\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" "Se också till att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation med DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "februari 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1389,29 +1420,8 @@ msgstr "Mageias officiella dokumentation" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här " -"handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara " -"och vilka val du gör under installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1422,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1433,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1443,6 +1453,27 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet</" "link> om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärmbilder som du ser i den här " +"handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara " +"och vilka val du gör under installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1611,12 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1625,12 +1657,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1638,28 +1679,31 @@ msgstr "" "inställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket " "för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Använd piltangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1672,30 +1716,39 @@ msgstr "" "Detection Tool</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Lägg till några alternativ för kärnan genom att trycka på F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1707,12 +1760,12 @@ msgstr "" "poster:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1721,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "bekostnad av prestanda." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1730,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "beaktas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1739,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" "handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1748,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1759,19 +1812,22 @@ msgstr "" "dock ändå." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "Lägg till fler alternativ i kärnan genom att trycka på F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1782,14 +1838,16 @@ msgstr "" "alternativt kan du trycka på Escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1802,19 +1860,29 @@ msgstr "" "med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med tangenten F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1823,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" "nätverksbaserad installations-CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1836,12 +1904,12 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1850,12 +1918,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Installationsstegen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1864,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "sidopanelen på skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1873,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>-knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1882,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "information om det aktuella steget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1904,17 +1972,17 @@ msgstr "" "om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installationsproblem och möjliga lösningar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1925,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1941,12 +2009,12 @@ msgstr "" "installationen i textläge." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Installationen hänger sig" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1961,12 +2029,12 @@ msgstr "" "alternativ om nödvändigt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-problem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1979,12 +2047,12 @@ msgstr "" "ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dynamiska partitioner" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4005,3 +4073,10 @@ msgstr "" "finns även andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, som finns för " "både Windows och Linux. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara " "väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." + +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "Lägg till några alternativ för kärnan genom att trycka på F6." diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index e98ba2e2..84d6d6d3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-04 05:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -151,6 +151,17 @@ msgstr "" "ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli " "bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1209,9 +1220,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1285,24 +1297,43 @@ msgstr "" "Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Tüm Diski Sil ve Kullan" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli " "olun!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1313,12 +1344,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneği kullanmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Özel" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1326,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bu seçenek, sistemi sabit disklerinize kurarken size tam denetim sağlar.." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1345,17 +1376,17 @@ msgstr "" "öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "\"MIB\" \"için Hizala\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1363,22 +1394,22 @@ msgstr "" "olun." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "DrakX ile kurulum" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Şubat 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1392,29 +1423,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia Resmi Belgeleri" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. " -"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize " -"bağlıdır." - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1425,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1436,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1447,6 +1457,27 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile " "irtibat kurun." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. " +"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize " +"bağlıdır." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1615,13 +1646,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" msgstr "" -"Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı " -"bulunmaktadır:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1630,39 +1661,51 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir " "başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1675,30 +1718,39 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "F6 tuşuna basarak bazı çekirdek seçeneklerini ekleyebilirsiniz." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1709,12 +1761,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yapmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1723,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneklere öncelik verilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1732,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "alınmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1741,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1751,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1762,19 +1814,22 @@ msgstr "" "uygulanmaktadırlar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla çekirdek seçeneği ekleyebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1785,14 +1840,16 @@ msgstr "" "tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1805,19 +1862,29 @@ msgstr "" "satırına elle eklenebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1826,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1839,12 +1906,12 @@ msgstr "" "iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1853,12 +1920,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Kurulum adımları" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1867,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "bölünmüştür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1876,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1885,7 +1952,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1907,17 +1974,17 @@ msgstr "" "tuşlarına aynı anda basın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1928,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr "" "<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1943,12 +2010,12 @@ msgstr "" "ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Kurulum Donuyor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1963,12 +2030,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM sorunu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1981,12 +2048,12 @@ msgstr "" "etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dinamik bölümler" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2919,8 +2986,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 @@ -2951,10 +3018,10 @@ msgid "" "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Dilediğiniz herhangi bir yakma aracını kullanın fakat yakma aygıtının bir " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">imaj yakmak</emphasis> için doğru ayarlandığından emin " -"olun. Dosya veya veri olarak yakmak doğru bir işlem değildir. Daha fazla " -"bilgi için <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Yakma\">buradaki Mageia " -"wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">imaj yakmak</emphasis> için doğru ayarlandığından " +"emin olun. Dosya veya veri olarak yakmak doğru bir işlem değildir. Daha " +"fazla bilgi için <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Yakma" +"\">buradaki Mageia wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 @@ -3028,8 +3095,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 @@ -3052,8 +3119,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 @@ -4024,6 +4091,14 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin " "olun." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı " +#~ "bulunmaktadır:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "F6 tuşuna basarak bazı çekirdek seçeneklerini ekleyebilirsiniz." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 6bbe0bd7..e11ba825 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-24 19:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -153,6 +153,17 @@ msgstr "" "пов’язати з системою певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою " "NFS систему." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 +msgid "" +"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit " +"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " +"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains " +"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit " +"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " +"needed 32 bit packages there." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -1249,9 +1260,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" @@ -1329,25 +1341,44 @@ msgstr "" "вас файлів." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:82 +msgid "" +"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " +"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended " +"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking " +"and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." msgstr "Стерти і використати весь диск" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." msgstr "" "У разі використання цього варіанта для встановлення Mageia буде використано " "весь об’єм на диску." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" msgstr "" "Зауваження: всіх дані на диску буде у такому разі витерто. Будьте обережні!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:105 msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " @@ -1357,12 +1388,12 @@ msgstr "" "не диску вже зберігаються якісь важливі дані, не користуйтеся цим варіантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:112 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Спеціальний" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:114 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." @@ -1371,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "розташування розділів на вашому диску відповідно до ваших уподобань." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " @@ -1391,17 +1422,17 @@ msgstr "" "таких значень параметрів:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" msgstr "«Вирівняти до» «МіБ»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:131 msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" msgstr "«Вільне місце перед (МіБ)» «2»" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:133 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" @@ -1409,22 +1440,22 @@ msgstr "" "мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Лютий 2014 року" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1438,29 +1469,8 @@ msgstr "Офіційна документація до Mageia" msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір " -"сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та " -"вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1471,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1482,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1493,6 +1503,27 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " "хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір " +"сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та " +"вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" @@ -1662,11 +1693,13 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 -msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання DVD Mageia:" +msgid "" +"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one " +"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:42 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1675,41 +1708,53 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#: en/installer.xml:41 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:46 +#: en/installer.xml:54 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "За допомогою першої сторінки можна вказати деякі особисті уподобання:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:51 +#: en/installer.xml:59 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " -"language for the system) by pressing the key F2" +"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)" msgstr "" "Мову (лише на час встановлення, у системі може бути вибрано зовсім іншу " "мову) можна вибрати після натискання клавіші F2." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:57 +#: en/installer.xml:66 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#: en/installer.xml:71 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Скористайтеся клавішами зі стрілками, щоб вибрати потрібний вам пункт у " "списку, і натисніть клавішу Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:65 +#: en/installer.xml:74 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1723,31 +1768,40 @@ msgstr "" "обладнання</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:73 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:82 -msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." +#: en/installer.xml:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" "Змінити роздільну здатність екрана можна за допомогою натискання клавіші F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:85 +#: en/installer.xml:95 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:92 -msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "Деякі параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F6." +#: en/installer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</" +"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:94 +#: en/installer.xml:104 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1760,12 +1814,12 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження</guilabel>) з такими чотирма підпунктами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:99 +#: en/installer.xml:109 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Default (типовий), не змінювати нічого у типових параметрах." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:102 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1774,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" "швидкодією." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:105 +#: en/installer.xml:115 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1783,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "живленням), не брати до уваги параметри керування живленням." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:108 +#: en/installer.xml:118 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1793,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "центрального процесора, виберіть його, якщо маєте відповідні настанови." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:112 +#: en/installer.xml:122 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1802,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "показаних у рядку <guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#: en/installer.xml:126 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1813,20 +1867,23 @@ msgstr "" "параметри буде враховано під час завантаження системи." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#: en/installer.xml:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:130 -msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" +#: en/installer.xml:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" "Додаткові параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:132 +#: en/installer.xml:143 msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " @@ -1838,14 +1895,16 @@ msgstr "" "вікна вітання." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:139 +#: en/installer.xml:150 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:146 +#: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "" "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select " "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " @@ -1859,21 +1918,31 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:152 +#: en/installer.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:160 +#: en/installer.xml:171 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Переглянути переклад довідки вибраною мовою можна за допомогою натискання " "клавіші F2." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:175 +msgid "" +"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" +"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:166 +#: en/installer.xml:180 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" @@ -1882,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr "" "— Boot.iso або Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:169 +#: en/installer.xml:183 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" @@ -1895,12 +1964,12 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури відповідає американській англійській." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:179 +#: en/installer.xml:193 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1909,12 +1978,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:186 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Кроки встановлення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:189 +#: en/installer.xml:203 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1923,7 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" "показано на бічній панелі екрана." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:192 +#: en/installer.xml:206 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1934,7 +2003,7 @@ msgstr "" "часто як основними." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:196 +#: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1944,7 +2013,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточного кроку." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:200 +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1966,17 +2035,17 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:234 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Немає графічного інтерфейсу" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:239 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1988,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:246 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -2004,12 +2073,12 @@ msgstr "" "Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:258 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Встановлення зупиняється" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:261 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2025,12 +2094,12 @@ msgstr "" "потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:270 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Проблеми з оперативною пам’яттю" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:273 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2045,12 +2114,12 @@ msgstr "" "МБ оперативної пам’яті." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:268 +#: en/installer.xml:281 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Динамічні розділи" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:271 +#: en/installer.xml:284 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -4141,6 +4210,13 @@ msgstr "" "розділами. Як і завжди, під час внесення змін до розділів слід бути дуже " "обережним і створювати резервні копії усіх важливих даних." +#~ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" +#~ msgstr "Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання DVD Mageia:" + +#~ msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Деякі параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F6." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" #~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po index d50c0a98..892d84ba 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-29 14:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: davidochobits <davidochobits@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ msgstr "" "encara que no tots els administradors d'arxius disposen d'aquest servei." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ca" @@ -855,8 +855,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -865,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "" "role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> com a root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -876,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "contrasenya, l'arrencada per defecte, etc.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -885,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Establir un sistema d'arrancada\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -895,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "nou!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -914,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" "el carregador i qualsevol modificació pot evitar que la màquina arrenqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -930,7 +944,7 @@ msgstr "" "cop que passi el temps de demora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -939,18 +953,18 @@ msgstr "" "possible establir una contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "El botó <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> dóna algunes opcions addicionals." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Habilita ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -963,19 +977,19 @@ msgstr "" "el vostre maquinaria funciona amb ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Habilita SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -984,14 +998,14 @@ msgstr "" "processador dual i habilitarà SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1004,12 +1018,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1029,12 +1043,12 @@ msgstr "" "poder utilitzar aquestes eines." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1045,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemple: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1054,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'ordre de Grub \"kernel\". Per exemple /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1064,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemple (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1073,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" "nucli en l'arrencada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1082,11 +1096,12 @@ msgstr "" "aquesta entrada per defecte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "A la pantalla extra anomenada <guilabel>Avançat</guilabel>, és possible " "seleccionar la manera <guilabel>Vídeo</guilabel>, i fitxer <guilabel>initrd</" @@ -2725,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6556,6 +6571,55 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Centre de Control Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " +"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " +"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -7049,44 +7113,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centre de Control Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " -"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " -"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -9366,22 +9392,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -9389,7 +9415,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -9398,7 +9424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -9406,7 +9432,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -9414,19 +9440,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -9435,31 +9461,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -9469,26 +9496,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -9496,7 +9523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -9504,7 +9531,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -9512,12 +9539,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opcions:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -9525,14 +9552,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -9541,10 +9568,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po index cd8e2664..e46bd7c7 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-28 15:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "cs" @@ -695,15 +695,29 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -711,21 +725,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -737,7 +751,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -747,24 +761,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -773,33 +787,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -812,12 +826,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -829,12 +843,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -842,39 +856,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2469,7 +2483,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Získat Windows písma: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6297,6 +6312,46 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Ovládací centrum Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -6820,35 +6875,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Ovládací centrum Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -9144,22 +9170,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafická karta</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -9167,7 +9193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -9176,7 +9202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -9184,7 +9210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -9192,19 +9218,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -9213,31 +9239,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -9247,26 +9274,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -9274,7 +9301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -9282,7 +9309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -9290,12 +9317,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Volby:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -9303,14 +9330,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -9319,10 +9346,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index 56058ea9..1bd35a7b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014 # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014 @@ -18,14 +18,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-04 11:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"de/)\n" +"Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -38,8 +39,7 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -47,9 +47,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -57,7 +59,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im Mageia Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im " +"Mageia Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt " +"<guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -77,7 +82,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist " +"ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal " +"einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es " +"notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses " +"Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -90,7 +100,11 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein." +msgstr "" +"Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge " +"an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. " +"Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem " +"neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -98,12 +112,11 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -120,10 +133,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "Geben Sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. Wenn Sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können Sie diese im <guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. " +"Wenn Sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können Sie diese im " +"<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -133,18 +148,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu mounten." +msgstr "" +"Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu " +"mounten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -157,8 +173,7 @@ msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -166,9 +181,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -177,14 +194,19 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen." +msgstr "" +"Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie " +"Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux " +"oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\"" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab " +"unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -193,9 +215,9 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "" @@ -218,8 +240,8 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -227,19 +249,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen Sie das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen Sie das " +"Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich." +msgstr "" +"Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/" +"seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist " +"dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "de" @@ -253,8 +280,7 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -267,9 +293,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -278,8 +306,8 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -301,8 +329,7 @@ msgid "" "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -310,12 +337,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -328,14 +354,12 @@ msgid "" "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -345,13 +369,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -366,8 +389,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD Brenner" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -375,9 +397,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -385,7 +409,11 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden Sie in dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und Diskettenlaufwerke)" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden Sie in dem " +"'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von " +"ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und " +"Diskettenlaufwerke)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -410,7 +438,9 @@ msgstr "Einhängepunkt" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /" +"media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -420,8 +450,8 @@ msgstr "Optionen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -440,7 +470,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" -msgstr "Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" +msgstr "" +"Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 @@ -450,9 +481,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -461,9 +494,16 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen " +"festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem " +"Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was " +"auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird " +"direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt " +"in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern " +"aufgerufen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 @@ -475,8 +515,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -493,8 +533,7 @@ msgid "" "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -515,14 +554,12 @@ msgid "" "with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -533,12 +570,10 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -553,8 +588,7 @@ msgstr "3D-Desktop-Effekte" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -562,9 +596,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -585,30 +621,35 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert sein. Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun, bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann." +msgstr "" +"Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert sein. " +"Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun, " +"bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Wenn Sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, werden Sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, die sagt, welche Pakete nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, " +"werden Sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, die sagt, welche Pakete " +"nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -646,8 +687,7 @@ msgid "" "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -657,8 +697,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -671,8 +711,7 @@ msgstr "Authentifizierung" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -680,15 +719,17 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -709,21 +750,36 @@ msgstr "Bootmanager einrichten " msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -731,60 +787,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter 'Bootmanager einrichten'" +msgstr "" +"Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter " +"'Bootmanager einrichten'" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI aktivieren:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -793,33 +851,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>SMP aktivieren:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als " +"dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -827,76 +887,77 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben Sie hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3" +msgstr "" +"Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben Sie " +"hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub " +"Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -909,8 +970,7 @@ msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -918,9 +978,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -936,7 +998,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung\"" +msgstr "" +"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen " +"Anmeldung\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -946,19 +1011,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." @@ -977,31 +1042,35 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " +"Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1179,11 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1196,8 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1205,29 +1273,37 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, Sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug " +"abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, " +"Sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu " +"liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll und Sie sich noch nicht sicher fühlen, lesen Sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor Sie auf 'Bericht' klicken" +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll und Sie sich noch nicht sicher " +"fühlen, lesen Sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"(englisch), bevor Sie auf 'Bericht' klicken" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1235,7 +1311,11 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch bemerkt haben." +msgstr "" +"Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die " +"Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich " +"ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch " +"bemerkt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1247,8 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1256,17 +1335,19 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1278,8 +1359,8 @@ msgstr "Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug" #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" @@ -1287,9 +1368,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" @@ -1298,9 +1379,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1314,8 +1395,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" @@ -1329,8 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Verbindung entfernen" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1338,15 +1418,17 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1373,8 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1382,9 +1463,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1411,79 +1494,74 @@ msgstr "Eine neue kabelgebundene Verbindung (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, das eingerichtet werden soll." +msgstr "" +"Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, " +"das eingerichtet werden soll." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen." +msgstr "" +"An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder " +"manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Automatische IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "der DHCP-Client" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP Zeitüberschreitung" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " @@ -1491,8 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " @@ -1504,8 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " @@ -1514,30 +1590,27 @@ msgid "" "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1558,10 +1631,9 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1574,59 +1646,53 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Modem-Verbindung" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1647,8 +1713,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1656,32 +1722,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1691,26 +1752,22 @@ msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Zugangseinstellungen" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Benutzername (Login)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Passwort" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):" @@ -1730,14 +1787,12 @@ msgstr "Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Externes ISDN-Modem" @@ -1749,14 +1804,12 @@ msgid "" "Select your card." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1765,31 +1818,27 @@ msgstr "Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Name der Verbindung" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefonnummer" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Login-ID" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode" @@ -1805,24 +1854,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Name der Domäne" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Erster und zweiter DNS Server" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " @@ -1832,9 +1878,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1862,89 +1908,76 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Betriebsmodus" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Geführt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Direkt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Netzwerkname (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware unterstützt." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware " +"unterstützt." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Einige alte Hardware unterstützt nur dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Schlüssel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1954,8 +1987,7 @@ msgid "" "manual IP address." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1967,46 +1999,41 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2038,8 +2065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Access-Point-Name" @@ -2054,14 +2080,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden" @@ -2082,67 +2106,57 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon Number</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Passwort</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Authentikation</emphasis>, Auswahl:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Skript-basiert" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminal-basiert" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2218,8 +2232,7 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2234,8 +2247,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2243,16 +2255,18 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2265,8 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionen verwalten" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk oder diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2274,10 +2287,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2285,8 +2301,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2294,10 +2310,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, welches Sie bearbeiten möchten." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des " +"jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, welches Sie " +"bearbeiten möchten." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2307,11 +2325,10 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2339,10 +2356,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird erstellt." +msgstr "" +"Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird " +"erstellt." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2355,8 +2373,7 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2371,8 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "Display-Manager einrichten" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2380,17 +2396,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie auswählen welcher Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie auswählen welcher " +"Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung " +"anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2398,7 +2419,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, das die mitgelieferten Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger Display-Manager, KDM und GDM haben einige Extras." +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, das die mitgelieferten " +"Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in " +"den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger Display-" +"Manager, KDM und GDM haben einige Extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2410,8 +2435,7 @@ msgstr "Persönliche Firewall einrichten" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2419,9 +2443,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2437,8 +2463,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2474,8 +2500,7 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2496,9 +2521,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2506,14 +2531,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2522,8 +2545,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2536,15 +2559,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-Schriften" +msgstr "" +"Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-" +"Schriften" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2552,9 +2576,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2582,14 +2608,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2600,8 +2627,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2627,10 +2654,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2650,8 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "Kindersicherungen" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2659,17 +2685,19 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2695,17 +2723,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2720,18 +2748,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2783,8 +2811,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -2805,8 +2833,7 @@ msgstr "Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2816,8 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Prinzipien" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "" @@ -2849,9 +2875,11 @@ msgstr "Gateway-Assistent" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -2878,16 +2906,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2902,8 +2930,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2939,8 +2967,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2960,8 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2974,8 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "Hosts Definitionen" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2983,9 +3009,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3031,8 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3042,17 +3069,18 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3064,8 +3092,7 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkzentrum" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3073,9 +3100,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3089,34 +3118,30 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "" @@ -3126,36 +3151,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu laden" +msgstr "" +"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu " +"laden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3165,8 +3191,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Der Monitor Knopf" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3176,8 +3201,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3191,8 +3216,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3203,10 +3228,10 @@ msgstr "Die Konfigurationsschaltfläche" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3216,8 +3241,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3241,8 +3266,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3250,8 +3275,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3266,8 +3290,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Für ein drahtloses Netzwerk</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3290,7 +3313,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3300,8 +3324,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3318,8 +3342,7 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3329,8 +3352,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Die Erweiterte Einstellungen-Schaltfläche" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3345,8 +3367,7 @@ msgstr "Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3354,9 +3375,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3368,8 +3391,7 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3382,21 +3404,22 @@ msgstr "Voraussetzungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3431,8 +3454,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3505,24 +3527,24 @@ msgstr "Benutzer-ID-Abbildung" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3541,8 +3563,8 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3580,8 +3602,7 @@ msgstr "Menü Einträge" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3615,8 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3629,8 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3638,25 +3657,27 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3673,8 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "Medien konfigurieren" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3682,11 +3702,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die Softwarequellen (auch Repositorys, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) einzurichten. Das bedeutet, dass Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die " +"Softwarequellen (auch Repositorys, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) " +"einzurichten. Das bedeutet, dass Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, " +"welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen " +"verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3696,7 +3721,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Falls Sie Mageia von einem optischen Medium (CD oder DVD) oder einem USB-Stick installieren, wird das jeweilige Medium als Softwarequelle eingerichtet. Um zu verhindern dass Sie dazu aufgefordert werden das Medium einzulegen wenn Sie neue Pakete installieren, sollten Sie diese Medien deaktivieren (oder löschen). (Es wird als Medientyp CD-Rom gelistet)." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie Mageia von einem optischen Medium (CD oder DVD) oder einem USB-" +"Stick installieren, wird das jeweilige Medium als Softwarequelle " +"eingerichtet. Um zu verhindern dass Sie dazu aufgefordert werden das Medium " +"einzulegen wenn Sie neue Pakete installieren, sollten Sie diese Medien " +"deaktivieren (oder löschen). (Es wird als Medientyp CD-Rom gelistet)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3706,14 +3736,21 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit (x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien." +msgstr "" +"Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit " +"(x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr " +"System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. " +"Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, " +"befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3721,7 +3758,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3738,7 +3778,10 @@ msgstr "Spalte Aktiviert:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein System unbrauchbar machen." +msgstr "" +"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei " +"vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein " +"System unbrauchbar machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3752,7 +3795,12 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug verändern. Sie müssen hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben." +msgstr "" +"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese " +"müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten " +"ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in " +"diesem Werkzeug verändern. Sie müssen hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen " +"und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3764,28 +3812,36 @@ msgstr "Spalte Medium:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositorys für die finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:" +msgstr "" +"Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositorys für die " +"finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme " +"enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die " +"nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche " +"allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3797,7 +3853,9 @@ msgstr "Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der " +"Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3805,22 +3863,32 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der " +"Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder " +"Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn " +"man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von " +"neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in " +"Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team die Beseitigung dessen prüfen können." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue " +"Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team " +"die Beseitigung dessen prüfen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3838,7 +3906,11 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core Medien enthalten sind." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen " +"Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet " +"wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core " +"Medien enthalten sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3850,7 +3922,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, downloader und Proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, " +"downloader und Proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3863,10 +3937,18 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Fügt die offiziellen Repositorys die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese Repositorys enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, dass es nur installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls Sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über \"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei\" ausgewählt werden." +msgstr "" +"Fügt die offiziellen Repositorys die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese " +"Repositorys enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken " +"des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung " +"hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, dass es nur installationen und " +"Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls Sie " +"einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über " +"\"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei" +"\" ausgewählt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3877,10 +3959,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die " +"Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das " +"mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen " +"Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus " +"diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3895,9 +3982,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche Sie aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche Sie " +"aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den " +"<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3908,16 +3998,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Falls Sie mit den Spiegelserver nicht zufrieden sind, weil dieser z. B. zu langsam oder häufig nicht erreichbar ist, können Sie einen anderen Server auswählen. Wählen Sie alle gegenwärtigen Medien und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um diese aus der Liste zu nehmen. Klicke anschließend auf <guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen</guimenu> und wähle zwischen nur aktualisieren oder kompletter Set (wenn Sie nicht wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>kompletter Set</guibutton>) und bestätigen Sie dne Verbinungsaufbau mit <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Folgendes Fenster wird daraufhin geöffnet:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie mit den Spiegelserver nicht zufrieden sind, weil dieser z. B. zu " +"langsam oder häufig nicht erreichbar ist, können Sie einen anderen Server " +"auswählen. Wählen Sie alle gegenwärtigen Medien und klicke auf " +"<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um diese aus der Liste zu nehmen. Klicke " +"anschließend auf <guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver " +"hinzufügen</guimenu> und wähle zwischen nur aktualisieren oder kompletter " +"Set (wenn Sie nicht wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen, klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>kompletter Set</guibutton>) und bestätigen Sie dne " +"Verbinungsaufbau mit <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Folgendes Fenster wird " +"daraufhin geöffnet:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3928,7 +4027,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen Sie ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen können. Durch das Klicken auf das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen Sie " +"ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen können. Durch das Klicken auf " +"das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle " +"einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3940,10 +4043,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:" +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, " +"welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3954,7 +4058,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wähle den Medientyp, gebe ihm einen guten Namen welchen das Medium beschreibt undgib die URL (oder den Pfad zum Medientyp) ein." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wähle den Medientyp, gebe ihm " +"einen guten Namen welchen das Medium beschreibt undgib die URL (oder den " +"Pfad zum Medientyp) ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3964,11 +4071,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale Optionen:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es Ihnen auszuwählen, ob zu installierende RPMs verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -Standard-, Nur Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es Ihnen auszuwählen, ob zu installierende RPMs " +"verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm " +"verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im " +"XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -Standard-, Nur " +"Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3978,12 +4090,19 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes Medium möglich einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel abzulehnen." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur " +"Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes " +"Medium möglich einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das " +"erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</" +"guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel " +"und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel " +"abzulehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 @@ -3999,18 +4118,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Falls Sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können Sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können " +"Sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</" +"guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das " +"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Für weiterführende Informationen über das konfigurieren der Medien, schaue auf der <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia Wiki Seite</link> nach." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Für weiterführende Informationen über das konfigurieren der Medien, schaue " +"auf der <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management" +"\">Mageia Wiki Seite</link> nach." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4022,8 +4147,7 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4062,20 +4186,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4087,8 +4212,7 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4096,8 +4220,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4107,8 +4231,7 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4139,8 +4262,7 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4152,8 +4274,7 @@ msgid "" "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4164,8 +4285,7 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4174,12 +4294,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4189,8 +4308,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4223,8 +4341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4232,14 +4349,13 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4284,8 +4400,7 @@ msgstr "Druckerfreigabe" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4303,8 +4418,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba-Benutzer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4327,8 +4441,7 @@ msgstr "Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "" @@ -4336,9 +4449,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 @@ -4359,8 +4474,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4406,8 +4520,7 @@ msgstr "Snapshots" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4415,16 +4528,18 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4439,9 +4554,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4449,22 +4564,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4482,8 +4596,7 @@ msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4491,16 +4604,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.¶" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> " +"verfügbar.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4508,15 +4626,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird Ihnen helfen, falls Sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn Sie die Soundkarte wechseln." +msgstr "" +"Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, " +"PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird Ihnen helfen, falls Sie " +"Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn Sie die Soundkarte wechseln." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur Soundkarte passen." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber " +"auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur " +"Soundkarte passen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4524,15 +4647,19 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund erweiterten Funktionen." +msgstr "" +"Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS " +"oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher " +"Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund " +"erweiterten Funktionen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4540,14 +4667,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen aktivert zu lassen." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen " +"aktivert zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen." +msgstr "" +"Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit " +"einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 @@ -4556,8 +4687,7 @@ msgid "" "three buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4588,8 +4718,7 @@ msgstr "Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4597,9 +4726,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4611,8 +4742,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4620,9 +4750,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4662,8 +4794,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Für Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4675,8 +4806,7 @@ msgid "" "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4693,8 +4823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Erweiterte Parameter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4715,8 +4844,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4729,8 +4858,7 @@ msgstr "Webserver einrichten" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4738,9 +4866,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 @@ -4771,8 +4901,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4789,8 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4807,8 +4935,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4823,8 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4841,8 +4967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4859,8 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Übersicht" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4870,8 +4994,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -4880,8 +5003,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Assistent beenden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4902,8 +5024,7 @@ msgstr "DNS konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4911,9 +5032,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4925,8 +5048,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4941,16 +5063,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -4977,8 +5101,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -4988,8 +5111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4998,8 +5120,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5007,8 +5129,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "IP-Bereich auswählen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5022,8 +5143,7 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5033,8 +5153,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5051,8 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Stunden später..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5072,78 +5190,69 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;" +"</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5151,8 +5260,8 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5170,8 +5279,7 @@ msgstr "Zeit konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5179,18 +5287,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist dafür da, um die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und drakwizard-base Pakete installieren." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist dafür da, um " +"die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist " +"nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und " +"drakwizard-base Pakete installieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5205,26 +5319,22 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5232,15 +5342,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5248,7 +5357,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen" +msgstr "" +"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5263,9 +5373,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5285,8 +5395,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5305,8 +5415,7 @@ msgstr "FTP konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5314,15 +5423,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5348,14 +5459,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5372,8 +5481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Serverinformation" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5390,8 +5498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Serveroptionen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5399,18 +5506,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5425,8 +5530,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5434,9 +5538,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5472,8 +5578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5483,8 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5501,8 +5605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5518,8 +5621,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5527,8 +5629,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5536,16 +5638,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5553,8 +5653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5569,8 +5668,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5578,12 +5676,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5593,8 +5690,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5606,8 +5702,7 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5620,56 +5715,51 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/" +"squid.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5689,8 +5779,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5698,15 +5787,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5719,8 +5810,8 @@ msgstr "Was ist <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -5740,8 +5831,7 @@ msgstr "Willkommen beim OpenSSH-Assistenten." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5749,9 +5839,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5759,8 +5848,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5777,8 +5865,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Authentifizierungsverfahren" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5795,8 +5882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5804,8 +5890,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5813,8 +5899,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Anmeldeoptionen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5829,8 +5914,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Benutzeranmeldeoptionen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5846,8 +5930,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Komprimierung und Weiterleitung" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5859,14 +5942,12 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5881,8 +5962,7 @@ msgstr "Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5890,9 +5970,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5904,8 +5986,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5913,9 +5994,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5943,7 +6026,10 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das > um den Inhalt der Kategorien anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden." +msgstr "" +"Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind " +"in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das > um den Inhalt der Kategorien " +"anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5951,14 +6037,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die <guimenu>Hilfe -> Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen über den Inhalt der Felder." +msgstr "" +"Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die " +"<guimenu>Hilfe -> Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen " +"über den Inhalt der Felder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe " +"am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5980,7 +6071,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:" +msgstr "" +"Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um " +"die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -6015,8 +6108,7 @@ msgstr "Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6024,9 +6116,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6046,10 +6140,13 @@ msgstr "Tastaturlayout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Hier können Sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout Sie verwenden möchten. Die Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land und/oder Ethnie des Layouts, wofür diese verwendet wird." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout Sie verwenden möchten. Die " +"Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land " +"und/oder Ethnie des Layouts, wofür diese verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6073,8 +6170,7 @@ msgstr "Auswählen der Region und Sprache" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6082,9 +6178,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6155,8 +6253,7 @@ msgstr "Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6164,16 +6261,18 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6184,26 +6283,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6222,11 +6321,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6274,8 +6373,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-Dienst" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6284,8 +6382,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6311,24 +6409,28 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Dieses Tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet werden." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " +"Kommandozeile gestartet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6344,9 +6446,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6354,18 +6458,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn es als root benutzt wird." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " +"Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn " +"es als root benutzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem " +"Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die " +"ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6374,14 +6483,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen hinzu." +msgstr "" +"Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen " +"hinzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, wie in diesen Beispielen:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine " +"Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, " +"wie in diesen Beispielen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6415,8 +6529,7 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6426,7 +6539,10 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware gibt, es heißt <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root auszuführen)" +msgstr "" +"Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware " +"gibt, es heißt <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root " +"auszuführen)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6438,8 +6554,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6447,18 +6562,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"verwalten.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6466,27 +6587,38 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert benötigt MageiaUpdate mit rpmdrake-edit-media konfigurierte Repositorys, mit einigen Medien, als Aktualisieren markiert. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun." +msgstr "" +"Damit dies funktioniert benötigt MageiaUpdate mit rpmdrake-edit-media " +"konfigurierte Repositorys, mit einigen Medien, als Aktualisieren markiert. " +"Falls dies nicht der Fall ist werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositorys verfügbar sind. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten." +msgstr "" +"Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und " +"listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositorys verfügbar " +"sind. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen " +"und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</" +"guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, dass Sie darauf klicken können, um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen." +msgstr "" +"Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren " +"Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></" +"emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, dass Sie darauf klicken können, um " +"einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6495,17 +6627,20 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort ein, um das System zu aktualisieren." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der " +"Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"0\"/>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort " +"ein, um das System zu aktualisieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Systemstart" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6537,13 +6672,62 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " +"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " +"Anleitung zu verbessern." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6553,23 +6737,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." +msgstr "" +"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen " +"auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren " +"Links, um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der Hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der " +"Hardware</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6579,16 +6766,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Grafiksystem konfigurieren" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6598,14 +6785,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und der Tastatur" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6615,16 +6800,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des " +"Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6634,8 +6819,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Andere" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6652,43 +6836,54 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel ausgewählt werden können." +msgstr "" +"Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht " +"verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das " +"Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene " +"Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel " +"ausgewählt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die dazugehörigen Werkzeuge." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die " +"dazugehörigen Werkzeuge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können." +msgstr "" +"Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die " +"MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge." +msgstr "" +"Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die " +"auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken." +msgstr "" +"Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, " +"indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Lokale Festplatten" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6698,7 +6893,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen, zur Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke, wählen. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen, zur " +"Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke, wählen. Klicke auf einen " +"Link weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6720,8 +6918,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6729,8 +6926,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6765,8 +6962,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Netzwerkfreigabe" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6783,33 +6979,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB " +"(für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "NFS-Freigaben verwalten" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6819,8 +7013,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6830,8 +7023,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Netzwerk & Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6839,8 +7031,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> @@ -6848,20 +7040,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6871,32 +7060,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6906,8 +7090,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicherheit" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6951,8 +7134,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Dateifreigabe" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6961,8 +7143,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6981,8 +7163,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6999,20 +7180,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Verwalten der System-Dienste" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7022,14 +7200,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisierung" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7039,67 +7215,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Administrations-Werkzeuge" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -7110,8 +7253,7 @@ msgstr "Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7119,18 +7261,20 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7138,9 +7282,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt Ihnen die Frequenz einzustellen, in welchen Zeitabständen Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt Ihnen die Frequenz einzustellen, in welchen " +"Zeitabständen Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die " +"Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt " +"Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue " +"Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7152,8 +7300,7 @@ msgstr "Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7161,22 +7308,27 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> " +"verfügbar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7198,8 +7350,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Systemsicherheit und Prüfung" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7207,15 +7358,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7236,10 +7389,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7275,20 +7428,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "aktiviert oder nicht" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7303,13 +7453,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7327,20 +7475,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7358,21 +7506,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7386,12 +7534,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7409,11 +7557,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitswarnungen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7422,8 +7570,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" @@ -7436,11 +7584,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitsoptionen:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7452,12 +7600,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7472,8 +7619,7 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7487,8 +7633,7 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7504,8 +7649,7 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7530,8 +7674,7 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7545,14 +7688,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7560,12 +7702,10 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7574,11 +7714,10 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7603,13 +7742,12 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7618,16 +7756,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7642,20 +7780,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7681,11 +7818,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7708,9 +7845,12 @@ msgstr "Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um " +"mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7747,8 +7887,7 @@ msgstr "Installieren & Entfernen von Software" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7761,9 +7900,11 @@ msgstr "Einführung in rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7777,19 +7918,33 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen wird. Es zeigt Ihnen die neusten Anwendungen und Paket, die für Ihren Computer verfügbar sind. Ein Filtersystem erlaubt es Ihnen nur bestimmte Typen von Pakete anzeigen zu lassen: eventuell möchten Sie nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen (Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch können Sie nach dem Namen der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen suchen." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm " +"genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und " +"aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem " +"Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt " +"von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen wird. Es zeigt Ihnen die neusten " +"Anwendungen und Paket, die für Ihren Computer verfügbar sind. Ein " +"Filtersystem erlaubt es Ihnen nur bestimmte Typen von Pakete anzeigen zu " +"lassen: eventuell möchten Sie nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen " +"(Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur " +"nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch können Sie nach dem Namen " +"der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen " +"Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen " +"suchen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet " +"sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7798,28 +7953,38 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedesmal danach fragen, wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten mit der Pop-Up Meldung: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie stört und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, " +"welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls " +"Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedesmal danach fragen, " +"wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten mit der Pop-Up Meldung: <placeholder " +"type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie stört " +"und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark " +"eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es " +"mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-" +"media\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Zudem sind die online Repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete." +msgstr "" +"Zudem sind die online Repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete " +"und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Die Hauptbestandteile des Bildschirms" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7835,25 +8000,38 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt Ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Filter erlaubt Ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn " +"Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit " +"einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und " +"deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch " +"Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von " +"neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Die Standard Filtereinstellungen sind für Neueinsteiger in Linux oder Mageia, die möglicherweise keine Befehlszeile oder spezielle Werkzeuge verwenden möchten. Da Sie dieses Dokument lesen sind Sie offensichtlich daran interessiert Ihr Wissen bezüglich Mageia zu erweitern. Aus diesem Grund wäre es das Beste \"Alle\" im Filter auszuwählen." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Die Standard Filtereinstellungen sind für Neueinsteiger in Linux oder " +"Mageia, die möglicherweise keine Befehlszeile oder spezielle Werkzeuge " +"verwenden möchten. Da Sie dieses Dokument lesen sind Sie offensichtlich " +"daran interessiert Ihr Wissen bezüglich Mageia zu erweitern. Aus diesem " +"Grund wäre es das Beste \"Alle\" im Filter auszuwählen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketstatus Filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketstatus Filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7861,7 +8039,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt es Ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht installierten, anzeigen zu lassen." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Filter erlaubt es Ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete " +"welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht " +"installierten, anzeigen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7874,7 +8055,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Klicke auf dieses Icon um nach dem Paketnamen, die zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den Paketen enthalten sind, zu suchen." +msgstr "" +"Klicke auf dieses Icon um nach dem Paketnamen, die zusammengefasste " +"Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den " +"Paketen enthalten sind, zu suchen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7887,7 +8071,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein." +msgstr "" +"Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein " +"Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den " +"Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit " +"suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7899,7 +8087,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alles löschen:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box " +"löschen, die eingegeben wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7909,9 +8099,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorienliste:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien und Unterkategorien." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien " +"und Unterkategorien." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7922,10 +8114,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beschreibung Panel:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte Änderungen anzeigen." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette " +"Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket " +"an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket " +"enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte " +"Änderungen anzeigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7940,78 +8137,66 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Symbol" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legende" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Dieses Paket wird installiert" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert" @@ -8032,7 +8217,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert " +"ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es " +"wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8040,15 +8228,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." +msgstr "" +"Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), " +"erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert " +"sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Die Abhängigkeiten" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8056,15 +8246,24 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket installiert werden soll." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu " +"funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall " +"zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten " +"Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr " +"Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das " +"verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt " +"rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen " +"anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket " +"installiert werden soll." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8086,7 +8285,9 @@ msgstr "Installation" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root." +msgstr "" +"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8122,8 +8323,7 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8140,8 +8340,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8156,12 +8356,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8169,17 +8368,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -8187,23 +8386,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Wählen sie einen Port aus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8216,12 +8418,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8231,8 +8432,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8240,8 +8440,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" @@ -8261,8 +8461,7 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8270,10 +8469,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." -msgstr "Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: Sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen." +msgstr "" +"Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: Sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8285,8 +8484,7 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8296,8 +8494,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8334,8 +8531,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8353,8 +8550,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8365,13 +8562,13 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -8407,16 +8604,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8424,8 +8621,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Software-Verwaltung" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8433,9 +8629,12 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen " +"auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der " +"unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8445,9 +8644,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des Systems</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des " +"Systems</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8459,7 +8660,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für " +"Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8471,8 +8674,7 @@ msgstr "Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8486,7 +8688,14 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt eine eigene <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über den Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes Werkzeug um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt wird und auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und openSUSE verwendet wird." +msgstr "" +"Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt " +"eine eigene <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über den " +"Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes Werkzeug " +"um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt wird und " +"auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und openSUSE " +"verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 @@ -8507,8 +8716,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8552,11 +8761,11 @@ msgstr "Automatisch erkannte Drucker" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8564,8 +8773,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8573,8 +8781,8 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -8628,17 +8836,17 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8646,8 +8854,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8656,9 +8864,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8675,8 +8883,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8693,9 +8901,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8704,12 +8912,11 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8739,8 +8946,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8803,9 +9010,8 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8817,12 +9023,11 @@ msgstr "Geräteeigenschaften" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8840,23 +9045,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8867,10 +9072,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother Drucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8882,8 +9086,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8891,10 +9095,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -8919,9 +9122,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8932,12 +9135,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8969,8 +9172,7 @@ msgstr "Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8978,8 +9180,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8995,9 +9197,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9027,12 +9229,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9041,9 +9242,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -9057,22 +9258,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9080,23 +9279,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9112,8 +9309,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9121,8 +9318,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9130,8 +9326,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9141,8 +9336,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9157,8 +9351,7 @@ msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9166,8 +9359,8 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9182,15 +9375,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -9204,8 +9397,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Benutzer hinzufügen</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9226,18 +9418,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9278,7 +9470,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 @@ -9292,8 +9485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9326,8 +9518,7 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9373,10 +9564,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Löschen</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9392,8 +9583,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Aktualisieren</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9407,8 +9598,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9423,8 +9614,7 @@ msgstr "Grafischen Server einrichten" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9432,32 +9622,36 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkarte</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -9465,7 +9659,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -9474,7 +9668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -9482,7 +9676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -9490,83 +9684,95 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Auflösung:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:" +msgstr "" +"Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die " +"Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswahlen abhängig von der Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare Einstellung durchführen können." +msgstr "" +"Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere " +"auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswahlen abhängig von der " +"Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> " +"zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in " +"Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare " +"Einstellung durchführen können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf eine andere umzustellen." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf " +"eine andere umzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das SIe sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die Einstellungen übernommen werden." +msgstr "" +"Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das SIe " +"sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die " +"Einstellungen übernommen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -9574,15 +9780,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -9590,12 +9796,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Optionen:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -9603,26 +9809,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po index f4ea0ddb..38b96fcd 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-29 09:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -299,8 +299,8 @@ msgstr "" "του." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "el" @@ -882,8 +882,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -893,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαχειριστής συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -904,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμός κωδικού πρόσβασης, την προκαθορισμένη εκκίνηση, κλπ) " #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -913,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" "«Ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης του συστήματος»." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -923,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -944,7 +958,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -960,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα εκκινήσει το προεπιλεγμένο μετά το πέρας της χρονικής καθυστέρησης." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -969,19 +983,19 @@ msgstr "" "να καθορίσετε έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον " "επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -994,12 +1008,12 @@ msgstr "" "APM. Επιλέξτε αυτό το πλαίσιο αν το υλικό σας είναι συμβατό με το ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Ενεργοποίηση SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -1008,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχιτεκτονική επεξεργαστών πολλαπλών πυρήνων." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -1017,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" "επεξεργαστή και θα ενεργοποιήσει το SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -1026,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "" "APIC:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1046,12 +1060,12 @@ msgstr "" "το APIC και/ή το Τοπικό APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1071,12 +1085,12 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με το Grub ή το Lilo για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα εργαλεία." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1087,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντολή του Grub «title». Για παράδειγμα: Mageia 3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1096,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "Αντιστοιχεί στην εντολή του Grub «kernel». Για παράδειγμα /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1106,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "" "παράδειγμα (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1115,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογές του πυρήνα κατά την εκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1124,11 +1138,12 @@ msgstr "" "θα φορτώνει τη συγκεκριμένη καταχώρηση εξ ορισμού." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "Στην επιπλέον οθόνη <guilabel>Για προχωρημένους</guilabel>, μπορείτε να " "επιλέξετε τη <guilabel>λειτουργία οθόνης</guilabel>, ένα αρχείο " @@ -3082,7 +3097,8 @@ msgstr "μερικά κουμπιά επεξηγούνται παρακάτω." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Λήψη των γραμματοσειρών Windows: <emphasis/></" "emphasis>" @@ -4862,11 +4878,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" "Για να εγγυηθεί μια ασφάλεια υψηλού επιπέδου, χρησιμοποιούνται ψηφιακά " -"κλειδιά για την ταυτοποίηση των μέσων. Μπορείτε για κάθε μέσο να επιτρέψετε ή " -"να απαγορέψετε ένα κλειδί. Στο παράθυρο που εμφανίζεται, επιλέξτε ένα μέσο " +"κλειδιά για την ταυτοποίηση των μέσων. Μπορείτε για κάθε μέσο να επιτρέψετε " +"ή να απαγορέψετε ένα κλειδί. Στο παράθυρο που εμφανίζεται, επιλέξτε ένα μέσο " "και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> για να επιτρέψετε ένα νέο " -"κλειδί ή να επιλέξετε ένα κλειδί και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση<" -"/guibutton> για να απαγορέψετε το κλειδί." +"κλειδί ή να επιλέξετε ένα κλειδί και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</" +"guibutton> για να απαγορέψετε το κλειδί." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 @@ -4888,8 +4904,8 @@ msgid "" "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" "Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διαμεσολαβητή για την προσπέλαση στο " -"διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να τον διαμορφώσετε εδώ. Χρειάζεται μόνο να ορίσετε το <" -"guibutton>Όνομα υπολογιστή του διαμεσολαβητή</guibutton> και αν είναι " +"διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να τον διαμορφώσετε εδώ. Χρειάζεται μόνο να ορίσετε το " +"<guibutton>Όνομα υπολογιστή του διαμεσολαβητή</guibutton> και αν είναι " "απαραίτητο ένα <guilabel>όνομα χρήστη</guilabel> και έναν <guilabel>κωδικό " "πρόσβασης</guilabel>." @@ -4931,9 +4947,10 @@ msgstr "" "Το Samba είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται σε διαφορετικά λειτουργικά " "συστήματα για την κοινή χρήση ορισμένων πόρων όπως κατάλογοι ή εκτυπωτές. " "Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει τη διαμόρφωση του υπολογιστή ως έναν " -"εξυπηρετητή Samba κάνοντας χρήση του πρωτοκόλλου SMB/CIFS. Αυτό το πρωτόκολλο " -"χρησιμοποιείται επίσης από τα Windows(R) και οι σταθμοί εργασίας αυτού του " -"λειτουργικού μπορούν να προσπελάσουν τους πόρους του εξυπηρετητή Samba." +"εξυπηρετητή Samba κάνοντας χρήση του πρωτοκόλλου SMB/CIFS. Αυτό το " +"πρωτόκολλο χρησιμοποιείται επίσης από τα Windows(R) και οι σταθμοί εργασίας " +"αυτού του λειτουργικού μπορούν να προσπελάσουν τους πόρους του εξυπηρετητή " +"Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4979,10 +4996,10 @@ msgid "" "if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -"Κατά την πρώτη εκτέλεση, τα εργαλεία <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" -" ελέγχουν αν τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα είναι εγκατεστημένα και προτείνει την " -"εγκατάστασή τους αν δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα. Στη συνέχεια εκτελείται ο οδηγός " -"διαμόρφωσης του εξυπηρετητή Samba." +"Κατά την πρώτη εκτέλεση, τα εργαλεία <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +"> ελέγχουν αν τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα είναι εγκατεστημένα και προτείνει την " +"εγκατάστασή τους αν δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα. Στη συνέχεια εκτελείται ο " +"οδηγός διαμόρφωσης του εξυπηρετητή Samba." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 @@ -5036,8 +5053,8 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" msgstr "" -"<guilabel>χρήστης</guilabel>: ο πελάτης θα πρέπει να είναι ταυτοποιημένος για " -"την προσπέλαση του πόρου." +"<guilabel>χρήστης</guilabel>: ο πελάτης θα πρέπει να είναι ταυτοποιημένος " +"για την προσπέλαση του πόρου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 @@ -5082,8 +5099,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -"Η τοποθεσία καταγραφών του εξυπηρετητή Samba μπορεί να καθοριστεί στο επόμενο " -"βήμα." +"Η τοποθεσία καταγραφών του εξυπηρετητή Samba μπορεί να καθοριστεί στο " +"επόμενο βήμα." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 @@ -5098,8 +5115,8 @@ msgid "" "etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" "Ο οδηγός εμφανίζει μια λίστα με τις επιλεγμένες παραμέτρους πριν την αποδοχή " -"της διαμόρφωσης. Μετά την αποδοχή της, η διαμόρφωση θα καταχωρηθεί στο <code>" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"της διαμόρφωσης. Μετά την αποδοχή της, η διαμόρφωση θα καταχωρηθεί στο " +"<code>etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 @@ -5138,11 +5155,10 @@ msgid "" "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." msgstr "" -"<guilabel>τομέας</guilabel> επιτρέπει την αποθήκευση όλων των λογαριασμών των " -"χρηστών " -"και των ομάδων σε ένα κεντρικό και κοινόχρηστο αποθετήριο λογαριασμών. Αυτό " -"το κεντρικό αποθετήριο λογαριασμών, είναι κοινόχρηστο ανάμεσα στους ελεγκτές " -"(ασφαλείας) του τομέα." +"<guilabel>τομέας</guilabel> επιτρέπει την αποθήκευση όλων των λογαριασμών " +"των χρηστών και των ομάδων σε ένα κεντρικό και κοινόχρηστο αποθετήριο " +"λογαριασμών. Αυτό το κεντρικό αποθετήριο λογαριασμών, είναι κοινόχρηστο " +"ανάμεσα στους ελεγκτές (ασφαλείας) του τομέα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -5330,8 +5346,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Εξ ορισμού: Η λειτουργία εκκίνησης εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο επίπεδο " "ασφαλείας. Ανατρέξτε στην ίδια καρτέλα στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου, στο εργαλείο " -"«Ρυθμίστε την " -"ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους ασφαλείας»." +"«Ρυθμίστε την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, τις άδειες και τους ελέγχους " +"ασφαλείας»." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 @@ -5399,9 +5415,9 @@ msgid "" "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." msgstr "" "Κατά την εκτέλεση για πρώτη φορά του εργαλείου στο MCC, θα δείτε ένα μήνυμα " -"σχετικά με την εγκατάσταση του draksnapshot. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>" -"εγκατάσταση</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. Θα εγκατασταθεί το Draksnapshot " -"και ενδεχομένως και άλλα απαραίτητα πακέτα." +"σχετικά με την εγκατάσταση του draksnapshot. Κάντε κλικ στο " +"<guibutton>εγκατάσταση</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε. Θα εγκατασταθεί το " +"Draksnapshot και ενδεχομένως και άλλα απαραίτητα πακέτα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 @@ -5411,10 +5427,10 @@ msgid "" "guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " "whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" -"Κάντε ξανά κλικ στο <guilabel>Στιγμιότυπα</guilabel> και θα δείτε την οθόνη <" -"guilabel>Ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση των αντιγράφων " -"ασφαλείας</guilabel> και, αν επιθυμείτε εφεδρικά αντίγραφα για όλο το " -"σύστημα, <guilabel>Αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλο το σύστημα</guilabel>." +"Κάντε ξανά κλικ στο <guilabel>Στιγμιότυπα</guilabel> και θα δείτε την οθόνη " +"<guilabel>Ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση των " +"αντιγράφων ασφαλείας</guilabel> και, αν επιθυμείτε εφεδρικά αντίγραφα για " +"όλο το σύστημα, <guilabel>Αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλο το σύστημα</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 @@ -5429,15 +5445,15 @@ msgid "" "in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" "Αν επιθυμείτε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας μόνο για ένα μέρος των καταλόγων σας, τότε " -"επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα κουμπιά " -"<guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> και <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> στο " -"αναδυόμενο παράθυρο δίπλα από τη <guilabel>λίστα αντιγράφων ασφαλείας<" -"/guilabel> για να συμπεριλάβετε ή να εξαιρέσετε καταλόγους και αρχεία από τα " -"αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα ίδια κουμπιά δίπλα από τη λίστα των <" -"guilabel>Εξαιρουμένων</guilabel> για να αφαιρέσετε υποκαταλόγους και/ή αρχεία " -"από τους επιλεγμένους καταλόγους, που <emphasis role=\"bold\">δεν</emphasis> " -"πρέπει να συμπεριληφθούν στα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>" -"Κλείσιμο</guibutton> μετά το πέρας της επεξεργασίας σας." +"επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις</guilabel>. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα " +"κουμπιά <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> και <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> " +"στο αναδυόμενο παράθυρο δίπλα από τη <guilabel>λίστα αντιγράφων ασφαλείας</" +"guilabel> για να συμπεριλάβετε ή να εξαιρέσετε καταλόγους και αρχεία από τα " +"αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα ίδια κουμπιά δίπλα από τη λίστα των " +"<guilabel>Εξαιρουμένων</guilabel> για να αφαιρέσετε υποκαταλόγους και/ή " +"αρχεία από τους επιλεγμένους καταλόγους, που <emphasis role=\"bold\">δεν</" +"emphasis> πρέπει να συμπεριληφθούν στα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας. Κάντε κλικ στο " +"<guibutton>Κλείσιμο</guibutton> μετά το πέρας της επεξεργασίας σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 @@ -5448,10 +5464,10 @@ msgid "" "your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Σε αυτό το βήμα μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε τη διαδρομή στο <guilabel>Που να " -"ληφθούν τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας</guilabel>, ή κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>" -"Περιήγηση</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τη σωστή διαδρομή. Οποιοδήποτε κλειδί " -"USB ή εξωτερικός δίσκος μπορεί να εντοπιστεί στο <emphasis role=\"bold\">" -"/run/media/όνομα_χρήστη/</emphasis>." +"ληφθούν τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας</guilabel>, ή κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί " +"<guibutton>Περιήγηση</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τη σωστή διαδρομή. " +"Οποιοδήποτε κλειδί USB ή εξωτερικός δίσκος μπορεί να εντοπιστεί στο " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/όνομα_χρήστη/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -5525,9 +5541,9 @@ msgid "" "possible for its enhanced features." msgstr "" "Επί το πλείστον, είναι δυνατό να επιλέξετε έναν οδηγό χρησιμοποιώντας το API " -"OSS ή ALSA. Το OSS είναι της παλαιότερης γενιάς και με βασικά χαρακτηριστικά· " -"συνιστούμε τη χρήση του ALSA όταν είναι εφικτό ώστε να επωφεληθείτε από τα " -"ενισχυμένα χαρακτηριστικά του." +"OSS ή ALSA. Το OSS είναι της παλαιότερης γενιάς και με βασικά " +"χαρακτηριστικά· συνιστούμε τη χρήση του ALSA όταν είναι εφικτό ώστε να " +"επωφεληθείτε από τα ενισχυμένα χαρακτηριστικά του." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 @@ -5539,9 +5555,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Το <guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> είναι ένας εξυπηρετητής ήχου. Λαμβάνει " "όλες τις εισόδους ήχου, τις μιγνύει βάσει της διαμόρφωσης του χρήστη και " -"αποστέλλει τον προκύπτον ήχο στην έξοδο. Ανατρέξτε στο <guimenu>Μενού -> Ήχος " -"και βίντεο -> έλεγχος έντασης PulseAudio</guimenu> για να διαμορφώσετε αυτές " -"τις ρυθμίσεις." +"αποστέλλει τον προκύπτον ήχο στην έξοδο. Ανατρέξτε στο <guimenu>Μενού -> " +"Ήχος και βίντεο -> έλεγχος έντασης PulseAudio</guimenu> για να διαμορφώσετε " +"αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 @@ -5567,8 +5583,8 @@ msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" msgstr "" -"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> εμφανίζει ένα νέο παράθυρο " -"με δυο ή τρία κουμπιά:" +"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> εμφανίζει ένα νέο " +"παράθυρο με δυο ή τρία κουμπιά:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -5721,8 +5737,8 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Επιλέξτε τα αρχεία που παραλάβατε " -"από το διαχειριστή του δικτύου σας." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Επιλέξτε τα αρχεία που " +"παραλάβατε από το διαχειριστή του δικτύου σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 @@ -5756,8 +5772,8 @@ msgid "" "to this VPN." msgstr "" "Η σύνδεση VPN μπορεί να διαμορφωθεί ώστε να εκκινείται με μια σύνδεση στο " -"δίκτυο. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επαναδιαμορφώστε τη σύνδεση στο δίκτυο ώστε να " -"συνδέεται αεί στο VPN." +"δίκτυο. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επαναδιαμορφώστε τη σύνδεση στο δίκτυο ώστε " +"να συνδέεται αεί στο VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -5829,8 +5845,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο<" -"/guibutton>." +"Η πρώτη σελίδα είναι μόνο μια εισαγωγή, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 @@ -5848,8 +5864,8 @@ msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" -"Η έκθεση του εξυπηρετητή ιστού στο διαδίκτυο μπορεί να υπολανθάνει κινδύνους. " -"Να είστε έτοιμοι για παν ενδεχόμενο." +"Η έκθεση του εξυπηρετητή ιστού στο διαδίκτυο μπορεί να υπολανθάνει " +"κινδύνους. Να είστε έτοιμοι για παν ενδεχόμενο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 @@ -5987,8 +6003,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εργαλείο είναι σπασμένο στη Mageia 4 λόγω του νέου σχήματος ονομασιών " -"των διεπαφών δικτύου." +"Αυτό το εργαλείο είναι σπασμένο στη Mageia 4 λόγω του νέου σχήματος " +"ονομασιών των διεπαφών δικτύου." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 @@ -6062,9 +6078,9 @@ msgid "" "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τη διεπαφή δικτύου, η οποία είναι συνδεδεμένη στο υποδίκτυο, και για " -"την οποία ο DHCP θα αναθέσει τις διευθύνσεις IP, και κάντε κλικ στο <" -"guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>." +"Επιλέξτε τη διεπαφή δικτύου, η οποία είναι συνδεδεμένη στο υποδίκτυο, και " +"για την οποία ο DHCP θα αναθέσει τις διευθύνσεις IP, και κάντε κλικ στο " +"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 @@ -6084,11 +6100,11 @@ msgid "" "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε τις διευθύνσεις IP αρχής και τέλους για το εύρος των διευθύνσεων IP " -"που επιθυμείτε να παρέχει ο εξυπηρετητής, παράλληλα με τη διεύθυνση IP του " -"μηχανήματος πύλης που είναι συνδεδεμένο σε κάποιο μέρος έξω από το τοπικό " -"δίκτυο, ευελπιστώντας κοντά στο διαδίκτυο, και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>" -"Επόμενο</guibutton>." +"Καθορίστε τις διευθύνσεις IP αρχής και τέλους για το εύρος των διευθύνσεων " +"IP που επιθυμείτε να παρέχει ο εξυπηρετητής, παράλληλα με τη διεύθυνση IP " +"του μηχανήματος πύλης που είναι συνδεδεμένο σε κάποιο μέρος έξω από το " +"τοπικό δίκτυο, ευελπιστώντας κοντά στο διαδίκτυο, και κάντε κλικ στο " +"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 @@ -6140,8 +6156,8 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του πακέτου dhcp-server αν ήταν msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" -"Αποθήκευση του <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> στο <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig<" -"/code>·" +"Αποθήκευση του <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> στο <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</" +"code>·" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 @@ -6150,9 +6166,9 @@ msgid "" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " "parameters:" msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία ενός νέου <code>dhcpd.conf</code> ξεκινώντας από το <code>" -"/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> και πρόσθεση " -"των νέων παραμέτρων:" +"Δημιουργία ενός νέου <code>dhcpd.conf</code> ξεκινώντας από το <code>/usr/" +"share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> και πρόσθεση των " +"νέων παραμέτρων:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 @@ -6215,9 +6231,8 @@ msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" -"Επίσης τροποποίηση του αρχείου διαμόρφωσης Webmin <code>" -"/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" +"Επίσης τροποποίηση του αρχείου διαμόρφωσης Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/" +"config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -7573,6 +7588,57 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " +"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" +"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " +"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " +"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8090,46 +8156,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Κέντρο ελέγχου της Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " -"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" -"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " -"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " -"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -10449,27 +10475,31 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" +"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχείριση λογισμικού</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" "Τα κουμπιά σας επιτρέπουν να αλλάξετε την παραμετροποίηση των γραφικών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 #, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "Κάρτα γραφικών" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -10477,7 +10507,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -10486,7 +10516,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -10497,7 +10527,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσετε το σωστό οδηγό ενώ θα είστε στο Περιβάλλον Εργασίας σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -10505,20 +10535,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 #, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "Παρακολούθηση" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -10527,12 +10557,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ανάλυση:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -10541,19 +10571,20 @@ msgstr "" "και το βάθος χρώματος (αριθμός χρωμάτων). Παρουσιάζει αυτή την οθόνη:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -10563,7 +10594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -10572,7 +10603,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλλάξετε σε κάποιο άλλο." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -10582,12 +10613,12 @@ msgstr "" "τεθούν σε ισχύ οι ρυθμίσεις." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Δοκιμή:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -10598,7 +10629,7 @@ msgstr "" "αργότερα αν το γραφικό περιβάλλον δε δουλεύει." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -10610,7 +10641,7 @@ msgstr "" "κειμένου του XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -10618,12 +10649,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Επιλογές:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -10631,14 +10662,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -10647,10 +10678,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index 0e91744c..56cf40eb 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 @@ -32,14 +32,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-24 23:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"es/)\n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -52,8 +53,7 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -61,9 +61,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -71,7 +73,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " +"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " +"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -91,7 +96,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un " +"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para " +"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota " +"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con " +"esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -104,7 +114,11 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla." +msgstr "" +"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya " +"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo " +"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo " +"de la nueva pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -112,12 +126,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con " +"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en " +"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el " +"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es " +"posible corregirla, si es necesario." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -127,17 +145,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." +msgstr "" +"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita " +"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -147,19 +168,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso." +msgstr "" +"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el " +"acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</" +"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de " +"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se " +"le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/" +"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté " +"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola " +"vez, no la guarde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -171,8 +200,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -180,9 +208,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -191,14 +221,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." +msgstr "" +"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " +"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus " +"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden " +"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, " +"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -207,11 +243,20 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." +msgstr "" +"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle " +"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga " +"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para " +"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</" +"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en " +"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si " +"para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus " +"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado " +"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -222,7 +267,14 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." +msgstr "" +"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le " +"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</" +"guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema " +"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye " +"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán " +"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -232,28 +284,41 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción " +"Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta " +"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios " +"autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click " +"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</" +"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link " +"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." +msgstr "" +"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y " +"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad." +msgstr "" +"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir " +"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos " +"estos tengan esa capacidad." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "es" @@ -267,8 +332,7 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -281,9 +345,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -292,9 +358,16 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. " +"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la " +"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará " +"disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos " +"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier " +"administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -306,17 +379,21 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " +"de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para " +"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea " +"acceder." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -324,12 +401,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " +"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -340,16 +418,18 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. " +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. " +"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, " +"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para " +"desmontarlo. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -359,13 +439,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se " +"mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/" +"fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es " +"accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de " +"archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -380,8 +464,7 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -389,9 +472,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -399,7 +484,11 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en " +"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el " +"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y " +"diskettes)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -413,7 +502,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware " +"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior " +"para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -424,7 +517,9 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/" +"cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -434,9 +529,11 @@ msgstr "Opciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a " +"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -449,7 +546,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo." +msgstr "" +"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta " +"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el " +"único que puede desmontarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -464,9 +564,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -475,40 +577,54 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios " +"de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los " +"sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el " +"arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse " +"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los " +"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " +"de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor " +"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que " +"desea acceder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " +"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -519,7 +635,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con " +"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar " +"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -527,16 +646,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." +msgstr "" +"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos " +"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el " +"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -547,12 +667,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, " +"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones " +"en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada " +"arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su " +"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -567,8 +690,7 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -576,9 +698,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -586,7 +710,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se " +"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -599,30 +726,40 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. " +msgstr "" +"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. " +"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de " +"poder iniciar drak3d. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir " +"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" +"guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición " +"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para " +"su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación " +"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes " +"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el " +"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -633,14 +770,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que " +"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios " +"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para " +"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig " +"Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -658,10 +801,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. " +msgstr "" +"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el " +"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la " +"pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y " +"elija drak3d. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -671,9 +817,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se " +"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una " +"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado " +"el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -685,8 +835,7 @@ msgstr "Autenticación" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -694,16 +843,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta " +"computadora en la red." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -711,7 +865,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su " +"computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite " +"y le da instrucciones para ello." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -723,117 +880,168 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, " +msgstr "" +"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una " +"contraseña, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como " +"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" +msgstr "" +"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. " +"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es " +"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o " +"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una " +"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las " +"mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de " +"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos " +"que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside " +"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque " +"de su computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente." +msgstr "" +"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, " +"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la " +"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, " +"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, " +"invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque " +"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire " +"el lapso establecido anteriormente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña." +msgstr "" +"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es " +"posible definir una contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " +"opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activar ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la " +"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran " +"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su " +"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. " +msgstr "" +"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para " +"procesadores de varios núcleos. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador " +"dual y activará SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -841,76 +1049,104 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos " +"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/" +"O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses " +"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando " +"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras " +"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una " +"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje " +"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del " +"sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las " +"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto " +"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el " +"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los " +"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " +"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del " +"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar " +"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el " +"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando " +"\"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. " +"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde " +"se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del " +"Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque." +msgstr "" +"La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el " +"arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta " +"entrada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "En la pantalla \"Avanzado\", es posible elegir el modo de video " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -923,8 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -932,9 +1167,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -943,14 +1180,21 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar " +"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir " +"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea " +"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del " +"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión " +"automático\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -960,23 +1204,35 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</" +"guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del " +"inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es " +"posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse " +"ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o " +"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el " +"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar " +"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es " +"necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre " +"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -991,32 +1247,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " +"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo " +"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </" +"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer " +"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero " +"las partes innecesarias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1193,12 +1459,19 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este " +"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a " +"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog" +"\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl." +"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por " +"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1210,8 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1219,29 +1491,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se " +"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin " +"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se " +"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las " +"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer " +"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </" +"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1249,7 +1530,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje " +"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese " +"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1261,8 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1270,18 +1553,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>" +"\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio " +"también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha " +"y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1292,30 +1582,46 @@ msgstr "Es una herramienta muy simple." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre " +"(arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y " +"es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas " +"a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su " +"número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano." +msgstr "" +"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el " +"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque " +"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más " +"cercano." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está " +"activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 " +"en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la " +"hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del " +"entorno de escritorio para eso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1323,15 +1629,21 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana." +msgstr "" +"Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el " +"botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la " +"ciudad más cercana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región." +msgstr "" +"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, " +"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de " +"región." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1343,8 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1352,30 +1663,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego " +"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado " +"correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1387,8 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1396,9 +1714,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1406,14 +1726,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información " +"de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el " +"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1425,133 +1750,155 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar" +msgstr "" +"La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un " +"para configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada." +msgstr "" +"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o " +"manualmente configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automática" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si " +"los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán " +"especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la " +"dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \n" +"configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \n" +"aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser " +"provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname " +"desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta " +"función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP " +"desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el servidor NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el " +"servidor NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." +msgstr "" +"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP " +"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección " +"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para " +"todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que " +"servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede " +"especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores " +"DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de " +"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si " +"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\" +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net" +"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este " +"ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1561,7 +1908,8 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 @@ -1572,11 +1920,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" +"link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1588,59 +1939,76 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que " +"proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los " +"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma " +"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección " +"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador " +"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre " +"de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción " +"<emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos " +"los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando " +"su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco " +"probable." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los " +"servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se " +"especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> se atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de " +"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si " +"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\" +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net" +"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este " +"ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1655,47 +2023,47 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla." +msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar " +"una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su " +"proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" @@ -1705,26 +2073,22 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):" @@ -1744,14 +2108,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" @@ -1761,16 +2123,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta." +msgstr "" +"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. " +"Seleccione su tarjeta." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" @@ -1779,31 +2141,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione " +"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción " +"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas " +"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nombre de conexión" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticación" @@ -1813,43 +2175,51 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred." +msgstr "" +"Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método " +"automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la " +"máscara de Subred." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores " +"DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la " +"configuración manual, debe indicar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta " +"opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es " +"obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, " +"usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1862,103 +2232,96 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración no funcionar" +msgstr "" +"Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles " +"y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que " +"desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración " +"no funcionar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado." +msgstr "" +"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la " +"tarjeta ha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de operación" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Administrado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." +msgstr "" +"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." +msgstr "" +"Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1966,10 +2329,10 @@ msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." +msgstr "" +"En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1979,49 +2342,67 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los " +"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma " +"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección " +"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador " +"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre " +"localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también " +"puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar " +"nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los servidores NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los " +"servidores NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas " +"las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores " +"DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica " +"ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se " +"atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores " +"DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del punto." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de " +"dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del " +"punto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2033,7 +2414,9 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla." +msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y " +"configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2045,15 +2428,16 @@ msgstr "Se solicita el PIN. Dejar en blanco si no se requiere el PIN." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción,<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción," +"<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso" @@ -2068,14 +2452,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elección manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." @@ -2090,73 +2472,69 @@ msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las opciones de acceso telefónico." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su " +"proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego " +"entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las " +"opciones de acceso telefónico." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticación</emphasis>, elija entre:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basado en script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basado en terminal" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2190,7 +2568,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activar las estadisticas del tráfico</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de " +"Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2198,7 +2578,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." +msgstr "" +"En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, " +"que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de " +"red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2230,10 +2613,11 @@ msgstr "Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o no." +msgstr "" +"El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o " +"no." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2248,8 +2632,7 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2257,17 +2640,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más información al respecto." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a " +"una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más " +"información al respecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2279,8 +2667,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2288,10 +2675,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2299,19 +2689,26 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea continuar." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, " +"un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la " +"pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco " +"duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior " +"de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." +msgstr "" +"Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea " +"trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2321,12 +2718,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El <emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus " +"preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, " +"cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de " +"lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El " +"<emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte " +"inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen " +"visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2334,7 +2737,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." +msgstr "" +"Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se " +"puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la " +"partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2348,15 +2754,17 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón \"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) " +"tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón " +"\"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2367,10 +2775,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la siguiente imagen." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales " +"disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la " +"siguiente imagen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2385,8 +2795,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2394,17 +2803,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué " +"administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. " +"Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2412,7 +2826,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de " +"inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay " +"diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor " +"de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2424,8 +2842,7 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2433,9 +2850,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2444,18 +2863,29 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como \"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y auditoría\"." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo " +"la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como " +"\"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en " +"la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y " +"auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." +msgstr "" +"Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones " +"entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la " +"primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan " +"los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera " +"casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el " +"firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2464,7 +2894,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" +msgstr "" +"Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga " +"click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros " +"puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2474,7 +2907,9 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : abre el puerto 80 del protocolo tcp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del protocolo udp" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del " +"protocolo udp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2486,10 +2921,12 @@ msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los registros del sistema." +msgstr "" +"Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del " +"sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los " +"registros del sistema." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png " @@ -2500,7 +2937,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." +msgstr "" +"Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de " +"archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, " +"incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2510,24 +2950,33 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla \"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos puertos." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le " +"advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla " +"\"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para " +"ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla " +"en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, " +"corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la " +"siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. " +"Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos " +"puertos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del subprograma Red." +msgstr "" +"Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del " +"subprograma Red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2536,16 +2985,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a " +"Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón " +"Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." +msgstr "" +"Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & " +"Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2557,8 +3011,7 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2566,9 +3019,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2577,7 +3032,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior muestra:" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite " +"administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior " +"muestra:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2596,15 +3055,20 @@ msgstr "algunos botones que se explican aquí más tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la " +"partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2614,9 +3078,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su " +"mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2629,7 +3095,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." +msgstr "" +"Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar " +"algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede " +"tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2641,18 +3110,25 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos " +"soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y " +"luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los " +"tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya " +"terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." +msgstr "" +"Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla " +"principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2664,8 +3140,7 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2673,18 +3148,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta \"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta " +"\"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el " +"paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2697,30 +3178,42 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el " +"equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. " +"Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. " +"Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo " +"que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a " +"través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente " +"basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard " +"utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador " +"DansGuardian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2734,19 +3227,30 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en " +"Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece " +"para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de " +"control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite " +"el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con " +"nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero " +"debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si " +"selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las " +"particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado " +"y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2754,7 +3258,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista negra\"." +msgstr "" +"\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web " +"son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, " +"todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista " +"negra\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2766,7 +3274,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en \"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios permitidos." +msgstr "" +"Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso " +"restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha " +"tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no " +"se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en " +"\"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el " +"lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios " +"permitidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2775,7 +3290,10 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." +msgstr "" +"Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con " +"restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará " +"totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2787,7 +3305,9 @@ msgstr "Pestaña Lista negra/Lista blanca " msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y " +"haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2797,17 +3317,22 @@ msgstr "Pestaña bloqueo de Programas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las aplicaciones que desee bloquear." +msgstr "" +"\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso " +"a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las " +"aplicaciones que desee bloquear." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." +msgstr "" +"\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, " +"no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2819,8 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2830,8 +3354,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" @@ -2846,14 +3369,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) conectada a internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene " +"un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red " +"local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar " +"acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para " +"ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una " +"tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) " +"conectada a internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como " +"se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2863,9 +3395,11 @@ msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -2879,7 +3413,9 @@ msgstr "El asistente ofrece sucesivos pasos que se muestran a continuación:" msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." +msgstr "" +"Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto " +"y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2887,22 +3423,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." +msgstr "" +"especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El " +"asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe " +"verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente " +"también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la " +"máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son " +"compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2910,15 +3454,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." +msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso " +"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo " +"contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso " +"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se " +"ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2927,20 +3477,28 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador (admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En " +"caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y " +"se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador " +"(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el " +"puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a impresoras y para compartirlos." +msgstr "" +"El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a " +"impresoras y para compartirlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." +msgstr "" +"Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2953,9 +3511,14 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema operativo que utiliza el cliente." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario " +"especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una " +"dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán " +"cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema " +"operativo que utiliza el cliente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2963,7 +3526,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." +msgstr "" +"Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, " +"especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP " +"de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2974,9 +3540,10 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la " +"herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2988,8 +3555,7 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2997,9 +3563,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3008,7 +3576,12 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la dirección IP." +msgstr "" +"Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen " +"fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más " +"fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la " +"dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3021,7 +3594,11 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el nombre." +msgstr "" +"Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una " +"ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, " +"y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el " +"nombre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3033,7 +3610,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. Usted recibe la misma ventana." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. " +"Usted recibe la misma ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3045,8 +3624,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos." msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3056,17 +3634,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" +"link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3078,8 +3661,7 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3087,9 +3669,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3097,40 +3681,46 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista " +"todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por " +"cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres " +"o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la " +"red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no " +"está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva " +"interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3140,36 +3730,53 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo si no está conectado." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la " +"primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las " +"redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de " +"red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo " +"si no está conectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el <guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes " +"detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la " +"señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el " +"<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego " +"en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o " +"<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si " +"se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más " +"adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en " +"particular)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3179,8 +3786,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "El botón de Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3190,9 +3796,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en " +"rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se " +"encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de " +"Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3200,14 +3810,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da detalles sobre el estado de conexión." +msgstr "" +"Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de " +"retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da " +"detalles sobre el estado de conexión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de " +"tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3217,10 +3832,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3230,9 +3845,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, pero en el caso de problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La " +"mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> " +"para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, pero en el caso de " +"problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3241,7 +3860,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores." +msgstr "" +"Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve " +"como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y " +"la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</" +"guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3250,22 +3873,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que tenga que volver a conectarse a la red." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta " +"contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el " +"monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que " +"tenga que volver a conectarse a la red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el " +"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3280,8 +3908,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para una red inalámbrica</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Se explican sólo los artículos no vistos ya anteriormente." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3299,12 +3926,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con este modo." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un " +"punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. " +"Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. " +"Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red " +"se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con " +"este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3314,26 +3948,32 @@ msgstr "Si se trata de una red privada, necesita saber estos ajustes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que " +"utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</" +"guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</" +"guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." +msgstr "" +"Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su " +"punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3343,8 +3983,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3359,8 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3368,9 +4006,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3382,8 +4022,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3396,28 +4035,32 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por " +"primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." +msgstr "" +"Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -3430,7 +4073,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una herramienta de configuración." +msgstr "" +"Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, " +"la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una " +"herramienta de configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3443,10 +4089,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los siguientes parámetros están disponibles." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede " +"también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los " +"siguientes parámetros están disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3462,7 +4110,10 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón <guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para seleccionarlo." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón " +"<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para " +"seleccionarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3474,7 +4125,9 @@ msgstr "Acceso de host" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al directorio compartido." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al " +"directorio compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3486,7 +4139,10 @@ msgstr "Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una dirección IP" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre " +"abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una " +"dirección IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 @@ -3499,7 +4155,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del dominio cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los " +"caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del " +"dominio cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3507,7 +4166,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea `/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a " +"todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea " +"`/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3519,32 +4181,46 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el administrador del servidor o el propio servidor." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las " +"peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario " +"administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o " +"escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el " +"administrador del servidor o el propio servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar la supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin disco (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar la " +"supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin " +"disco (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: " +"convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-" +"exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción " +"contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y gid de la cuenta anónima." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y " +"gid de la cuenta anónima." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3555,9 +4231,12 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las " +"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED " +"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3566,7 +4245,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo " +"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera " +"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de " +"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3574,7 +4257,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar " +"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho " +"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de " +"disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3582,7 +4269,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que " +"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir " +"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3594,8 +4284,7 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Hasta ahora, la lista tiene al menos una entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3619,7 +4308,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Servidor|Reiniciar" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales." +msgstr "" +"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración " +"actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3629,9 +4320,10 @@ msgstr "NFS Servidor|Recargar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración " +"actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3643,8 +4335,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3652,30 +4343,45 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por excepción." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar " +"esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. " +"El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede " +"especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por " +"excepción." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su complejidad." +msgstr "" +"De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de " +"computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una " +"aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes " +"en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor " +"proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página " +"web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy " +"evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su " +"complejidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3687,8 +4393,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3696,11 +4401,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte el botón Agregar de abajo)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de " +"software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso " +"significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se " +"utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte " +"el botón Agregar de abajo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3710,7 +4420,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. (Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" +"Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un " +"dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios " +"ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al " +"instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. " +"(Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3720,14 +4435,22 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits (llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de comunicación." +msgstr "" +"Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits " +"(llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son " +"independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman " +"paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los " +"espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de " +"comunicación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3735,7 +4458,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</" +"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3752,7 +4478,10 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga " +"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema " +"no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3766,7 +4495,12 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes " +"deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben " +"ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable " +"en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3778,28 +4512,36 @@ msgstr "Columna de de Medios:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones finales contienen al menos:" +msgstr "" +"Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones " +"finales contienen al menos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los " +"programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas que no son libres" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas " +"que no son libres" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede " +"reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3811,7 +4553,9 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en " +"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3819,22 +4563,30 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde " +"el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería " +"tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas " +"versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas " +"temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de " +"errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3852,7 +4604,11 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. " +msgstr "" +"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena " +"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por " +"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core " +"oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3864,7 +4620,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para " +"descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3877,10 +4635,17 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú desplegable \"Archivo\"." +msgstr "" +"Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos " +"repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer " +"clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, " +"que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una " +"réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a " +"continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú " +"desplegable \"Archivo\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3891,10 +4656,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la " +"lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete " +"determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de " +"versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los " +"repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3909,9 +4679,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee " +"actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3922,16 +4694,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por " +"ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede " +"elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y " +"haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga " +"clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, " +"elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija " +"el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el " +"contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3942,7 +4721,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy " +"cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos " +"disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3954,10 +4737,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un medio personalizado:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" +msgstr "" +"Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea " +"compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3968,7 +4752,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, " +"encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la " +"ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3978,11 +4765,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." +msgstr "" +"Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados" +"\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir " +"la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en " +"la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3992,17 +4783,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Administrar claves:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para rechazar esa tecla." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan " +"para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no " +"una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para " +"seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para " +"rechazar esa tecla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas con la seguridad" +msgstr "" +"Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas " +"con la seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -4013,18 +4812,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y <guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede " +"configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</" +"guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y " +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de " +"comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4036,8 +4841,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4050,7 +4854,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " +msgstr "" +"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir " +"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite " +"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. " +"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con " +"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4066,7 +4875,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter-ti1\" />, o en el servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener " +"una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el " +"servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter-ti1\" />, o en el " +"servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle " +"siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que " +"permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4076,20 +4891,25 @@ msgstr "Asistente - servidor Autónomo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación, se inicia el asistente para configurarel servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen " +"instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación, se inicia el " +"asistente para configurarel servidor Samba." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4099,10 +4919,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone " +"está seleccionada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4110,19 +4931,22 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe " +"ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor en la red." +msgstr "" +"El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor " +"en la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4137,24 +4961,29 @@ msgstr "Elija el nivel de seguridad:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al recurso" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al " +"recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al recurso" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder " +"al recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, con la dirección IP o nombre de host." +msgstr "" +"Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, " +"con la dirección IP o nombre de host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4164,10 +4993,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." +msgstr "" +"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este " +"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4176,10 +5006,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el siguiente paso." +msgstr "" +"El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el " +"siguiente paso." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4188,12 +5019,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar " +"la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4203,8 +5036,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Asistente - Controlador de dominio primario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4217,7 +5049,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción \"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción " +"\"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es " +"para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de " +"administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para " +"servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4225,7 +5062,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las " +"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. " +"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores " +"(de seguridad) del dominio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4237,8 +5078,7 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Con el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, obtenemos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4246,14 +5086,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón " +"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por " +"ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o " +"navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4261,7 +5104,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas de menú." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas " +"de menú." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4298,8 +5143,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4317,8 +5161,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Usuarios de Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4329,7 +5172,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a " +"los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede " +"agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4341,8 +5188,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4350,31 +5196,37 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Seguridad</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Seguridad</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." +msgstr "" +"Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar " +"las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Haga clic en la pequeña flecha antes del elemento que desea desplegar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4385,25 +5237,36 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la posibilidad de elegir entre:" +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia " +"se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y " +"para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la " +"posibilidad de elegir entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad " +"elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad " +"del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute" +msgstr "" +"Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la " +"herramienta se ejecute" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la puesta en marcha de herramientas" +msgstr "" +"Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la " +"puesta en marcha de herramientas" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4420,8 +5283,7 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4429,17 +5291,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección <guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible " +"en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección " +"<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4447,39 +5314,61 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán instalados." +msgstr "" +"Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca " +"de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> " +"para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán " +"instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla <guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla " +"<guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de " +"seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el " +"sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en <guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a " +"continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una " +"pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</" +"guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de " +"copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos " +"de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista " +"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos " +"de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</" +"emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de " +"seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> " +"para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo " +"montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -4496,8 +5385,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4505,16 +5393,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4522,15 +5415,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." +msgstr "" +"Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del " +"controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas " +"con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "La lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> le permite seleccionar un controlador de todos los disponibles en el equipo que coinciden con la tarjeta de sonido." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"La lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> le permite " +"seleccionar un controlador de todos los disponibles en el equipo que " +"coinciden con la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4538,40 +5436,53 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." +msgstr "" +"La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el " +"API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir " +"ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas preferencias." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las " +"entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y " +"envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y " +"Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas " +"preferencias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo " +"activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos " +"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> mostrará una nueva ventana con dos o tres botones:" +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> mostrará una nueva ventana con dos " +"o tres botones:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4582,7 +5493,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo " +"que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha " +"encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4590,7 +5504,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir ayuda a la comunidad." +msgstr "" +"El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema " +"que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir " +"ayuda a la comunidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4602,8 +5519,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4611,9 +5527,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4625,8 +5543,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4634,9 +5551,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4647,7 +5566,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " +"configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre " +"la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la " +"configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota " +"ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del " +"administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4659,7 +5584,9 @@ msgstr "Configuración" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." +msgstr "" +"En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de " +"qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4676,8 +5603,7 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4687,10 +5613,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice." +msgstr "" +"Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera " +"vez que se utilice." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4700,15 +5627,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que recibió del administrador de red." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que " +"recibió del administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4723,15 +5651,20 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN." +msgstr "" +"Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la " +"conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una " +"conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse " +"siempre a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4743,8 +5676,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar servidor web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4752,16 +5684,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a configurar un servidor web." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " +"configurar un servidor web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4773,7 +5709,9 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se " +"puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4785,8 +5723,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4796,15 +5733,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4814,15 +5752,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para cosas malas." +msgstr "" +"Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " +"cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Módulo de usuario de servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4837,8 +5776,7 @@ msgstr "Permite a los usuarios crear sus propios sitios." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Nombre de la carpeta web del usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4848,15 +5786,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo mostrará." +msgstr "" +"El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo " +"mostrará." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Server Document Root" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4864,7 +5803,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de servidores web." +msgstr "" +"Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de " +"servidores web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -4873,8 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de ser msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4884,9 +5824,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4894,8 +5835,7 @@ msgstr "Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga cli msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4916,8 +5856,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4925,9 +5864,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4939,8 +5880,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4950,22 +5890,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura para las interfaces Red" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura " +"para las interfaces Red" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de " +"drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4979,7 +5926,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es " +"un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura " +"dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la " +"comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4991,8 +5942,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -5002,8 +5952,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Selección de Adaptador" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -5012,17 +5961,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que " +"DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Seleccione el rango IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5034,10 +5984,13 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que " +"el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a " +"algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5047,8 +6000,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Espere..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5058,15 +6010,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un par de veces y cambie las cosas." +msgstr "" +"Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un " +"par de veces y cambie las cosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Horas más tarde..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5086,78 +6039,71 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos " +"parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>máscara</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>puerta de enlace</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5165,9 +6111,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/" +"dhcpd/config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5184,8 +6132,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5193,18 +6140,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes drakwizard y drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es " +"establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No " +"está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes " +"drakwizard y drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5217,28 +6170,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los servidores de tiempo disponibles." +msgstr "" +"Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide " +"que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere " +"utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los " +"servidores de tiempo disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5246,15 +6199,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:" +msgstr "" +"Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se " +"llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el " +"botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el " +"botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se " +"puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5262,7 +6219,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" +msgstr "" +"Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5277,37 +6235,48 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/" +"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/" +"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista de servidores;" +msgstr "" +"Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista " +"de servidores;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del servidor;" +msgstr "" +"Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del " +"servidor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y <code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia." +msgstr "" +"Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como " +"referencia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -5319,8 +6288,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5328,16 +6296,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5350,7 +6322,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host a otro host a través de una red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un " +"protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host " +"a otro host a través de una red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como " +"Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5362,14 +6338,12 @@ msgstr "Configurando un servidor FTP con drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5379,15 +6353,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para cosas malas." +msgstr "" +"Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " +"cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Información del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5397,15 +6372,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de sesión a root." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de " +"correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de " +"sesión a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opciones del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5413,18 +6390,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5439,8 +6416,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5448,9 +6424,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5458,7 +6436,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser instalado antes de poder acceder a él." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " +"configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser " +"instalado antes de poder acceder a él." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5474,7 +6455,14 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) " +"que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de " +"recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, " +"solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u " +"otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa " +"la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De " +"Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5486,8 +6474,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5497,8 +6484,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5508,15 +6494,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5525,15 +6512,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Seleccione Control de Acceso a Redes" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5541,34 +6529,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5576,15 +6565,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." +msgstr "" +"En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5592,12 +6581,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5607,8 +6597,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5618,10 +6607,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5634,56 +6624,53 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "<code>nivel</code> 1, 2 o 3 y <code>http_access</code> según el nivel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5703,8 +6690,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5712,16 +6698,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5733,11 +6723,17 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación " +"segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, " +"ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos " +"equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red " +"insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5754,8 +6750,7 @@ msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5763,18 +6758,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o " +"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opciones generales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5784,15 +6780,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgstr "" +"Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el " +"puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Autenticación" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5802,15 +6799,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden " +"usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5818,17 +6816,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opciones Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5836,15 +6835,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5853,15 +6853,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compresión y Reenvío" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5871,16 +6872,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5895,8 +6896,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5904,9 +6904,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5918,8 +6920,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5927,9 +6928,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5939,7 +6942,12 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión " +"general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la " +"herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del " +"hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace " +"referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5957,7 +6965,11 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace > para ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar en esta columna." +msgstr "" +"La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los " +"dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace > para " +"ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar " +"en esta columna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5965,14 +6977,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -> Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran." +msgstr "" +"La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la " +"opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -> Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se " +"puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones " +"están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5980,21 +6997,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto " +"puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación " +"con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a " +"la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede " +"acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de verificación para activar la detección automática:" +msgstr "" +"Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de " +"verificación para activar la detección automática:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -6017,7 +7042,11 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie esta herramienta." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. " +"Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware " +"conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie " +"esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6029,8 +7058,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6038,9 +7066,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6050,7 +7080,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le " +"ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar " +"en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el " +"sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6060,10 +7095,13 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para ser usado para." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en " +"orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para " +"ser usado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6075,7 +7113,9 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado." +msgstr "" +"Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si " +"no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6087,8 +7127,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6096,9 +7135,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6108,14 +7149,21 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas seleccionados durante la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar " +"en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta " +"\"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la " +"que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas " +"seleccionados durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la " +"compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6123,7 +7171,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los países no mencionados." +msgstr "" +"La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma " +"seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los " +"países no mencionados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6142,14 +7193,20 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte " +"inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter " +"caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto " +"para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6157,7 +7214,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan " +"funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, " +"se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref " +"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6169,8 +7230,7 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6178,17 +7238,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " +"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " +"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6198,27 +7263,44 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave <emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Guardar</emphasis> botón." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave " +"<emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, " +"seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el " +"archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un " +"día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando " +"las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar " +"sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el " +"botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana " +"llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los " +"resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Guardar</emphasis> botón." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "Las <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan cada vez que una configuración se modifica." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"Las <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los " +"registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las " +"herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan " +"cada vez que una configuración se modifica." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6231,17 +7313,26 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la dirección configurada." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga " +"del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la " +"dirección configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la <guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla anterior)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> " +"Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la " +"<guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> " +"desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se " +"puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla " +"anterior)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6288,8 +7379,7 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6298,11 +7388,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> " +"usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, " +"una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar " +"que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se " +"recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6310,7 +7405,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)." +msgstr "" +"En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo " +"electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor " +"de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6325,25 +7423,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede " +"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de " +"documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6358,9 +7464,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6368,18 +7476,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " +"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá " +"más información a su disposición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador (USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador " +"(USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes " +"ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6388,14 +7501,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del " +"dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en estos ejemplos:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una " +"información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en " +"estos ejemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6427,10 +7545,11 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas" msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y " +"la opcion -i para grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6440,7 +7559,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" +msgstr "" +"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6452,8 +7573,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6461,18 +7581,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6480,27 +7606,37 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga." +msgstr "" +"Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean " +"configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como " +"actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton> para iniciar el proceso." +msgstr "" +"Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes " +"instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los " +"repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados " +"e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</" +"guibutton> para iniciar el proceso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior " +"de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de " +"un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6509,17 +7645,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del " +"sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la " +"contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arranque" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6529,7 +7668,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " +"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6551,13 +7692,61 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6567,23 +7756,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " +"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administrar el hardware" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6593,16 +7784,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar los gráficos" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del " +"Escritorio</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6612,14 +7803,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6629,16 +7818,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) " +"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6648,8 +7837,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6666,43 +7854,54 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la derecha." +msgstr "" +"El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas " +"diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha " +"instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto " +"diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la " +"derecha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las herramientas relacionadas." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las " +"herramientas relacionadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC." +msgstr "" +"El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no " +"se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las pantallas de la herramienta." +msgstr "" +"Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las " +"pantallas de la herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda." +msgstr "" +"También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo " +"clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discos locales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6712,7 +7911,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o " +"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6734,8 +7935,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6743,11 +7943,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"reparto de MCC\"/>para obtener más información." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el " +"paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir " +"entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic " +"en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"reparto de MCC\"/>para obtener " +"más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6779,8 +7984,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartir red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6790,40 +7994,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir " +"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y " +"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurar NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6833,8 +8037,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurar WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6844,8 +8047,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Redes e internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6853,29 +8055,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la " +"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6885,32 +8086,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6920,8 +8116,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6931,14 +8126,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga " +"click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, " +"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6965,8 +8164,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartir" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6975,10 +8173,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"MCC-NetworkServices\"/> para obtener más información." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son " +"visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se " +"puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes " +"servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"MCC-" +"NetworkServices\"/> para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6995,8 +8198,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -7006,27 +8208,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas " +"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7036,14 +8237,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7053,67 +8252,35 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Herramientas administrativas" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el " +"sistema</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -7124,8 +8291,7 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7133,28 +8299,39 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un <guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja del sistema." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un " +"<guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el " +"icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja " +"del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia " +"comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar " +"antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción " +"para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7166,8 +8343,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7175,23 +8351,31 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Hardware</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro ratón." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está " +"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro " +"ratón." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7200,7 +8384,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo ratón se utilizará inmediatamente." +msgstr "" +"Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. " +"Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. " +"Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo " +"ratón se utilizará inmediatamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7212,8 +8400,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7221,40 +8408,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo con dos enfoques:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de " +"usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo " +"con dos enfoques:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el sistema para que sea más seguro." +msgstr "" +"Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el " +"sistema para que sea más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." +msgstr "" +"Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con " +"el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención " +"de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados " +"para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero " +"usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7271,43 +8471,48 @@ msgstr "Ver la captura anterior" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" +msgstr "" +"La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de " +"seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor de seguridad personal" +msgstr "" +"Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor " +"de seguridad personal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / Actualizar su sistema" +msgstr "" +"Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / " +"Actualizar su sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec alguna información de si misma:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "habilitado o no" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "el nivel de seguridad base configurado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." +msgstr "" +"la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un " +"informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7317,13 +8522,13 @@ msgstr "Pestaña opciones de seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> " +"Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7341,22 +8546,33 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están disponibles:" +msgstr "" +"Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</" +"guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel " +"de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está " +"marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están " +"disponibles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques." +msgstr "" +"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado " +"si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere " +"sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no " +"pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la " +"configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está " +"haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7367,27 +8583,44 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)." +msgstr "" +"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración " +"por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. " +"Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad " +"diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del " +"sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a " +"los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones viejas de msec)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado " +"cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. " +"Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más " +"periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este " +"nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones " +"viejas de msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad " +"orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente " +"la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7395,25 +8628,37 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles periódicos." +msgstr "" +"Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente " +"los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles " +"periódicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad " +"personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level." +"<levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/" +"msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que " +"requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen " +"prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7423,23 +8668,35 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la casilla correspondiente para activarlo." +msgstr "" +"Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo " +"electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van " +"a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad " +"con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o " +"una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y " +"el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede " +"recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la " +"casilla correspondiente para activarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de " +"informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de " +"seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los " +"archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7450,12 +8707,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opciones de seguridad:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la " +"seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas " +"presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La " +"configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de " +"seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7466,12 +8729,14 @@ msgstr "Pestaña de seguridad del sistema" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en la columna de la derecha." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la " +"izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en " +"la columna de la derecha." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7484,10 +8749,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva " +"ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve " +"descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista " +"desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón " +"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7499,10 +8768,13 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos." +msgstr "" +"No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración " +"mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si " +"ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios " +"antes de guardarlos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7516,10 +8788,11 @@ msgstr "Perfil de red" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña anterior" +msgstr "" +"Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña " +"anterior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7534,7 +8807,10 @@ msgstr "Pestaña controles periódicos" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." +msgstr "" +"Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de " +"seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que " +"msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7542,10 +8818,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las pestañas anteriores." +msgstr "" +"Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su " +"frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad " +"periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las " +"pestañas anteriores." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7559,14 +8838,18 @@ msgstr "Pestaña excepciones" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." +msgstr "" +"A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. " +"En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. " +"Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los " +"mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer " +"arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7574,12 +8857,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</" +"guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7588,12 +8871,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la <guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o modificarlo con un doble clic." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada " +"<guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la " +"<guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción " +"obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón " +"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o " +"modificarlo con un doble clic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7605,7 +8893,9 @@ msgstr "Permisos" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de comprobación y la observancia." +msgstr "" +"Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de " +"comprobación y la observancia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7617,13 +8907,23 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos (estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.<levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones realizadas a los permisos." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos " +"(estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de " +"seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de " +"permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.<" +"levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/</" +"filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren " +"una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha " +"presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La " +"configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</" +"filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones " +"realizadas a los permisos." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7632,18 +8932,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla " +"por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que " +"se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por " +"la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de alerta si no, pero no cambia nada." +msgstr "" +"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba " +"si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de " +"alerta si no, pero no cambia nada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7651,25 +8958,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los permisos." +msgstr "" +"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará " +"el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los " +"permisos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una " +"regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente " +"ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</" +"guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7681,26 +8996,40 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la " +"selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la " +"configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</" +"guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar " +"los cambios antes de guardarlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de " +"configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la primera verificación periódica (ver las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o " +"directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la " +"primera verificación periódica (ver las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted " +"quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms " +"en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando " +"msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7711,7 +9040,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de " +"archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está " +"marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui " +"escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a " +"la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7722,9 +9057,12 @@ msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el " +"control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe " +"leyendo las próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7761,8 +9099,7 @@ msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7775,9 +9112,11 @@ msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7791,19 +9130,33 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados 'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los paquetes." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido " +"como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y " +"actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En " +"cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados " +"'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, " +"y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para " +"tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de " +"paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por " +"defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los " +"paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un " +"paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones " +"completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los " +"paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados " +"con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7812,28 +9165,37 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado " +"para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, " +"rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta " +"ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el " +"mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin " +"límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y " +"reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" +"edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados." +msgstr "" +"Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen " +"mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7849,25 +9211,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera " +"vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz " +"gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y " +"bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, " +"actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, " +"que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas " +"especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente " +"estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es " +"configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> " "</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> </firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7875,7 +9249,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no instaladas." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes " +"que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no " +"instaladas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7888,7 +9265,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, " +"a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de " +"los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7901,7 +9281,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una " +"palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por " +"ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer " +"| xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7913,7 +9297,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Borrar todo:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en el cuadro \"Buscar\"." +msgstr "" +"Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en " +"el cuadro \"Buscar\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7923,9 +9309,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de categorias:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y subcategorías claras." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y " +"subcategorías claras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7936,10 +9324,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descripción del panel:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el mantenedor." +msgstr "" +"Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. " +"Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede " +"mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el " +"paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el " +"mantenedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7954,78 +9347,74 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el " +"software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/" +"descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su " +"consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes " +"marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no " +"instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque " +"o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icono" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Leyenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este paquete se instalará" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará" @@ -8046,7 +9435,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el " +"icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al " +"hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8054,15 +9446,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de " +"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado " +"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Las dependencias" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8070,15 +9464,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para elegir qué paquetes instalar." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin " +"de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este " +"caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si " +"acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más " +"información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden " +"proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista " +"de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para " +"elegir qué paquetes instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8100,7 +9502,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8109,20 +9513,28 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción " +"que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales " +"conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el " +"siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los " +"escáneres</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8134,10 +9546,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas." +msgstr "" +"Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8148,15 +9561,22 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ." +msgstr "" +"Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla " +"de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso " +"con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</" +"emphasis> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la opción " +"<emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la opción <emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8165,17 +9585,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando <emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba " +"su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando " +"<emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que " +"pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la " +"lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8183,59 +9608,74 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga " +"clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos " +"compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escoja el puerto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</" +"emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En " +"ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo." +msgstr "" +"Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos " +"podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8245,8 +9685,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8254,11 +9693,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder " +"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede " +"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar " +"accesibles desde esta computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8266,17 +9709,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." +msgstr "" +"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede " +"ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al " +"dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." +msgstr "" +"Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o " +"eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8286,8 +9733,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Scanner compartir con los hosts: puede agregar host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8297,10 +9743,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o permitir todas las máquinas remotas." +msgstr "" +"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o " +"permitir todas las máquinas remotas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8310,8 +9757,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8321,7 +9767,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la herramienta ofrece a hacerlo." +msgstr "" +"Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la " +"herramienta ofrece a hacerlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8343,14 +9791,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la directiva \"red\"" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la " +"directiva \"red\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para iniciarse en el arranque." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> " +"para iniciarse en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8367,9 +9819,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este " +"caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar " +"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8379,14 +9835,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, debe instalar el paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, " +"debe instalar el paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a " +"continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el " +"paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto " +"con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta " +"advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8399,7 +9862,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más " +"pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8409,37 +9875,49 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." +msgstr "" +"En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar " +"cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el " +"dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se " +"puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o " +"instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se paciente." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar " +"mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se " +"paciente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el " +"archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe " +"qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestión de software" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8447,9 +9925,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión " +"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8459,9 +9939,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8473,7 +9955,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las " +"fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8485,8 +9969,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8500,30 +9983,46 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su " +"propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz " +"de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de " +"Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de " +"impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras " +"distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar disponibles en este modo." +msgstr "" +"sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la " +"instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar " +"disponibles en este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de root para." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de " +"root para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar impresión y escaneado</guilabel>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección " +"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la " +"herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar " +"impresión y escaneado</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8545,7 +10044,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de dependencias son necesarios." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de " +"dependencias son necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8555,7 +10056,13 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una impresora de red." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. " +"El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La " +"captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si " +"se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se " +"mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una " +"impresora de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8566,20 +10073,26 @@ msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca " +"automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la " +"impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido " +"asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un " +"controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que " +"seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. " +"Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "No detectó automáticamente la impresora" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8587,10 +10100,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse a través de una de las siguientes opciones." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores " +"y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse " +"a través de una de las siguientes opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8615,7 +10131,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." +msgstr "" +"Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un " +"fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador " +"asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se " +"recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en " +"este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8631,7 +10152,14 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras disponibles." +msgstr "" +"Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna " +"información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. " +"La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las " +"aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de " +"instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después " +"de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras " +"disponibles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8642,41 +10170,63 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de impresión." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una " +"red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión " +"o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de " +"impresión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si tiene uno fijo." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una " +"dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe " +"ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si " +"tiene uno fijo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después de \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" +"La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o " +"servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede " +"obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o " +"que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de " +"impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, " +"puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root " +"para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después " +"de \"HWaddr\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú <guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo " +"que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe " +"cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de " +"red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú " +"<guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en " +"el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8684,14 +10234,21 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la lista." +msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, " +"propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado " +"de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la " +"lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de cola específicos." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de " +"impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de " +"cola específicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8707,10 +10264,20 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una dirección IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se requiere dirección IP fija." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como " +"JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la " +"red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la " +"que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el " +"interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para " +"conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga " +"en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una " +"dirección IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se " +"requiere dirección IP fija." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8718,12 +10285,16 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del controlador es el mismo que el anterior." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el " +"protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie " +"el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser " +"cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del " +"controlador es el mismo que el anterior." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8740,7 +10311,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se " +"puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, " +"la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este " +"protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8748,14 +10323,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que " +"el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario " +"especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, pero con protocolo seguro TLS." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, " +"pero con protocolo seguro TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8763,21 +10343,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede acceder a traves del protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede " +"acceder a traves del protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora " +"conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada " +"a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de cómo formar el URI:" +msgstr "" +"El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de " +"cómo formar el URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8817,10 +10404,12 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www." +"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8831,13 +10420,19 @@ msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a " +"los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se " +"inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú " +"<guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra " +"ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos " +"del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8849,29 +10444,46 @@ msgstr "Solución de problemas" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión " +"mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de problemas</guilabel> ." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas " +"utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de " +"problemas</guilabel> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o para los dispositivos más recientes." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están " +"disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo " +"al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</" +"link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. " +"En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en " +"este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el " +"proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, " +"informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con " +"esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y " +"si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas " +"de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o " +"para los dispositivos más recientes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8881,37 +10493,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e instalar." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores " +"de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e " +"instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de configuración." +msgstr "" +"Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de " +"configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en uno</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en " +"uno</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora." +msgstr "" +"Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente " +"después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más " +"información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html" +"\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está " +"disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html" +"\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8923,7 +10548,15 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la carpeta /media." +msgstr "" +"Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y " +"se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la " +"interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación " +"deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, " +"utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de " +"memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software " +"de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la " +"carpeta /media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8933,10 +10566,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el protocolo QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el " +"protocolo QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8946,20 +10582,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras y scaners Epson</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta " +"página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el " +"paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete " +"iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los " +"paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto " +"con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8971,7 +10615,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible aquí</link>." +msgstr "" +"Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta " +"llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible " +"aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8983,8 +10630,7 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8992,9 +10638,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -9002,31 +10650,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes de Windows (TM)</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo " +"la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de " +"Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes " +"de Windows (TM)</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la instalación de Mageia." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y " +"configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la " +"instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake " +"inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." +msgstr "" +"Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con " +"una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9034,19 +10696,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ." +msgstr "" +"Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la " +"instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le " +"permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible " +"seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9055,38 +10723,51 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-" +"migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos " +"especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las carpetas de documentos." +msgstr "" +"La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las " +"carpetas de documentos." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los fines de importación." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"(especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para " +"diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los " +"fines de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, " +"haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se " +"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9094,23 +10775,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada en esta ventana." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</" +"emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada " +"en esta ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de " +"importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se " +"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9121,22 +10808,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la " +"instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "La página siguiente le permite importar el fondo del escritorio:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9144,19 +10835,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo " +"tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9171,8 +10864,7 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9180,9 +10872,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9190,23 +10884,33 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control " +"de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los " +"grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la " +"configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan de la misma manera." +msgstr "" +"Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se " +"enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los " +"grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan " +"de la misma manera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9218,8 +10922,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9230,29 +10933,41 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o nada, así!" +msgstr "" +"El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la " +"entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o " +"nada, así!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de la contraseña mejora." +msgstr "" +"El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es " +"muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es " +"débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. " +"Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de " +"puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de " +"la contraseña mejora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para " +"asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9260,7 +10975,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que " +"le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las " +"opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9268,14 +10986,20 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, " +"si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el " +"nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea " +"inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9287,27 +11011,31 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el ID de grupo específico." +msgstr "" +"Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el " +"ID de grupo específico." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos " +"facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9318,14 +11046,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas temporales." +msgstr "" +"La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La " +"conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas " +"temporales." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras la cuenta está bloqueada." +msgstr "" +"La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras " +"la cuenta está bloqueada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9338,10 +11071,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite " +"establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario " +"a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9351,33 +11086,42 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos del que el usuario es miembro." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos " +"del que el usuario es miembro." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." +msgstr "" +"Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no " +"serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el nombre del grupo." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el " +"nombre del grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede " +"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9387,11 +11131,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Eliminar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el " +"usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse " +"también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9406,9 +11154,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refrescar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic " +"en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9421,11 +11171,18 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su " +"objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. " +"Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de " +"realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios " +"personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por " +"defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta " +"de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9437,8 +11194,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9446,197 +11202,268 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o " +"<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione <guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione " +"<guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel>. <placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarjeta gráfica</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." +msgstr "" +"La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico " +"correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el " +"controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por " +"fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden " +"alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio." +msgstr "" +"En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la " +"mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar " +"el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de actualización." +msgstr "" +"Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación " +"de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de " +"actualización." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos 3D, por ejemplo)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le " +"pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos " +"3D, por ejemplo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas características." +msgstr "" +"De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente " +"detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor " +"deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la " +"lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas " +"características." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolución:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" +msgstr "" +"Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la " +"profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ." +msgstr "" +"El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por " +"otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta " +"gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> " +"para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el " +"monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para " +"cambiarlo por otro." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y " +"reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes " +"de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora " +"que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para " +"abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las " +"tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold\">Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero " +"usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</" +"guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold" +"\">Aceptar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-" +"Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor " +"X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o " +"desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las " +"veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al " +"arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el " +"modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "Después de un clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le pedirá que confirme. Todavía hay tiempo para cancelar todo y mantener la configuración anterior, o de aceptar. En este caso, hay que desconectar y volver a conectar para activar la nueva configuración." +msgstr "" +"Después de un clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le " +"pedirá que confirme. Todavía hay tiempo para cancelar todo y mantener la " +"configuración anterior, o de aceptar. En este caso, hay que desconectar y " +"volver a conectar para activar la nueva configuración." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el " +#~ "medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po index dcd5f7f3..4211b0ab 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-04 11:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-et@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -286,8 +286,8 @@ msgstr "" "failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "et" @@ -849,8 +849,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -859,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -870,14 +884,14 @@ msgstr "" "süsteem jne.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Algkäivitus\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -886,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" "seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi Teie masin enam üldse käivituda!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -905,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" "tähendada, et Teie masin enam ei käivitu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -920,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" "alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -928,18 +942,18 @@ msgstr "" "Kolmandas sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab määrata parooli." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "Klõps nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI lubamine:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -952,12 +966,12 @@ msgstr "" "valik." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>SMP lubamine:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -966,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "protsessorite arhitektuuri." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -975,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -984,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1005,12 +1019,12 @@ msgstr "" "kohalik APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1029,12 +1043,12 @@ msgstr "" "hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1045,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "\". Näide: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1054,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "käsule \"kernel\". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1063,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" "on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule \"root\". Näide: (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1072,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" "kernelile alglaadimise ajal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1081,11 +1095,12 @@ msgstr "" "vaikimisi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</" "guilabel>, saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, " @@ -2967,7 +2982,8 @@ msgstr "mõned allpool selgitatavad nupud" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: <emphasis/></emphasis>" @@ -7540,6 +7556,56 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " +"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " +"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8080,45 +8146,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " -"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " -"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " -"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -10978,10 +11005,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold" @@ -10990,17 +11018,17 @@ msgstr "" ">" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Nuppudega saab seadistada kõike graafikaserverisse puutuvat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graafikakaart</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11011,7 +11039,7 @@ msgstr "" "kasutab omanduslikku draiverit." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11024,7 +11052,7 @@ msgstr "" "kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11035,7 +11063,7 @@ msgstr "" "ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11047,7 +11075,7 @@ msgstr "" "värskendamissagedust." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11057,12 +11085,12 @@ msgstr "" "ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11075,12 +11103,12 @@ msgstr "" "alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad Teie omaga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekraanilahutus:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11089,21 +11117,20 @@ msgstr "" "(värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Monitori pilt akna keskel näitab " -"valitud seadistuse eelvaatlust." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11118,7 +11145,7 @@ msgstr "" "juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11127,7 +11154,7 @@ msgstr "" "saab värvisügavust muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11136,12 +11163,12 @@ msgstr "" "graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11153,7 +11180,7 @@ msgstr "" "käivituma." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11165,7 +11192,7 @@ msgstr "" "käivitamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11176,12 +11203,12 @@ msgstr "" "sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Eelistused:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11192,7 +11219,7 @@ msgstr "" "klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11201,7 +11228,7 @@ msgstr "" "kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11214,10 +11241,11 @@ msgstr "" "korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11226,6 +11254,13 @@ msgstr "" "jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel " "juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Monitori pilt akna keskel " +#~ "näitab valitud seadistuse eelvaatlust." + #~ msgid "<guibutton>Clean /tmp at each boot:</guibutton>" #~ msgstr "<guibutton>/tmp puhastatakse igal käivitumisel:</guibutton>" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po index 31601ab7..d35d336b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 12:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -295,8 +295,8 @@ msgstr "" "fitxategi-kudeatzaile guztiek ez dute zerbitzu hau." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "eu" @@ -854,8 +854,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -864,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> root bezala idatziz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -875,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "definitzea, lehenetsitako abioa, etab.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -884,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abioa." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -893,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurazio aldatzeak zure konputagailuaren abioa galaraz dezake!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -913,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" "ordenagailua abiaraztea sahiestu dezake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -936,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr "" "ezarritako epea amaitu ondoren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -945,19 +959,19 @@ msgstr "" "deiturikoa, pasahitz bat definitzea posiblea da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "Botoi <guibutton>Aurreratuak</guibutton> beste aukera batzuk aukeratzea " "baimentzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -970,12 +984,12 @@ msgstr "" "zure hardwarea ACPI estandarrarekin bateragarria bada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Gaitu SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -984,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" "prozesadoreetarako arkitektura da." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -993,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "" "bezala ikusiko du eta SMP-a aktibatuko du." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -1002,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1023,12 +1037,12 @@ msgstr "" "APIC lokal desaktibatu." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1054,12 +1068,12 @@ msgstr "" "aukera emanez. " #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1070,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" "Adibidez: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1079,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "dauka. Grub-en \"kernel\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1088,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "dauka. Grub-en \"root\" komandoarekin bat dator. Adibidez (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1096,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Eranstea\" etiketak kernel-ari abioan eman behar zaizkion aukerak dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1105,11 +1119,12 @@ msgstr "" "lehenetsian." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "<guilabel>Aurreratua</guilabel> pantailan, posible da <guilabel>Bideo-modua</" "guilabel> aukeratzea, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> fitxategi bat eta <xref " @@ -3017,7 +3032,8 @@ msgstr "botoi batzuk geroago hemen azaldu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eskuratu Windows-en Letrak: <emphasis/></emphasis>" @@ -7627,6 +7643,55 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunea" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> " +"laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-" +"k garatuta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada " +"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8167,44 +8232,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Mageia Kontrol Gunea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Eskuliburu hau <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> " -"laguntzaz ekoiztu zen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>-" -"k garatuta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Boluntarioek beren aisialdian idatzi zuten. Zoaz <link ns6:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada " -"eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -11107,27 +11134,28 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Tresna hau Mageia Kontrol Gunean <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software kudeaketa</" "emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> fitxa-pean aurkezten da." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Botoiak baimentzen dizu grafiko konfigurazioa aldatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Txartel Grafikoa</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11138,7 +11166,7 @@ msgstr "" "esate baterako jabetza-gidari batera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11151,7 +11179,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> pean antolatzen dira." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11162,7 +11190,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalatzeko zure Mahaigain Ingurunean." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11174,7 +11202,7 @@ msgstr "" "aldatu ahal izatea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11184,12 +11212,12 @@ msgstr "" "galdetuko dizute." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitore:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11202,12 +11230,12 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> zerrendan ezaugarri berdinak dituen pantaila bat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bereizmen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11216,21 +11244,20 @@ msgstr "" "aukera gaitzen du. Pantaila hau erakusten du:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pantaila erdiko irudia " -"aukeratutako konfigurazioen aurretiko ikuspegi bat ematen digu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11245,7 +11272,7 @@ msgstr "" "dezakezula edo doikuntza deserosoa aukeratzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11254,7 +11281,7 @@ msgstr "" "bat da." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11263,12 +11290,12 @@ msgstr "" "beharrezkoa izan daiteke ezarpenak eragina izan dezan ingurune grafikoan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probatu:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11279,7 +11306,7 @@ msgstr "" "funtzionatuko ez balu." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11290,7 +11317,7 @@ msgstr "" "idatzi XFdrake-ko testu bertsioa erabiltzeko (estalkiekin)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11302,12 +11329,12 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Aukerak:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11318,7 +11345,7 @@ msgstr "" "berrabiaraztea Ctrl+Alt+Atzera teklak erabiliz." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11327,7 +11354,7 @@ msgstr "" "berezitasun txartel grafikoaren arabera gaitzeko edo desgaitzeko aukera." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11339,10 +11366,11 @@ msgstr "" "egiaztatzen da, zerbitzari batentzat desgaitu daiteke.." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11350,3 +11378,10 @@ msgstr "" "eskatuko dizu. Oraindik denbora dago guztia bertan behera uzteko eta aurreko " "ezarpenak gordetzeko edo onartzeko. Kasu honetan, deskonektatu eta berriz " "konektatu konfigurazio berria aktibatzeko." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pantaila erdiko irudia " +#~ "aukeratutako konfigurazioen aurretiko ikuspegi bat ematen digu." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po index 6d1e61d6..814a460f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 17:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ msgstr "" "peut sélectionner les dossiers à partager dans son gestionnaire de fichiers." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "fr" @@ -877,8 +877,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -887,7 +901,7 @@ msgstr "" "sous root : <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot--boot</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -898,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "" "passe, l'amorçage par défaut etc.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -907,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "la désignation \"Configurer le démarrage du système\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -916,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "" "modification de certains éléments peut interdire tout nouvel amorçage !" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -936,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr "" "interdire l'amorçage de la machine." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -952,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "défaut qui sera amorcée une fois le délai expiré." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -961,18 +975,18 @@ msgstr "" "autorise la mise en place d'un mot de passe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> propose des options supplémentaires." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activer l'ACPI :</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -985,12 +999,12 @@ msgstr "" "Cocher cette case si le matériel est compatible ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activer le SMP :</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -999,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" "processeurs multicores." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -1008,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr "" "des processeurs dual core et active le SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -1017,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1039,12 +1053,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'APIC local." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1064,12 +1078,12 @@ msgstr "" "connaître Lilo ou Grub pour être capable d'utiliser ces outils." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1080,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub. Par exemple : Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1089,7 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "" "à la commande \"kernel\" de Grub. Par exemple /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1099,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "\". Par exemple : (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1108,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "" "à passer au noyau pendant l'amorçage." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1117,11 +1131,12 @@ msgstr "" "cette entrée par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "Dans l'écran supplémentaire<guilabel> Avancé</guilabel>, il est possible de " "choisir le <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, un fichier <guilabel>initrd</" @@ -3057,7 +3072,8 @@ msgstr "Des boutons explicités ci-après." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Récupérer les polices de caractères Windows : " "<emphasis/></emphasis>" @@ -7721,6 +7737,55 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Centre de Contrôle de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ce manuel est produit avec le concours du <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Il est écrit par des volontaires sur leur temps libre. Veuillez contacter " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de " +"documentation </link>, si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8261,44 +8326,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centre de Contrôle de Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Les textes et copies d'écran de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence " -"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ce manuel est produit avec le concours du <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Il est écrit par des volontaires sur leur temps libre. Veuillez contacter " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'équipe de " -"documentation </link>, si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -11240,10 +11267,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Cet outil est disponible dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia, dans l'onglet " @@ -11251,17 +11279,17 @@ msgstr "" "id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Les boutons permettent la configuration du serveur graphique." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Carte graphique :</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11272,7 +11300,7 @@ msgstr "" "pilote, par exemple pour un pilote propriétaire." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11285,7 +11313,7 @@ msgstr "" "sous la rubrique<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11296,7 +11324,7 @@ msgstr "" "pilote depuis votre environnement graphique favori." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11308,7 +11336,7 @@ msgstr "" "pas de régler la résolution ou le taux de rafraîchissement." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11318,12 +11346,12 @@ msgstr "" "exemple)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Moniteur :</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11336,12 +11364,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Générique</guilabel> un moniteur avec les mêmes caractéristiques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Résolution :</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11350,21 +11378,20 @@ msgstr "" "par colonne) et la profondeur des couleurs. Il affiche l'écran suivant :" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>L'image de l'écran au milieu est " -"une prévisualisation de la configuration choisie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11379,7 +11406,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous pouvez endommager l'écran ou installer quelque chose d'inconfortable." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11387,7 +11414,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le deuxième bouton montre la profondeur actuelle, cliquez pour la changer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11397,12 +11424,12 @@ msgstr "" "pris en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test :</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11413,7 +11440,7 @@ msgstr "" "réglages." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11425,7 +11452,7 @@ msgstr "" "en mode texte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11436,12 +11463,12 @@ msgstr "" "tout est valide, cliquer sur <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Options :" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11453,7 +11480,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11462,7 +11489,7 @@ msgstr "" "désactiver des fonctions spécifiques qui dépendent de la carte graphique." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11475,10 +11502,11 @@ msgstr "" "graphique. Elle peut être décochée pour un serveur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11486,3 +11514,10 @@ msgstr "" "demande la confirmation de l'abandon des nouveaux paramètres ou de leur " "acceptation. Dans ce dernier cas, vous êtes invité à vous déconnecter et " "vous reconnecter afin d'activer la nouvelle configuration." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>L'image de l'écran au milieu " +#~ "est une prévisualisation de la configuration choisie." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po index 9508a63d..99ed79b4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 04:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ msgstr "" "memiliki fasilitas ini." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "id" @@ -854,8 +854,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -864,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -875,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "dll.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -884,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -893,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -912,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -927,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -936,18 +950,18 @@ msgstr "" "bisa mengatur sandi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -960,12 +974,12 @@ msgstr "" "ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -974,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" "prosesor dengan banyak inti." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -983,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -992,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1013,12 +1027,12 @@ msgstr "" "ini, matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1038,12 +1052,12 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan peralatan ini." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1054,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1063,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" "perintah Grub \"kernel\". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1072,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr "" "tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"root\". Contohnya (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1081,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "" "saat komputer dijalankan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1090,11 +1104,12 @@ msgstr "" "ini sebagai pilihan baku." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "Di layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>, dimungkinkan " "untuk memilih <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</" @@ -2981,7 +2996,8 @@ msgstr "beberapa tombol dijelaskan di sini nanti." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dapatkan Font Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7557,6 +7573,55 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</" +"link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8091,44 +8156,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</" -"link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -11000,10 +11027,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold" @@ -11011,17 +11039,17 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Tombol memungkinkan Anda mengubah konfigurasi grafis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Perangkat grafis</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11032,7 +11060,7 @@ msgstr "" "driver proprietary." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11044,7 +11072,7 @@ msgstr "" "diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11055,7 +11083,7 @@ msgstr "" "menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11066,7 +11094,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11075,12 +11103,12 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan driver proprietary dengan lebih banyak fitur (efek 3D misalnya)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11093,12 +11121,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolusi:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11107,21 +11135,20 @@ msgstr "" "warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Gambar monitor di tengah " -"memberikan pratampil dengan konfigurasi yang dipilih." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11136,7 +11163,7 @@ msgstr "" "pengaturan yang tidak nyaman." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11145,7 +11172,7 @@ msgstr "" "mengubah." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11154,12 +11181,12 @@ msgstr "" "ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tes:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11170,7 +11197,7 @@ msgstr "" "jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11181,7 +11208,7 @@ msgstr "" "besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11192,12 +11219,12 @@ msgstr "" "semuanya bagus, klik <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opsi:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11208,7 +11235,7 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11217,7 +11244,7 @@ msgstr "" "atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11230,10 +11257,11 @@ msgstr "" "dihilangkan untuk server." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11242,3 +11270,10 @@ msgstr "" "dan tetap menggunakan konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal " "ini, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali untuk mengaktifkan " "konfigurasi baru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Gambar monitor di tengah " +#~ "memberikan pratampil dengan konfigurasi yang dipilih." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index 86bae703..b1924f8e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 # Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-21 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/it/)\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"it/)\n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -37,8 +38,7 @@ msgstr "Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -46,9 +46,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -56,7 +58,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato <guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " +"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " +"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -76,7 +81,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un " +"protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, " +"così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la " +"macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo " +"strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -89,7 +99,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata." +msgstr "" +"La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se " +"presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una " +"nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -97,12 +110,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai comunque correggerlo, se necessario." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare " +"alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> " +"cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, " +"in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai " +"comunque correggerlo, se necessario." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -112,17 +129,21 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo punto di montaggio." +msgstr "" +"Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo " +"punto di montaggio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se " +"necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -132,19 +153,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente l'accesso." +msgstr "" +"L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente " +"l'accesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto <guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio " +"<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente " +"ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto " +"<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le " +"modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi " +"che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua " +"configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -156,8 +185,7 @@ msgstr "Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -165,9 +193,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -176,14 +206,21 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o Windows." +msgstr "" +"Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente " +"a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle " +"proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale " +"che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o " +"Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, " +"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -192,11 +229,20 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su <guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto." +msgstr "" +"Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di " +"condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su " +"<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti " +"gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per " +"tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la " +"risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli " +"utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono " +"appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. " +"Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -207,7 +253,13 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario." +msgstr "" +"Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà " +"proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</" +"guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema " +"operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include " +"sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -217,28 +269,41 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su <guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni su Userdrake, guarda <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">questa pagina</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione " +"Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare " +"Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati " +"a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, " +"clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su " +"<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo " +"fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni " +"su Userdrake, guarda <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">questa pagina</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione." +msgstr "" +"Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e " +"riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità." +msgstr "" +"D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare " +"nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i " +"gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "it" @@ -252,8 +317,7 @@ msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -266,9 +330,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -277,9 +343,16 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con strumenti quali i file browser." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di " +"dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti " +"sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior " +"parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi " +"disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere " +"anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con " +"strumenti quali i file browser." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -291,17 +364,20 @@ msgstr "Procedura" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei server che condividono directory." +msgstr "" +"Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " +"server che condividono directory." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere." +msgstr "" +"Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista " +"delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -309,12 +385,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e dovrai specificare dove montare la directory." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e " +"dovrai specificare dove montare la directory." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -325,16 +402,17 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e " +"cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. " +"Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -344,13 +422,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo file browser, per esempio Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, " +"un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/" +"fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se " +"la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo " +"file browser, per esempio Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -365,8 +447,7 @@ msgstr "Masterizzatore di CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -374,8 +455,8 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -419,8 +500,8 @@ msgstr "Opzioni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -449,8 +530,8 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -460,8 +541,8 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -469,13 +550,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del " +"server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -492,8 +575,7 @@ msgid "" "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -514,14 +596,12 @@ msgid "" "with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -532,12 +612,10 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -552,8 +630,7 @@ msgstr "Effetti Schermo 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -561,8 +638,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -591,23 +668,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -645,8 +720,7 @@ msgid "" "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -656,8 +730,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -670,8 +744,7 @@ msgstr "Autenticazione" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -679,15 +752,15 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -708,21 +781,34 @@ msgstr "Configura l'avvio del sistema" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -730,60 +816,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -792,33 +878,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -826,36 +912,34 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -863,39 +947,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -908,8 +992,7 @@ msgstr "Imposta l'accesso automatico" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -917,8 +1000,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -945,19 +1028,19 @@ msgstr "I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." @@ -976,8 +1059,8 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -990,17 +1073,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1178,11 +1261,11 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1195,8 +1278,7 @@ msgstr "Strumento per la segnalazione di bug di Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1204,28 +1286,26 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1246,8 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "Modifica data e ora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1255,17 +1334,17 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1277,8 +1356,8 @@ msgstr "E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" @@ -1286,9 +1365,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" @@ -1297,9 +1376,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1313,8 +1392,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" @@ -1328,8 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "Rimuovi una connessione" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1337,15 +1415,15 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1372,8 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1381,8 +1458,8 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1424,65 +1501,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automatico" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "il client DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " @@ -1490,8 +1558,7 @@ msgid "" "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " @@ -1503,8 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configurazione manuale" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " @@ -1513,30 +1579,27 @@ msgid "" "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1557,10 +1620,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1573,59 +1635,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Nessuno" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1646,8 +1702,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1655,32 +1711,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configurazione TCP/IP manuale" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP tramite ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1690,26 +1741,22 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Impostazioni di accesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Login dell'account (nome utente)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Password dell'account" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "" @@ -1729,14 +1776,12 @@ msgstr "Una nuova connessione ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Scelta manuale (scheda ISDN interna)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN esterno" @@ -1748,14 +1793,12 @@ msgid "" "Select your card." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "" @@ -1764,31 +1807,27 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nome connessione" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Numero telefonico" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID di accesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Metodo autenticazione" @@ -1804,24 +1843,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nome dominio" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Primo e secondo DNS Server" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " @@ -1831,9 +1867,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1861,89 +1897,77 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Con access point (Managed)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nome del network (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo consente." +msgstr "" +"Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo " +"consente." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia." +msgstr "" +"Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Chiave di cifratura" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1951,10 +1975,11 @@ msgstr "E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo IP manuale." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo " +"IP manuale." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1966,46 +1991,41 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2018,7 +2038,9 @@ msgstr "Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di selezionarne una e di configurarla." +msgstr "" +"Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di " +"selezionarne una e di configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2037,8 +2059,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Fornire impostazioni di accesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nome dell'access point" @@ -2053,14 +2074,12 @@ msgstr "Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Scelta manuale" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware identificato, se esistente." @@ -2081,67 +2100,57 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticazione</emphasis>, scegli tra:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basata su script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basata su terminale" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2217,8 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2233,8 +2241,7 @@ msgstr "Apri una console come amministratore" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2242,16 +2249,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2264,8 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "Gestisci le partizioni del disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2273,9 +2279,9 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -2284,8 +2290,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2295,8 +2301,7 @@ msgid "" "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2306,11 +2311,10 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2340,8 +2344,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2354,8 +2357,7 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2370,8 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2379,16 +2380,16 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2409,8 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "Configura il tuo firewall personale" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2418,8 +2418,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2436,8 +2436,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2473,8 +2473,7 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2495,9 +2494,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2505,14 +2504,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2521,8 +2518,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2542,8 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2551,8 +2547,8 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2581,14 +2577,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2599,8 +2596,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2626,10 +2623,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importa:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2649,8 +2646,7 @@ msgstr "Filtri per la famiglia" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2658,17 +2654,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2694,17 +2690,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2719,18 +2715,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2782,8 +2778,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -2804,8 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2815,8 +2810,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" @@ -2848,8 +2842,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2877,16 +2871,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2901,8 +2895,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2938,8 +2932,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2959,8 +2953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2973,8 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "Descrizioni degli host" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2982,8 +2974,8 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3030,8 +3022,7 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3041,16 +3032,15 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3063,8 +3053,7 @@ msgstr "Rete e Internet" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3072,8 +3061,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3088,34 +3077,30 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "" @@ -3125,27 +3110,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3153,8 +3138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3164,8 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3175,8 +3158,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3190,8 +3173,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3204,8 +3187,7 @@ msgstr "Il pulsante Configura" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3215,8 +3197,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3240,8 +3222,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3249,8 +3231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3265,8 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3299,8 +3279,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3317,8 +3297,7 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3328,8 +3307,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3344,8 +3322,7 @@ msgstr "Gestisci i diversi profili di rete" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3353,8 +3330,8 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3367,8 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3381,21 +3357,20 @@ msgstr "Prerequisiti" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3430,8 +3405,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3504,24 +3478,24 @@ msgstr "Mappatura ID utente" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3540,8 +3514,8 @@ msgstr "Opzioni avanzate" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3579,8 +3553,7 @@ msgstr "Voci del menù" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3614,8 +3587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3628,8 +3600,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3637,25 +3608,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3672,8 +3643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3681,10 +3651,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -3710,8 +3680,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3816,8 +3786,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" @@ -3862,8 +3832,8 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" @@ -3876,9 +3846,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3894,8 +3864,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3907,16 +3877,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3939,10 +3908,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:" +msgstr "" +"E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che " +"non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3963,9 +3933,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" @@ -3977,17 +3947,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla sicurezza." +msgstr "" +"Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla " +"sicurezza." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -3998,17 +3970,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4021,8 +3992,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4035,7 +4005,13 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla risorse del derver Samba." +msgstr "" +"Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per " +"condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti " +"permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il " +"protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le " +"stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla " +"risorse del derver Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4061,20 +4037,19 @@ msgstr "Procedura guidata - server autonomo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4084,10 +4059,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è già selezionata." +msgstr "" +"Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è " +"già selezionata." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4095,8 +4071,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4106,8 +4082,7 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4138,8 +4113,7 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4151,8 +4125,7 @@ msgid "" "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4163,8 +4136,7 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4173,12 +4145,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4188,8 +4159,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4222,8 +4192,7 @@ msgstr "Dichiarare una directory da salvare" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4231,14 +4200,13 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4283,8 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4302,8 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Utilizzatori di Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4326,8 +4292,7 @@ msgstr "Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4335,8 +4300,8 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4358,8 +4323,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4405,8 +4369,7 @@ msgstr "Backup periodico del sistema" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-configurazione" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4414,16 +4377,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4438,9 +4401,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4448,22 +4411,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4481,8 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "Configurazione audio" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4490,8 +4451,8 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4512,9 +4473,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4528,10 +4488,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4555,8 +4515,7 @@ msgid "" "three buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4587,8 +4546,7 @@ msgstr "Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4596,8 +4554,8 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4610,8 +4568,7 @@ msgstr "Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4619,8 +4576,8 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4661,8 +4618,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4674,8 +4630,7 @@ msgid "" "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4692,8 +4647,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parametri avanzati:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4714,8 +4668,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4728,8 +4682,7 @@ msgstr "Configura il server web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4737,8 +4690,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4770,8 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4788,8 +4740,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4806,8 +4757,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -4822,8 +4772,7 @@ msgstr "Permetti agli utenti di creare i propri siti." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -4840,8 +4789,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4858,8 +4806,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sommario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4869,8 +4816,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -4879,8 +4825,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finisci" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4901,8 +4846,7 @@ msgstr "Configura DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4910,8 +4854,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4924,8 +4868,7 @@ msgstr "Configura server DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4940,16 +4883,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -4976,8 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -4987,8 +4929,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4997,8 +4938,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5006,8 +4947,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5021,8 +4961,7 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5032,8 +4971,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5050,8 +4988,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Ore più tardi..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5076,73 +5013,62 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>maschera</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5150,8 +5076,8 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5169,8 +5095,7 @@ msgstr "Configura time server" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5178,16 +5103,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" @@ -5204,26 +5129,22 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5231,15 +5152,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5262,9 +5182,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5284,8 +5204,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5304,8 +5224,7 @@ msgstr "Configura server FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5313,15 +5232,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5347,14 +5266,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5371,8 +5288,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5389,8 +5305,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5398,18 +5313,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5424,8 +5337,7 @@ msgstr "Configura server proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5433,8 +5345,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5471,8 +5383,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5482,8 +5393,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5500,8 +5410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5517,8 +5426,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5526,8 +5434,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5535,16 +5443,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5552,8 +5458,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5568,8 +5473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5577,12 +5481,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5592,8 +5495,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5605,8 +5507,7 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5619,56 +5520,49 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "" @@ -5688,8 +5582,7 @@ msgstr "Configurazione del demone OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5697,15 +5590,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5718,8 +5611,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -5739,8 +5632,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5748,9 +5640,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5758,8 +5649,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opzioni generali" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5776,8 +5666,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Metodi di autenticazione" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5794,8 +5683,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5803,8 +5691,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5812,8 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opzioni di accesso" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5828,8 +5715,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opzioni di accesso dell'utente" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5845,8 +5731,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5858,14 +5743,12 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5880,8 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5889,8 +5771,8 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5903,8 +5785,7 @@ msgstr "Configurazione del hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5912,8 +5793,8 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5955,8 +5836,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6014,8 +5895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6023,8 +5903,8 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6045,9 +5925,9 @@ msgstr "Layout della tastiera" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6072,8 +5952,7 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni locali per il sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6081,8 +5960,8 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6154,8 +6033,7 @@ msgstr "Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6163,16 +6041,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6183,26 +6061,26 @@ msgstr "Effettuare una ricerca nei registri" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6221,11 +6099,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6273,8 +6151,7 @@ msgstr "Servizio xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6283,8 +6160,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6310,8 +6187,8 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6325,9 +6202,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6343,8 +6220,8 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6358,13 +6235,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6414,8 +6290,7 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6437,8 +6312,7 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento pacchetti software" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6446,17 +6320,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -6471,21 +6345,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6494,8 +6367,8 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6503,8 +6376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot" msgstr "Avvio" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6536,13 +6408,55 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" +"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6552,23 +6466,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." +msgstr "" +"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il " +"tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Configura l'hardware" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6578,16 +6492,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configura la grafica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6597,14 +6509,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configura mouse e tastiera" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6614,16 +6524,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configura stampanti e scanner" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6633,8 +6541,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Altro" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6656,9 +6563,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai relativi strumenti." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai " +"relativi strumenti." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 @@ -6686,8 +6594,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Dischi locali" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6697,7 +6604,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." +msgstr "" +"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o " +"condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di " +"più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6719,8 +6629,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servizi di rete" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6728,8 +6637,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6764,8 +6673,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Condivisioni di rete" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6775,21 +6683,21 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." +msgstr "" +"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i " +"drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " @@ -6801,14 +6709,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configura le condivisioni NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6818,8 +6724,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configura le condivisioni WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6829,8 +6734,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Rete e internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6838,29 +6742,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul " +"link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Gestisci i dispositivi di rete" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6870,32 +6773,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6905,8 +6803,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicurezza" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6916,7 +6813,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di sicurezza. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." +msgstr "" +"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di sicurezza. " +"Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 @@ -6950,8 +6849,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Condivisione" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6960,8 +6858,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6980,8 +6878,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6991,27 +6888,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." +msgstr "" +"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di " +"amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Gestisci i servizi di sistema" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7021,14 +6917,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localizzazione" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7038,67 +6932,33 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Strumenti di amministrazione" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -7109,8 +6969,7 @@ msgstr "Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7118,18 +6977,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7137,8 +6996,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -7151,8 +7009,7 @@ msgstr "Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7160,8 +7017,8 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7174,8 +7031,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7197,8 +7054,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7206,15 +7062,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7235,10 +7091,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7274,20 +7130,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7302,13 +7155,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7326,20 +7177,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7357,21 +7208,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7385,12 +7236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7408,11 +7259,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Avvisi di sicurezza:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7421,8 +7272,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" @@ -7435,11 +7286,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opzioni di sicurezza:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7451,12 +7302,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7471,8 +7321,7 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7486,8 +7335,7 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7503,8 +7351,7 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7529,8 +7376,7 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7544,14 +7390,13 @@ msgstr "Scheda delle eccezioni" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7559,12 +7404,10 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7573,11 +7416,10 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7602,13 +7444,12 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7617,16 +7458,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7641,20 +7482,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7680,11 +7520,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7707,8 +7547,8 @@ msgstr "Altri strumenti di Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7746,8 +7586,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7760,9 +7599,11 @@ msgstr "Introduzione ad rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7776,19 +7617,20 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con " +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "" @@ -7797,8 +7639,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " @@ -7817,8 +7659,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "La parte principale dello schermo" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7834,24 +7675,30 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più recenti di Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La " +"prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni " +"con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che " +"tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole " +"applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più " +"recenti di Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7873,7 +7720,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti, attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti, " +"attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o " +"attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7898,7 +7748,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite nel campo \"Cerca\"." +msgstr "" +"Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite " +"nel campo \"Cerca\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7908,8 +7760,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7921,8 +7773,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pannello di descrizione:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" @@ -7939,78 +7791,66 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icona" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà installato" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Il pacchetto non può essere modificato" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato" @@ -8046,8 +7886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Le dipendenze" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8055,14 +7894,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -8101,7 +7940,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il seguente messaggio:" +msgstr "" +"Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il " +"seguente messaggio:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 @@ -8121,8 +7962,7 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8139,8 +7979,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8155,12 +7995,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8168,17 +8007,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -8186,23 +8025,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Scegli la porta" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8215,12 +8057,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8230,8 +8071,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8239,8 +8079,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" @@ -8260,8 +8100,7 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8271,8 +8110,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8284,8 +8122,7 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8295,8 +8132,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8333,8 +8169,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8352,8 +8188,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8364,13 +8200,13 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -8406,16 +8242,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8423,8 +8259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestione software" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8432,8 +8267,8 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8444,9 +8279,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo sistema</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8470,8 +8307,7 @@ msgstr "Installa e configura una stampante" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8506,8 +8342,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8551,11 +8387,11 @@ msgstr "Stampante automaticamente identificata" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8563,8 +8399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Stampante non automaticamente identificata" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8572,8 +8407,8 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -8627,17 +8462,17 @@ msgstr "Stampante di rete" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8645,8 +8480,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8655,9 +8490,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8674,8 +8509,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8692,9 +8527,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8703,12 +8538,11 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8738,8 +8572,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8802,9 +8636,8 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8816,12 +8649,11 @@ msgstr "Proprietà del dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8839,23 +8671,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8866,10 +8698,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8881,8 +8712,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8890,10 +8721,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -8918,9 +8748,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8931,12 +8761,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8968,8 +8798,7 @@ msgstr "Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8977,8 +8806,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8994,9 +8823,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9026,12 +8855,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9040,9 +8868,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -9056,22 +8884,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9079,23 +8905,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9111,8 +8935,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9120,8 +8944,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9129,8 +8952,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9140,8 +8962,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9156,8 +8977,7 @@ msgstr "Utenti e gruppi" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9165,8 +8985,8 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9181,15 +9001,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -9203,8 +9023,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Aggiungi un utente</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9225,18 +9044,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9291,8 +9110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informazioni sull'account</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9325,8 +9143,7 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9343,7 +9160,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login." +msgstr "" +"Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non " +"saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9372,10 +9191,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9391,8 +9210,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Ricarica</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9406,8 +9225,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9422,8 +9241,7 @@ msgstr "Configura il sistema grafico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9431,9 +9249,9 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9441,22 +9259,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -9464,7 +9282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -9473,7 +9291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -9481,7 +9299,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -9489,83 +9307,82 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Risoluzione:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -9573,15 +9390,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -9589,12 +9406,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opzioni:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -9602,26 +9419,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot index 3190ca90..7ed7f954 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot +++ b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "" @@ -677,15 +677,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -693,21 +706,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -719,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in " @@ -729,24 +742,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -755,33 +768,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " "APIC:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -794,12 +807,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -811,12 +824,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -824,39 +837,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2447,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6250,6 +6263,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -6744,35 +6796,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -9059,22 +9082,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -9082,7 +9105,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -9091,7 +9114,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -9099,7 +9122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -9107,7 +9130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " @@ -9115,12 +9138,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -9129,31 +9152,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -9163,26 +9187,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -9190,7 +9214,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -9198,7 +9222,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -9206,12 +9230,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable " "Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to " @@ -9219,14 +9243,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " @@ -9235,10 +9259,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po index 7b9e0fe9..b49dd48c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-24 21:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -292,8 +292,8 @@ msgstr "" "Helaas bieden niet alle bestandsbeheerders deze mogelijkheid." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "nl" @@ -856,8 +856,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -866,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> te typen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -877,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" "opstartstandaard enz.) te configuren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -886,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" "en heet \"Opstartsysteem instellen\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -895,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "van sommige instellingen kan verhinderen dat uw machine weer opstart!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -914,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" "het opstarten van uw machine onmogelijk maken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -930,7 +944,7 @@ msgstr "" "zodra de wachttijd verstreken is." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -939,17 +953,17 @@ msgstr "" "wachwoord instellen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>knop geeft wat extra opties." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI inschakelen</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -962,12 +976,12 @@ msgstr "" "als u ACPI-compatibele apparaten heeft. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>SMP inschakelen</guibutton>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -976,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "multicore processors." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -985,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "dual processor en SMP inschakelen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -994,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" "inschakelen</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1014,12 +1028,12 @@ msgstr "" "interrupt: IRQ7\"). Schakel in dit geval APIC en/of lokale APIC uit." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1039,12 +1053,12 @@ msgstr "" "Lilo of Grub om deze tools te kunnen gebruiken." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1055,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bijv.: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1064,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "overeen met het Grubcommando \"kernel\". Bijv. /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1073,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" "opgeslagen. Het komt overeen met het Grubcommando \"root\". Bijv. (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1082,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "aan de kernel gegeven worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1091,11 +1105,12 @@ msgstr "" "standaard deze ingang opstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>scherm kunt u de " "<guilabel>Videomodus</guilabel>, een <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>bestand en " @@ -1730,11 +1745,11 @@ msgstr "" "van de DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder " "uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the DNS-" "servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld " -"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam <literal>" -"localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door de DHCP-" -"server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten toekennen door " -"DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze functie, een ADSL-" -"router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet." +"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door " +"de DHCP-server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten " +"toekennen door DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze " +"functie, een ADSL-router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 @@ -1833,8 +1848,8 @@ msgstr "" "Bij de Geavanceerde installingen, kunt u een <emphasis>Zoekdomein</emphasis> " "invoeren. Dat is gewoonlijk uw thuisdomein, bv. als uw computer \"splash\" " "heet en de volledige naam \"splash.boatanchor.net\", dan is het Zoekdomein " -"\"boatanchor.net\". Het is prima dit veld leeg te laten, tenzij u weet dat " -"u het nodig heeft. ADSL thuis heeft deze instelling zelden nodig." +"\"boatanchor.net\". Het is prima dit veld leeg te laten, tenzij u weet dat u " +"het nodig heeft. ADSL thuis heeft deze instelling zelden nodig." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 @@ -1907,11 +1922,11 @@ msgstr "" "van de DHCP-server opgehaald worden, of handmatig ingesteld, zoals hieronder " "uitgelegd wordt. In het laatste geval dienen de IP-adressen van de the DNS-" "servers ingevoerd te worden. De HOSTNAAM van de computer kan ook ingesteld " -"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam <literal>" -"localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door de DHCP-" -"server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten toekennen door " -"DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze functie, een ADSL-" -"router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet." +"worden. Wordt dit niet gedaan, dan wordt standaard de naam " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> gebruikt. De Hostnaam kan ook door " +"de DHCP-server ingesteld worden met de optie <emphasis>Hostnaam laten " +"toekennen door DHCP-server</emphasis>. Niet alle DHCP-servers hebben deze " +"functie, een ADSL-router voor thuisgebruik kan dit waarschijnlijk niet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 @@ -2457,9 +2472,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" msgstr "Met de 'Geavanceerd'-knop kunt u instellen:" +# it is 35 by default on my install, maybe something changed? #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 -# it is 35 by default on my install, maybe something changed? msgid "Metric (10 by default)" msgstr "Metrisch" @@ -2927,7 +2942,8 @@ msgstr "een paar knoppen die hier later uitgelegd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Haal Windows fonts: </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3370,8 +3386,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Als enige systemen in uw netwerk u diensten leveren en vaste IP-adressen " "hebben, laat deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> u namen " -"instellen om ze gemakkelijker te benaderen. U kunt die namen dan gebruiken " -"i.p.v. de IP-adressen." +"instellen om ze gemakkelijker te benaderen. U kunt die namen dan gebruiken i." +"p.v. de IP-adressen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3530,8 +3546,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In onderstaande schermafbeelding, die als voorbeeld dient, ziet u twee " "netwerken. De eerste is bedraad en verbonden, wat aan dit icoon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> te zien is (deze is niet verbonden: <" -"placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). De tweede is draadloos " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> te zien is (deze is niet verbonden: " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). De tweede is draadloos " "en niet verbonden, te zien aan dit icoon <placeholder type=" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> (deze is verbonden: <placeholder type=" "\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> ). Voor andere netwerktypes is de kleurcode " @@ -6906,6 +6922,56 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia Configuratiecentrum" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=" +"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:" +"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact " +"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " +"verbeteren." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -7441,45 +7507,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Mageia Configuratiecentrum" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de " -"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=" -"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:" -"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact " -"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " -"verbeteren." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -9634,8 +9661,8 @@ msgid "" "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" msgstr "" "Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in Mageia's " -"Configuratiecentrum, in de <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systeem</emphasis>tab, " -"en heet \"Gebruikers op het systeem beheren\"" +"Configuratiecentrum, in de <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systeem</emphasis>tab, en " +"heet \"Gebruikers op het systeem beheren\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 @@ -9655,9 +9682,9 @@ msgid "" "the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" -"Als userdrake gestart is, ziet u alle bestaande gebruikers in de <guibutton>" -"Gebruikers</guibutton>tab, en alle groepen in de <guibutton>Groepen</" -"guibutton>tab. Beide tabs werken op dezelfde manier." +"Als userdrake gestart is, ziet u alle bestaande gebruikers in de " +"<guibutton>Gebruikers</guibutton>tab, en alle groepen in de " +"<guibutton>Groepen</guibutton>tab. Beide tabs werken op dezelfde manier." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9928,10 +9955,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bevindt zich in Mageia's " @@ -9939,17 +9967,17 @@ msgstr "" "en heet <guilabel>Grafische server instellen</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Via de knoppen kunt u de grafische instellingen wijzigen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafische kaart</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -9960,7 +9988,7 @@ msgstr "" "een met een fabriekseigen stuurprogramma." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -9973,7 +10001,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>lijst." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -9984,7 +10012,7 @@ msgstr "" "juiste stuurprogramma vindt en installeert." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -9996,7 +10024,7 @@ msgstr "" "kunt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -10006,12 +10034,12 @@ msgstr "" "mogelijkheden (bv. 3D-effecten)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -10024,12 +10052,12 @@ msgstr "" "dezelfde eigenschappen uit de <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolutie:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -10038,21 +10066,20 @@ msgstr "" "(hoeveelheid kleuren) kiezen. U krijgt dit scherm te zien:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>De afbeelding van de monitor in " -"het midden geeft een voorbeeld van de gekozen instelling." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -10067,7 +10094,7 @@ msgstr "" "uw beeldscherm kunt beschadigen of een onaangename instelling kunt kiezen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -10076,7 +10103,7 @@ msgstr "" "andere te vervangen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -10085,12 +10112,12 @@ msgstr "" "te loggen om de instelling te activeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -10102,7 +10129,7 @@ msgstr "" "omgeving niet blijkt te werken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -10113,7 +10140,7 @@ msgstr "" "om XFdrake's tekstversie te gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -10124,12 +10151,12 @@ msgstr "" "alles naar wens is, klik dan op <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opties:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -10140,7 +10167,7 @@ msgstr "" "d.m.v. de Ctrl+Alt+Backspace toetsen." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -10149,7 +10176,7 @@ msgstr "" "opties in- of uitschakelen, afhankelijk van uw grafische kaart." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -10162,10 +10189,11 @@ msgstr "" "modus om te schakelen, het vinkje kan weggehaald worden voor een server." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -10173,3 +10201,10 @@ msgstr "" "bevestiging vragen. U kunt nu nog alles annuleren en de eerdere instellingen " "bewaren, of de nieuwe accepteren. In het laatste geval moet u uit- en in-" "loggen om de nieuwe te activeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>De afbeelding van de monitor " +#~ "in het midden geeft een voorbeeld van de gekozen instelling." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po index f2b20cef..de93680e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013 # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-28 17:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" +"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -34,8 +35,7 @@ msgstr "Acessar diretório e drivers compartilhados por WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -43,9 +43,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -53,7 +55,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado <guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado " +"<guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -73,7 +78,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um " +"protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, " +"para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina " +"remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta " +"ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -86,7 +96,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela." +msgstr "" +"A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, " +"e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. " +"Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -94,12 +107,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar " +"algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</" +"guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de " +"rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No " +"entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -109,17 +126,21 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de montagem." +msgstr "" +"O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de " +"montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de " +"algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -129,19 +150,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o acesso." +msgstr "" +"A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o " +"acesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito </guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de uma só vez, não salvá-lo." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito " +"</guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de " +"montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você " +"será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/" +"fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto " +"está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de " +"uma só vez, não salvá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -153,8 +182,7 @@ msgstr "Partilhe as partições do disco rígido" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -162,9 +190,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -173,14 +203,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows." +msgstr "" +"Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que " +"você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de " +"seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local " +"que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, " +"chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -189,11 +225,20 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em <guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os usuários, clique em Permitir que <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde." +msgstr "" +"Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite " +"aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em " +"<guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os " +"usuários, clique em Permitir que <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> " +"para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a " +"resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, " +"os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem " +"pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado " +"automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -204,7 +249,13 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para " +"você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </" +"guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único " +"sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede " +"inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -214,28 +265,44 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi " +"escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta " +"ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os " +"seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do " +"usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de " +"arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. " +"Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href=" +"\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em conta." +msgstr "" +"Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você " +"tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em " +"conta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa facilidade." +msgstr "" +"A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode " +"selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser " +"compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa " +"facilidade." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" @@ -249,8 +316,7 @@ msgstr "NFS acesso compartilhado unidades e diretórios" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -263,9 +329,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -274,9 +342,16 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar " +"alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da " +"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na " +"maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, " +"portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem " +"ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com " +"ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -288,17 +363,20 @@ msgstr "procedimento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que diretórios ação." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma " +"lista de servidores que diretórios ação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar." +msgstr "" +"Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos " +"diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -306,12 +384,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você " +"tem que especificar onde montar o diretório." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -322,16 +401,18 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode " +"verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</" +"guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o " +"mesmo botão." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -341,13 +422,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, no Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem " +"será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações" +"\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está " +"acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, " +"por exemplo, no Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -362,8 +447,7 @@ msgstr "Gravador de CD / DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -371,9 +455,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -381,7 +467,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob " +"os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware " +"removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -395,7 +484,10 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções " +"escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. " +"Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -406,7 +498,8 @@ msgstr "ponto de montagem" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -416,9 +509,11 @@ msgstr "Opções" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou " +"através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -431,7 +526,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo." +msgstr "" +"usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco " +"removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o " +"disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -446,9 +544,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -457,40 +557,55 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como navegadores de arquivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar " +"que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da " +"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos " +"sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente " +"na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados " +"diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como " +"navegadores de arquivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos " +"servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que compartilham diretórios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista " +"de servidores que compartilham diretórios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Clique no nome do servidor e em > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar." +msgstr "" +"Clique no nome do servidor e em > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a " +"lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja " +"acessar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório." +msgstr "" +"O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que " +"especificar onde montar o diretório." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -501,7 +616,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o <guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o " +"<guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar " +"algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -509,16 +627,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão." +msgstr "" +"Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles " +"capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você " +"pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -529,12 +648,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá " +"perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, " +"permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede " +"está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de " +"arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -549,8 +671,7 @@ msgstr "Efeitos de desktop 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -558,9 +679,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -568,7 +691,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão desligados por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar " +"os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão " +"desligados por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -581,30 +707,41 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes drak3d pode começar." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. " +"Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes " +"drak3d pode começar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para ligá-lo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui " +"você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> " +"ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um " +"gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com " +"aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" +"guilabel> para ligá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do " +"Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam " +"ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </" +"guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -615,14 +752,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que " +"Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e " +"login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de configurações CompizConfig)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o " +"Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de " +"configurações CompizConfig)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -640,10 +783,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de " +"trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a " +"tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione " +"drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -653,9 +799,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você " +"será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de " +"administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer " +"alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -667,8 +817,7 @@ msgstr "autenticação" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -676,16 +825,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na rede." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar " +"a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na " +"rede." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -693,7 +847,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um " +"arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede " +"convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -705,117 +862,165 @@ msgstr "Configure o sistema de inicialização" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)" +msgstr "" +"esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você " +"configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma " +"senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia " +"chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar de novamente!" +msgstr "" +"Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. " +"Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar " +"de novamente!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o <guibutton>dispositivo de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível " +"escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com " +"uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há " +"outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o <guibutton>dispositivo " +"de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um " +"especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está " +"instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão uma vez que o atraso decorre." +msgstr "" +"Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode " +"definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</" +"guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a " +"lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua " +"escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão " +"uma vez que o atraso decorre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é possível definir uma senha." +msgstr "" +"Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é " +"possível definir uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dá algumas opções extras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o " +"gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os " +"dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque " +"esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para processadores multicore." +msgstr "" +"SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para " +"processadores multicore." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um processador dual e ativar o SMP." +msgstr "" +"Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um " +"processador dual e ativar o SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -823,77 +1028,107 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro \"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC Local." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois " +"componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma " +"rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs " +"locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-" +"processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode " +"causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro " +"\"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC " +"Local." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as " +"entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. " +"Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima " +"ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar " +"em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " +"aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou " +"modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou " +"GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título \". Por exemplo: Mageia 3." +msgstr "" +"O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que " +"você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título " +"\". Por exemplo: Mageia 3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde " +"ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, (hd0, 1)." +msgstr "" +"O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel " +"está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, " +"(hd0, 1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no momento da inicialização." +msgstr "" +"O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no " +"momento da inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá inicializar esta entrada por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá " +"inicializar esta entrada por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o <guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o " +"<guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e " +"um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -905,8 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente no" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -914,9 +1148,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -925,14 +1161,22 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a máquina." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você " +"faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de " +"trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso " +"geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a " +"máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente em\"." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> " +"guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para " +"fazer logon automaticamente em\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -942,23 +1186,35 @@ msgstr "Os botões de interface são bastante óbvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </" +"guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a " +"inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será " +"possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o " +"lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome de <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop padrão</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, " +"verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você " +"quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou " +"verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</" +"guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome " +"de <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop padrão</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -973,32 +1229,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser " +"iniciado e usado na linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, " +"fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro " +"lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro remover as partes desnecessárias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro " +"remover as partes desnecessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1175,12 +1441,20 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída " +"deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido " +"adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você " +"pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em " +"disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez " +"de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1192,8 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "Relatório de ferramenta de Bug Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1201,29 +1474,39 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, " +"também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você " +"está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das " +"informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug " +"existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está " +"acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug " +"relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1231,7 +1514,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este relatório existente que você viu o erro, também." +msgstr "" +"No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que " +"deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este " +"relatório existente que você viu o erro, também." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1243,8 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar data e hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1252,18 +1537,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no " +"âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>" +"\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho " +"também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / " +"Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1274,30 +1566,44 @@ msgstr "É uma ferramenta muito simples." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), 2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número." +msgstr "" +"Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</" +"emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), " +"2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. " +"Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de " +"setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo." +msgstr "" +"No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, " +"sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil " +"para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, " +"minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para " +"ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, " +"ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1305,15 +1611,21 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade mais próxima." +msgstr "" +"Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando " +"no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade " +"mais próxima." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as configurações de localização." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta " +"ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as " +"configurações de localização." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1325,8 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "Retirar uma conexão" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1334,30 +1645,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em <emphasis>próxima</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em " +"<emphasis>próxima</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso." +msgstr "" +"Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1369,8 +1687,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1378,9 +1695,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1388,14 +1707,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede" +msgstr "" +"Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do " +"seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware e Provedor você usa." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware " +"e Provedor você usa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1407,133 +1731,154 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão com fio (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para configurar." +msgstr "" +"A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para " +"configurar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um endereço IP manual." +msgstr "" +"A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um " +"endereço IP manual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP Automatico" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os " +"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados " +"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos " +"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser " +"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> " +"localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host " +"também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir " +"nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem " +"essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço " +"IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "o cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "tempo limite de DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor " +"NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP." +msgstr "" +"O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer " +"que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço " +"IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações " +"de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manual de configuração " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que " +"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado " +"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 </emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu provedor de serviços." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 " +"</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu " +"provedor de serviços." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de " +"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o " +"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A " +"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa " +"configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1554,11 +1899,14 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão por satélite (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que " +"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> " +"Agradecendo antecipadamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1570,59 +1918,74 @@ msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de cabo" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Você tem que especificar um método de autenticação:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "nenhum" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome de usuário e senha." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome " +"de usuário e senha." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No " +"último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do " +"host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for " +"especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído " +"por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com " +"a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem " +"todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o " +"seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." +msgstr "" +"configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que " +"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado " +"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta definição." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de " +"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o " +"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A " +"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa " +"configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta " +"definição." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1637,47 +2000,47 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e configurá-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e " +"configurá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o " +"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não " +"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuração TCP/IP manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1687,26 +2050,22 @@ msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "definições de acesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Conta Login (nome de usuário)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "senha da Conta" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" @@ -1726,14 +2085,12 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Escolha Manual (placa interna ISDN)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN externo" @@ -1743,16 +2100,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu drive." +msgstr "" +"Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu " +"drive." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para o resto do mundo, exceto na Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1761,31 +2118,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por " +"países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione " +"a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de " +"seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nome da conexão" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número do telefone" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de Login" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticação" @@ -1795,43 +2152,52 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticação" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço IP e a máscara de sub-rede" +msgstr "" +"Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP " +"automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço " +"IP e a máscara de sub-rede" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que colocar:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo " +"método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que " +"colocar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nome de Domínio" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Primeiro e segundo Servidor DNS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado para aceitá-la." +msgstr "" +"Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é " +"selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado " +"para aceitá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o endereço IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método " +"automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o " +"endereço IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1844,103 +2210,94 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou." +msgstr "" +"A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada " +"para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use " +"ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o cartão tenha detectado." +msgstr "" +"Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o " +"cartão tenha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Parâmetro específico para a placa wireless são fornecer:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de funcionamento:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "gerenciado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Para aceder a um ponto de acesso existente (o mais freqüente)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar a conexão direta entre os computadores." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nome da rede (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado." +msgstr "" +"Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de criptografia é preferir se o hardware permitir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Alguns antigos ofertas de hardware só este método de encriptação." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "chave de criptografia" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1948,10 +2305,11 @@ msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço IP manual." +msgstr "" +"Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço " +"IP manual." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1961,49 +2319,67 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost.localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os " +"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados " +"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos " +"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser " +"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost." +"localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida " +"pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor " +"DHCP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os servidores NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os " +"servidores NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as " +"configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. " +"O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de " +"host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é " +"atribuído por padrão." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de serviços." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x." +"x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o " +"Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de " +"serviços." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, antes do período." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de " +"domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, " +"antes do período." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2015,7 +2391,9 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão GPRS/EDGE/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um e configurá-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um " +"e configurá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2027,15 +2405,16 @@ msgstr "O PIN é solicitado. Deixe em branco se o PIN não é necessário." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção " +"<guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Fornecer definições de acesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nome do Ponto de Acesso" @@ -2050,14 +2429,12 @@ msgstr "Conexão de rede Uma nova Bluetooth Dial-Up" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de telefone analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "escolha manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, se houver." @@ -2072,73 +2449,69 @@ msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de portas. Escolha o seu porto." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o " +"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não " +"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em " +"seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nome da conexão</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numero Telefone</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de Login</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Senha</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr " <emphasis>Autenticação</emphasis>, escolher entre:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "baseado no script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Baseado no terminal" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2172,7 +2545,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Ativar contabilização de tráfego</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2180,7 +2555,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal." +msgstr "" +"No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir " +"ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar " +"automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2212,10 +2590,11 @@ msgstr "Habilitar tunelamento IPv6 para IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar automáticamente ou não." +msgstr "" +"O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar " +"automáticamente ou não." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2230,8 +2609,7 @@ msgstr "Abrir um Terminal como root" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2239,17 +2617,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de mais informações sobre isso." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um " +"console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de " +"mais informações sobre isso." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2261,8 +2644,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar partições de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk ou diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2270,10 +2652,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2281,19 +2666,27 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique em <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer continuar." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, " +"um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de " +"todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por " +"essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique " +"em <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco " +"rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, " +"sdc, etc.)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2303,12 +2696,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O <emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita depois que você clica em uma partição." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com " +"suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de " +"partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou " +"ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O " +"<emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é " +"apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita " +"depois que você clica em uma partição." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2316,7 +2715,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro." +msgstr "" +"Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode " +"escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que " +"a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2330,15 +2732,18 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão <guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco vazio é selecionado" +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você " +"tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco " +"vazio é selecionado" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Você pode escolher um ponto que não existe montagem, ele será criado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2349,10 +2754,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como pode ser visto na imagem abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></" +"emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como " +"pode ser visto na imagem abaixo." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2367,8 +2774,7 @@ msgstr "Configure gerenciador de exibição" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2376,17 +2782,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual " +"gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. " +"Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2394,7 +2805,10 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar " +"diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. " +"LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2406,8 +2820,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o seu firewall pessoal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2415,9 +2828,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2426,18 +2841,28 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu " +"firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a " +"segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa - <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários." +msgstr "" +"Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de " +"entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira " +"tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de " +"conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa " +"- <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser " +"desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2446,7 +2871,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em <guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo <guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes estes exemplos:" +msgstr "" +"É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em " +"<guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo " +"<guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes " +"estes exemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2468,10 +2897,12 @@ msgstr "As portas listadas devem ser separados por um espaço." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do sistema" +msgstr "" +"Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</" +"guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do " +"sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2482,7 +2913,11 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à internet." +msgstr "" +"Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, " +"compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada " +"verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à " +"internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2492,24 +2927,32 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão é tentada nessas portas." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas " +"característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo " +"menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está " +"marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são " +"digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua " +"máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu " +"nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: " +"servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão " +"é tentada nessas portas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede." +msgstr "" +"Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2518,29 +2961,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes necessários são baixados." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet " +"e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes " +"necessários são baixados." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede." +msgstr "" +"Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, " +"ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes" +msgstr "" +"Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2548,9 +2996,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2559,7 +3009,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A principal tela acima mostra:" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> " +"guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A " +"principal tela acima mostra:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2578,15 +3032,19 @@ msgstr "alguns botões explicado aqui mais tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do " +"Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2596,9 +3054,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opções:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras " +"principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2611,7 +3071,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam." +msgstr "" +"Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um " +"pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter " +"consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2623,18 +3086,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\nClique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os " +"formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\n" +"Clique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá " +"aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes " +"serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações." +msgstr "" +"Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal " +"DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2646,8 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "Controle dos Pais" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2655,18 +3126,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o " +"pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2679,30 +3156,41 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu " +"computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. " +"Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do " +"dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para " +"que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo parental DansGuardian bloqueador." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de " +"listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo " +"do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo " +"parental DansGuardian bloqueador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2716,19 +3204,31 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, então, sugiro que você reiniciar." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em " +"ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para " +"configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é " +"uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos " +"individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em " +"sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em " +"ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta " +"drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, " +"então, sugiro que você reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle parental é ativado e o acesso a <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é aberto." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle " +"parental é ativado e o acesso a <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é " +"aberto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2736,7 +3236,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os " +"sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os " +"sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2748,7 +3251,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários autorizados." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo " +"terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado " +"direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não " +"são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário " +"autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em " +"<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários " +"autorizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2757,7 +3268,11 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e <guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de tempo." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet " +"é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de " +"tempo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2769,7 +3284,9 @@ msgstr "Guia Blacklist/Whitelist" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2779,17 +3296,22 @@ msgstr "Programas Bloco Tab" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os aplicativos que você deseja bloquear." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL " +"para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os " +"aplicativos que você deseja bloquear." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no " +"lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2801,8 +3323,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhe a conexão de Internet com outros computadores locais" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2812,8 +3333,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "princípios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" @@ -2828,14 +3348,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à Internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um " +"computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede " +"local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para " +"dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). " +"Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como " +"uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à " +"Internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão " +"configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2845,23 +3374,29 @@ msgstr "assistente de Gateway" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos passos que são mostrados abaixo:" +msgstr "" +"O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos " +"passos que são mostrados abaixo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware." +msgstr "" +"Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre " +"isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2869,22 +3404,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que se propõe é correta." +msgstr "" +"especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente " +"sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que " +"se propõe é correta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também propõe um, verifique se este está correto." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também " +"propõe um, verifique se este está correto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, " +"máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com " +"a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2892,15 +3435,22 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS." +msgstr "" +"especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se " +"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso " +"contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. " +"Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e " +"oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de " +"DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2909,20 +3459,29 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se " +"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer " +"para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o " +"nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache " +"(100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los." +msgstr "" +"O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está " +"conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está ativo." +msgstr "" +"Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está " +"ativo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2935,9 +3494,14 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do cliente está usando." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar " +"na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço " +"automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à " +"rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do " +"cliente está usando." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2945,7 +3509,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da máquina atuando como gateway." +msgstr "" +"Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve " +"especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da " +"máquina atuando como gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2956,9 +3523,11 @@ msgstr "Pare o compartilhamento de conexão" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou para parar o compartilhamento." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o " +"lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou " +"para parar o compartilhamento." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2970,8 +3539,7 @@ msgstr "Hosts definições" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2979,9 +3547,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2990,7 +3560,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP." +msgstr "" +"Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm " +"endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você " +"pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3003,7 +3577,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é." +msgstr "" +"Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter " +"uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, " +"opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3015,7 +3592,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você fica com a mesma janela." +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você " +"fica com a mesma janela." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3027,8 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração avançada para interfaces de rede e firewall" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3038,17 +3616,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que " +"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> " +"Agradecendo antecipadamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3060,8 +3643,7 @@ msgstr "Centro de Rede" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3069,9 +3651,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3079,40 +3663,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as " +"redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem " +"fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, " +"dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, " +"alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se " +"destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova " +"interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3122,36 +3711,53 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e vermelho se não conectado." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é " +"com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, " +"que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos " +"de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e " +"vermelho se não conectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o <guilabel>modo de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede (veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma chave de criptografia, em particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, " +"com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se " +"eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o <guilabel>modo " +"de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja " +"por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou " +"<guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para " +"outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede " +"(veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma " +"chave de criptografia, em particular)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Atualizar</guibutton> para atualizar a tela." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3161,8 +3767,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "O botão Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3172,9 +3777,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o " +"PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela " +"está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na " +"bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3182,14 +3791,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status da conexão." +msgstr "" +"Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local " +"e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status " +"da conexão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</" +"guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3201,8 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "O botão Configurar" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para uma rede com fio</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3212,9 +3825,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. " +"Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a " +"configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3223,7 +3840,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o <guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços." +msgstr "" +"Para uma rede residencial, o <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece " +"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o " +"<guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão " +"disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3232,22 +3853,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso " +"vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados " +"são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez " +"ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador " +"de rede:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3262,8 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para uma rede sem fio</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Somente os itens não já visto acima são explicados." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3281,12 +3906,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um " +"ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. " +"Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. " +"Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é " +"usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia tecla de Encriptação: </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia tecla de Encriptação: </" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3296,26 +3928,32 @@ msgstr "Se for uma rede privada, você precisa saber essas configurações." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado frequentemente em redes privadas." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa " +"uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado " +"de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado " +"frequentemente em redes privadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede." +msgstr "" +"Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu " +"ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3325,8 +3963,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "O botão Configurações avançadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3341,8 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar diferentes perfis de rede" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3350,9 +3986,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3364,8 +4002,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar unidades e diretórios usando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3378,21 +4015,24 @@ msgstr "Pré-requisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela " +"primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "O pacote nfs-utils precisa ser instalado. Você quer instalá-lo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3412,7 +4052,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma ferramenta de configuração." +msgstr "" +"É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a " +"lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma " +"ferramenta de configuração." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3425,10 +4068,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes parâmetros estão disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser " +"lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes " +"parâmetros estão disponíveis." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3444,7 +4089,9 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão <guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão " +"<guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3456,7 +4103,9 @@ msgstr "host Access" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o diretório compartilhado." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o " +"diretório compartilhado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3468,12 +4117,16 @@ msgstr "Clientes NFS pode ser especificado em uma série de maneiras:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um endereço IP" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado " +"reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um " +"endereço IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -3481,7 +4134,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões no domínio cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres " +"curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões " +"no domínio cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3489,7 +4145,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ 255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede." +msgstr "" +"redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos " +"os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ " +"255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3501,32 +4160,45 @@ msgstr "ID Mapeamento de Usuário" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no próprio servidor." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/" +"gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não " +"pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no " +"próprio servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. " +"Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a configuração padrão." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia " +"todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para " +"diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A " +"opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a " +"configuração padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid da conta anônima." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid " +"da conta anônima." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3537,9 +4209,12 @@ msgstr "opções avançadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é ativada por padrão." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm " +"origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é " +"ativada por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3548,7 +4223,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar esta opção." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e " +"escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido " +"que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar " +"esta opção." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3556,7 +4235,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por exemplo, unidade de disco)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar " +"o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações " +"feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por " +"exemplo, unidade de disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3564,7 +4247,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore " +"que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a " +"confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3576,8 +4262,7 @@ msgstr "entradas de menu" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Até agora, a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3601,7 +4286,8 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Restart" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais." +msgstr "" +"O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3611,9 +4297,10 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Recarregar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de configuração atual." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de " +"configuração atual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3625,8 +4312,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3634,30 +4320,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados sem a procuração por exceção." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode " +"usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. " +"O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você " +"também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados sem a " +"procuração por exceção." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade." +msgstr "" +"Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de " +"computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou " +"aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que " +"buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor " +"proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou " +"outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o " +"pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3669,8 +4369,7 @@ msgstr "Configure Mídia" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3678,11 +4377,15 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de " +"software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso " +"significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para " +"instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3692,7 +4395,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o CD-Rom tipo de mídia)." +msgstr "" +"Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um " +"dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia " +"utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala " +"novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o CD-" +"Rom tipo de mídia)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3702,14 +4410,21 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits (chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia." +msgstr "" +"Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits " +"(chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são " +"independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados " +"pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, " +"mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3717,7 +4432,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3734,7 +4452,10 @@ msgstr "Coluna Ativar:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável." +msgstr "" +"Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. " +"Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e " +"depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3748,7 +4469,12 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os " +"pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome " +"deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável " +"nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3760,28 +4486,36 @@ msgstr "Meio de coluna:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:" +msgstr "" +"Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de " +"lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas " +"disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos " +"Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa " +"haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3793,7 +4527,9 @@ msgstr "Cada meio tem 4 sub-seções:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em " +"que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3801,22 +4537,30 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde " +"o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria " +"ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões " +"portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e da equipe de QA para validar as correções." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes " +"temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e " +"da equipe de QA para validar as correções." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3834,7 +4578,11 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo oficial." +msgstr "" +"Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado " +"remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez " +"que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo " +"oficial." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3846,7 +4594,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, downloader e proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, " +"downloader e proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3859,10 +4609,17 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o \"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. " +msgstr "" +"Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes " +"repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o " +"\"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é " +"projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um " +"espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em " +"seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" " +"no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3873,10 +4630,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>setas acima e abaixo:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios mais rápidos no topo." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a " +"lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para " +"o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a " +"última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios " +"mais rápidos no topo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3891,29 +4653,39 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Atualização:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja " +"atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>" +msgstr "" +"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é " +"muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. " +"Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> " +"para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho " +"de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto " +"completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de " +"fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</" +"guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3924,7 +4696,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito " +"perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos " +"disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3936,10 +4712,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um meio personalizado: </guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:" +msgstr "" +"É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é " +"suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3950,7 +4727,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, de acordo com o tipo médio)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, " +"encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, " +"de acordo com o tipo médio)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3960,11 +4740,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Opções globais: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)." +msgstr "" +"Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem " +"instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) " +"e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on " +"demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3974,17 +4758,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Gerenciar chaves: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados para autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não permitir que a chave." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados para " +"autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. " +"Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para " +"seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não " +"permitir que a chave." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com a segurança" +msgstr "" +"Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com " +"a segurança" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -3995,18 +4787,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Proxy: </guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e <guilabel>senha</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode " +"configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</" +"guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e " +"<guilabel>senha</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">página Wiki Mageia</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação, " +"consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management" +"\">página Wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4018,8 +4816,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar diretórios e discos com Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4032,7 +4829,13 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para " +"compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta " +"permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o " +"protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações " +"de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do " +"servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4048,7 +4851,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Para ser acessados a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de entrada para o servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"Para ser acessados a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem " +"de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no " +"servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no " +"servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre " +"o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de " +"entrada para o servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4058,20 +4867,25 @@ msgstr "Wizard - servidor Standalone" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para configurar o servidor Samba é lançado." +msgstr "" +"Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-" +"los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para " +"configurar o servidor Samba é lançado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4081,10 +4895,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está selecionado." +msgstr "" +"Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está " +"selecionado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4092,19 +4907,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o " +"mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede." +msgstr "" +"O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4119,24 +4936,29 @@ msgstr "Escolha o modo de segurança:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o recurso" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o " +"recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada ação" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada " +"ação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, com o endereço IP ou nome do host." +msgstr "" +"Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, " +"com o endereço IP ou nome do host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4146,10 +4968,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows." +msgstr "" +"Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será " +"descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4158,10 +4981,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na próxima etapa." +msgstr "" +"O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na " +"próxima etapa." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4170,12 +4994,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a " +"configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/" +"samba/smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4185,8 +5011,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Wizard - controlador de domínio primário" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4199,7 +5024,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de " +"domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é " +"apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os " +"passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, " +"exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4207,7 +5037,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os controladores (segurança)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os " +"usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta " +"central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os " +"controladores (segurança)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4219,8 +5053,7 @@ msgstr "Declare um diretório para compartilhar" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Com o botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>, temos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4228,14 +5061,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do compartilhamento não pode ser modificado." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão " +"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o " +"diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do " +"compartilhamento não pode ser modificado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4243,7 +5079,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado." +msgstr "" +"Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4280,8 +5117,7 @@ msgstr "compartilhar Impressoras" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba também permite que você compartilhe impressoras." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4299,8 +5135,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "usuários do Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4311,7 +5146,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os " +"recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode " +"adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4323,8 +5162,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar a autenticação para obter ferramentas Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4332,31 +5170,37 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador." +msgstr "" +"Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar " +"tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Clique na pequena seta antes do item que deseja suspensa:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4367,25 +5211,35 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada ferramenta, uma lista suspensa no lado direito para baixo dá a escolha entre:" +msgstr "" +"A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são " +"exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada " +"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa no lado direito para baixo dá a escolha entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Padrão: O modo de lançamento depende do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"." +msgstr "" +"Padrão: O modo de lançamento depende do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja " +"na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, " +"permissões e auditoria \"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da ferramenta." +msgstr "" +"Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da " +"ferramenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Senha do administrador: A senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento da ferramenta" +msgstr "" +"Senha do administrador: A senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento da " +"ferramenta" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4402,8 +5256,7 @@ msgstr "Snapshots" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4411,17 +5264,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de administração</guilabel> seção." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no " +"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de " +"administração</guilabel> seção." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4429,39 +5287,59 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que necessita será instalado." +msgstr "" +"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma " +"mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em <guibutton>Instalar</" +"guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que " +"necessita será instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, <guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela " +"de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar " +"backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, " +"<guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser incluídos no backup . Clique em <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você está feito." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha " +"<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao " +"lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os " +"diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista " +"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos " +"diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser " +"incluídos no backup . Clique em <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você " +"está feito." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher " +"o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. " +"Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -4478,8 +5356,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração do Som" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4487,16 +5364,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. ¶" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</" +"emphasis>. ¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4504,15 +5386,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som." +msgstr "" +"Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as " +"opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver " +"problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a placa de som." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você " +"selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a " +"placa de som." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4520,40 +5407,51 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA quando possível aos seus recursos avançados." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou " +"ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA " +"quando possível aos seus recursos avançados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as " +"entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e " +"envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> " +"controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. " +"Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibi uma nova janela com dois ou três botões:" +msgstr "" +"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibi uma nova janela com dois ou " +"três botões:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4564,7 +5462,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que está fazendo. Este botão não está disponível quando o sistema encontrar um driver para seu dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que " +"está fazendo. Este botão não está disponível quando o sistema encontrar um " +"driver para seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4572,7 +5473,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de pedir à comunidade para ajudar." +msgstr "" +"A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer " +"problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de " +"pedir à comunidade para ajudar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4584,8 +5488,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma UPS para monitoramento de energia" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4593,9 +5496,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4607,8 +5512,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar conexão VPN para proteger o acesso à rede" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4616,9 +5520,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4629,7 +5535,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de " +"trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do " +"lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em " +"operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, " +"como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4641,7 +5553,9 @@ msgstr "Configuração" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual " +"protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4658,8 +5572,7 @@ msgstr "Na tela seguinte, forneça os detalhes para a sua conexão VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para a Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4669,10 +5582,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada." +msgstr "" +"Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela " +"primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4682,15 +5596,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você recebeu do administrador de rede." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você " +"recebeu do administrador de rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Os parâmetros avançados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4705,15 +5620,20 @@ msgstr "A próxima tela pede endereço IP do gateway." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação VPN." +msgstr "" +"Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação " +"VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre ligar a esta VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma " +"conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre " +"ligar a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4725,8 +5645,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar webserver" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4734,16 +5653,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor web." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um servidor web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4755,7 +5678,9 @@ msgstr "O que é um servidor web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode " +"ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4767,8 +5692,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor web com drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4778,15 +5702,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4796,15 +5721,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins." +msgstr "" +"A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto " +"para coisas ruins." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Módulo do Usuário do Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4819,8 +5745,7 @@ msgstr "Permite que os usuários criem seus próprios sites." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Usuário nome do diretório web" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4830,15 +5755,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor irá exibi-la." +msgstr "" +"O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor " +"irá exibi-la." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Documento Servidor Raiz" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4846,7 +5772,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos padrão." +msgstr "" +"Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos " +"padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -4855,8 +5783,7 @@ msgstr "Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumo" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4866,9 +5793,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4876,8 +5804,7 @@ msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Pró msgid "Finish" msgstr "Terminar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4898,8 +5825,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4907,9 +5833,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4921,8 +5849,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4932,22 +5859,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de nomenclatura para as interfaces Net" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de " +"nomenclatura para as interfaces Net" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard " +"que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4961,7 +5895,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um " +"protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente " +"endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com " +"a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4973,8 +5911,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor DHCP com drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -4984,8 +5921,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "selecionando Adaptor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4994,17 +5930,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP " +"irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Selecione o intervalo IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5016,10 +5954,13 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja " +"que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de " +"conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, " +"em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5029,8 +5970,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Segure-se ..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5040,15 +5980,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor." +msgstr "" +"Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas " +"vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Horas mais tarde ..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5068,78 +6009,71 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote dhcp-server, se necessário;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos " +"parâmetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hnome</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mascara</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5147,9 +6081,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/" +"config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5166,8 +6102,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar tempo" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5175,18 +6110,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir " +"a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é " +"instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e " +"drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5199,28 +6140,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher " +"três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas " +"vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo " +"disponíveis." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5228,15 +6169,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:" +msgstr "" +"As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você " +"chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-" +"lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, " +"clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. " +"Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5244,7 +6189,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta" +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5259,37 +6205,48 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote <code>ntp</code> se necessário" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de servidores;" +msgstr "" +"Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de " +"servidores;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome do servidor;" +msgstr "" +"Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome " +"do servidor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> serviços;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> " +"serviços;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência UTC." +msgstr "" +"Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência " +"UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -5301,8 +6258,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5310,16 +6266,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5332,7 +6292,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede " +"padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host " +"através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. " +"(Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5344,14 +6308,12 @@ msgstr "Configuração de um servidor FTP com drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de FTP. Apertem os cintos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5361,15 +6323,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins." +msgstr "" +"A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto " +"para coisas ruins." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Informaação do servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5379,15 +6342,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root." +msgstr "" +"Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar " +"reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opções do servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5395,18 +6359,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou <acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou " +"<acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5421,8 +6385,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5430,9 +6393,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5440,7 +6405,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser " +"instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5456,7 +6424,14 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que " +"atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de " +"outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando " +"algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso " +"disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a " +"solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. " +"(Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5468,8 +6443,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor proxy com squid drakwizard" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5479,8 +6453,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Selecionando a porta do proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5490,15 +6463,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, " +"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Definir Memória e Disk Usage" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5507,15 +6481,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Selecione Controle de Acesso à Rede" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5523,34 +6498,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Conceda Network Access" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Use Nível Superior Proxy Server?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5565,8 +6541,7 @@ msgstr "Cascade através de outro servidor proxy? Se não, passe próximo passo. msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "Nível Superior Proxy URL e Porto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5574,12 +6549,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique " +"em <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5589,8 +6565,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Iniciar durante a inicialização?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5600,10 +6575,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de inicialização, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de " +"inicialização, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5616,56 +6592,55 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote de lulas, se necessário;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o nível" +msgstr "" +"<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o " +"nível" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5685,8 +6660,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração do daemon OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5694,16 +6668,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5715,11 +6693,17 @@ msgstr "O que é <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação " +"segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando " +"remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em " +"rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, " +"um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e <acronym>SSH</" +"acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5736,8 +6720,7 @@ msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de SSH em Abrir." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Selecionar tipo de Configurar opções" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5745,18 +6728,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou " +"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique " +"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opções Gerais" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5766,15 +6750,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH padrão</acronym> porta." +msgstr "" +"Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH " +"padrão</acronym> porta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Métodos de autenticação" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5784,15 +6769,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar " +"durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Logging" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5800,17 +6786,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opções de Login" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5818,15 +6805,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Login do usuário Opções" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5835,15 +6822,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compressão e Encaminhamento" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5853,16 +6841,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em " +"seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5877,8 +6865,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar Serviços do Sistema" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5886,9 +6873,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5900,8 +6889,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5909,9 +6897,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5921,7 +6911,12 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em <code>ldetect-lst </code>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral " +"do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um " +"trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o " +"comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em " +"<code>ldetect-lst </code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5939,7 +6934,10 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna." +msgstr "" +"A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos " +"são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma " +"categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5947,14 +6945,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. <guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações sobre o conteúdo dos campos." +msgstr "" +"A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. " +"<guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações " +"sobre o conteúdo dos campos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões " +"estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5962,21 +6965,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser " +"usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este " +"mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à " +"ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes " +"ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas para permitir a detecção automática:" +msgstr "" +"O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas " +"para permitir a detecção automática:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5999,7 +7010,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. " +"Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção " +"estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6011,8 +7025,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o layout do teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6020,9 +7033,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6032,7 +7047,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a " +"configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. " +"Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode " +"ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) " +"chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6042,10 +7062,13 @@ msgstr "layout do teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout deve ser utilizado." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os " +"nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout " +"deve ser utilizado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6057,7 +7080,10 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o tipo padrão." +msgstr "" +"Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. " +"Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o " +"tipo padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6069,8 +7095,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6078,9 +7103,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6090,14 +7117,21 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas selecionados durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser " +"encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado " +"\"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na " +"qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas " +"selecionados durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a " +"compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6105,7 +7139,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países não listados." +msgstr "" +"A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma " +"selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países " +"não listados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6124,14 +7161,21 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método " +"de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos " +"de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, " +"japonês, coreano, etc...)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de " +"entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo " +"manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6139,7 +7183,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções " +"semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, " +"ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref " +"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6151,8 +7199,7 @@ msgstr "Ver e sistema de busca registros" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6160,17 +7207,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de registros</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na " +"guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de " +"registros</guilabel>\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6180,27 +7232,43 @@ msgstr "Para fazer uma busca nos registros" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja <emphasis>não</emphasis> deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de <guibutton>busca</guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado <guilabel>Conteudo do arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja " +"<emphasis>não</emphasis> deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o " +"arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. " +"Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em " +"cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia " +"selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de <guibutton>busca</" +"guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado <guilabel>Conteudo do " +"arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando " +"no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é modificada." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir " +"das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle " +"Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é " +"modificada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6213,17 +7281,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o endereço configurado." +msgstr "" +"alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do " +"sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o " +"endereço configurado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. (Ver imagem acima)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio " +"Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar " +"o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em " +"execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. " +"(Ver imagem acima)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6270,8 +7346,7 @@ msgstr "Servidor Xinetd " msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Nome BIND Domínio Resolve" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6280,11 +7355,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "Na próxima tela, selecione a <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores." +msgstr "" +"Na próxima tela, selecione a <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você " +"considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma " +"carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um " +"processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição " +"do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6292,7 +7372,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou na Internet)." +msgstr "" +"Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa " +"para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou " +"na Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6307,25 +7390,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser " +"iniciado e usado na linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que " +"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> " +"Agradecendo antecipadamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6340,9 +7431,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6350,18 +7443,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas informações, se usado na raiz." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser " +"iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas " +"informações, se usado na raiz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador (USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect e ldetect-lst para o trabalho." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador " +"(USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect " +"e ldetect-lst para o trabalho." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6370,14 +7468,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e identificações." +msgstr "" +"Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e " +"identificações." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como nestes exemplos:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar " +"uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como " +"nestes exemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6409,10 +7512,11 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar as distinções de caso." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a opção -i para o grep." +msgstr "" +"Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a " +"opção -i para o grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6422,7 +7526,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)" +msgstr "" +"Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é " +"chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6434,8 +7540,7 @@ msgstr "Pacotes de software de atualização" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6443,18 +7548,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software." +"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6462,27 +7573,36 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo." +msgstr "" +"Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado " +"com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como " +"atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo." +msgstr "" +"Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e " +"lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são " +"selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. " +"Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da " +"janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título " +"significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6491,17 +7611,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o sistema da mesma forma." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema " +"avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o " +"sistema da mesma forma." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6511,7 +7634,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os " +"seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6533,13 +7658,61 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Centro de Controle Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " +"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." +"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " +"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6549,23 +7722,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o " +"hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Gerenciar seu hardware" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6575,16 +7750,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar gráficos" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6594,14 +7769,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar mouse e teclado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6611,16 +7784,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impressão e digitalização" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora (s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora " +"(s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6630,8 +7803,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Outros" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6648,43 +7820,53 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita." +msgstr "" +"O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na " +"coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi " +"instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que " +"podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas relacionadas." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas " +"relacionadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM." +msgstr "" +"O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode " +"ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas de ferramentas." +msgstr "" +"Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas " +"de ferramentas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda." +msgstr "" +"Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando " +"na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "discos locais" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6694,7 +7876,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou " +"compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6716,8 +7900,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Serviços de Rede" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6725,11 +7908,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre " +"várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link " +"abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6761,8 +7948,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartilhamento de Rede" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6772,40 +7958,41 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o " +"compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber " +"mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar Compartilhamentos Windows®" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com " +"sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6815,8 +8002,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6826,8 +8012,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Rede e Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6835,29 +8020,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no " +"link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Gerenciar os dispositivos de rede" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6867,32 +8051,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalize e Proteja a sua rede" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6902,8 +8081,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "segurança" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6913,14 +8091,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique " +"no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, " +"permissões e auditoria </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6947,8 +8129,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartilhando" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6957,10 +8138,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são " +"visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode " +"escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. " +"Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para " +"saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6977,8 +8163,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6988,27 +8173,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e " +"administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Gerenciar serviços do sistema" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7018,14 +8202,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "localização" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7035,67 +8217,35 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "ferramentas de administração" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no " +"sistema</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centro de Controle Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -7106,8 +8256,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar atualizações freqüência" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7115,28 +8264,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão " +"Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração " +"do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando uma nova versão do Mageia está fora." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá " +"verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes " +"do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando " +"uma nova versão do Mageia está fora." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7148,8 +8307,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o dispositivo apontador (mouse, touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7157,23 +8315,31 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver " +"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro " +"mouse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7182,7 +8348,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 & USB\" é apropriado para um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta." +msgstr "" +"Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. " +"Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte " +"do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 & USB\" é apropriado para " +"um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7194,8 +8364,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistema de Segurança e Auditoria" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7203,40 +8372,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo com duas abordagens:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de " +"usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo " +"com duas abordagens:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para torná-lo mais seguro." +msgstr "" +"Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para " +"torná-lo mais seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso." +msgstr "" +"Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de " +"avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um " +"conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou " +"execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus " +"próprios níveis de segurança personalizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7253,43 +8435,48 @@ msgstr "Veja a imagem acima" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um botão do lado direito para configurá-los:" +msgstr "" +"A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um " +"botão do lado direito para configurá-los:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall pessoal" +msgstr "" +"Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall " +"pessoal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu sistema" +msgstr "" +"Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu " +"sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec-se com algumas informações:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "habilitado ou não" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "o nível de segurança de base configurada" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora." +msgstr "" +"a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório " +"detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7299,13 +8486,13 @@ msgstr "Guia de configurações de segurança" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> " +"leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7323,22 +8510,32 @@ msgstr " <emphasis role=\"underline\">níveis de segurança:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de «nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:" +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, " +"este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que " +"aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de " +"«nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques." +msgstr "" +"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você " +"não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem " +"sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de " +"segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e " +"configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo " +"o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7349,27 +8546,45 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e 3 de versões ms passados)." +msgstr "" +"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração " +"padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe " +"várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias " +"que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e " +"permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e " +"3 de versões ms passados)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas ms)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado " +"quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele " +"restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais " +"periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é " +"semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas " +"ms)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também são fornecidos, como o <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais comuns." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também " +"são fornecidos, como o <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</" +"emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a " +"segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais " +"comuns." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7377,25 +8592,37 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas verificações periódicas." +msgstr "" +"Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</" +"emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são " +"realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas " +"verificações periódicas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança " +"personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/" +"security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que " +"exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência sobre as configurações de nível padrão." +msgstr "" +"Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência " +"sobre as configurações de nível padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7405,23 +8632,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">alertas de segurança:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail " +"para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados " +"por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas " +"proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-" +"mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em " +"conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança " +"diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de " +"informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança " +"de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os " +"ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7432,12 +8670,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">opções de segurança: </emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as opções." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a " +"segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui " +"depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é " +"armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este " +"arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as " +"modificações feitas para as opções." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7448,12 +8692,14 @@ msgstr "Guia de segurança do sistema" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado direito." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, " +"uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado " +"direito." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7466,10 +8712,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece (veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece " +"(veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os " +"valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser " +"selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a " +"escolha." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7481,10 +8731,13 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a " +"configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </" +"guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você " +"visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7498,10 +8751,10 @@ msgstr "Segurança da Rede" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior" +msgstr "" +"Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7516,7 +8769,10 @@ msgstr "Guia verificações periódicas" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente perigosa." +msgstr "" +"Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por " +"meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente " +"perigosa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7524,10 +8780,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias anteriores." +msgstr "" +"Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua " +"freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança " +"periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias " +"anteriores." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7541,14 +8800,18 @@ msgstr "Aba excessões" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções." +msgstr "" +"Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e " +"procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o " +"administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer " +"evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira " +"partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7556,12 +8819,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7570,12 +8832,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada <guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo clique." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada " +"<guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, " +"não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</" +"guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo " +"clique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7587,7 +8854,9 @@ msgstr "Permissões" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e aplicação." +msgstr "" +"Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e " +"aplicação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7599,13 +8868,22 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, " +"seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança " +"escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, " +"salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.<levelname> </" +"filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta " +"função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração " +"personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de " +"alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado " +"em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a " +"lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7614,18 +8892,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por " +"linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra " +"a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as " +"permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada." +msgstr "" +"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas " +"verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia " +"uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7633,25 +8918,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e substituir as permissões." +msgstr "" +"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai " +"governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e " +"substituir as permissões." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia " +"verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não significa nenhuma modificação." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</" +"guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O " +"coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não " +"significa nenhuma modificação." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7663,26 +8956,40 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se " +"esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu " +"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado " +"as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de " +"salvá-los." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/" +"security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as permissões que serão alterados por msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente " +"no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação " +"periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia " +"verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam " +"imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com " +"direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as " +"permissões que serão alterados por msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7693,7 +9000,14 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um " +"gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</" +"guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</" +"emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um " +"tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS " +"CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7704,9 +9018,12 @@ msgstr "Outras ferramentas Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a ler as próximas páginas." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro " +"de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a " +"ler as próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7743,8 +9060,7 @@ msgstr "Gestão de Software (Instalar e Remover Software)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7757,9 +9073,11 @@ msgstr "Introdução à Rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7773,19 +9091,32 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido " +"como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. " +"É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá " +"verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado " +"diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os " +"mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um " +"sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você " +"pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações " +"disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você " +"também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou " +"nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos " +"pacotes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com " +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7794,28 +9125,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a " +"instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai " +"pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-" +"up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita " +"e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de " +"download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios " +"online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais " +"pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "As principais partes da tela" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7831,25 +9170,38 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais recentes do Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira " +"vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma " +"interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas " +"dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações " +"apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais " +"recentes do Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou " +"Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas " +"especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está " +"obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é " +"melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7857,7 +9209,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e não instalados." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas " +"os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e " +"não instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7870,7 +9225,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes." +msgstr "" +"Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus " +"resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos " +"nos pacotes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7883,7 +9241,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma " +"palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por " +"exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | " +"xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7895,7 +9257,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apagar tudo:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no \"Procurar\" caixa." +msgstr "" +"Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no " +"\"Procurar\" caixa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7905,9 +9269,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de Categorias:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias claras e sub-categorias." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias " +"claras e sub-categorias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7918,10 +9284,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descrição painel: </emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor." +msgstr "" +"Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele " +"exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode " +"mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, " +"bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7936,78 +9306,73 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu " +"software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição " +"usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se " +"esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de " +"acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... " +"Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do " +"pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icone" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este pacote será instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este pacotes não pode ser modificado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este pacote é uma atualização" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este pacote será desinstalado" @@ -8028,7 +9393,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone " +"de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao " +"clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8036,15 +9404,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a " +"laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será " +"instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "as dependências" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8052,15 +9422,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro botão para escolher qual pacote instalar." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de " +"trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, " +"Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita " +"ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais " +"informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são " +"capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a " +"lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro " +"botão para escolher qual pacote instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8082,7 +9460,9 @@ msgstr "instalação" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8091,20 +9471,28 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar scanners remotos." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui " +"a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos " +"locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar " +"scanners remotos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a seguinte mensagem:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a " +"seguinte mensagem:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8116,10 +9504,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Você quer instalar qual pacotes?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar <code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles ainda não estão instalados." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar " +"<code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles " +"ainda não estão instalados." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8130,15 +9520,21 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ." +msgstr "" +"Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você " +"vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o <emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o " +"<emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre " +"isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8147,17 +9543,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando <emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o " +"respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando " +"<emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa " +"pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na " +"lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8165,59 +9566,75 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em " +"<emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos " +"suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escolha a porta" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você tiver apenas um." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas " +"disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta " +"paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você " +"tiver apenas um." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma " +"tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref " "linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8227,8 +9644,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8236,11 +9652,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados nesta máquina." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser " +"acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode " +"decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados " +"nesta máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8248,17 +9668,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o dispositivo local (s), neste computador." +msgstr "" +"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser " +"adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o " +"dispositivo local (s), neste computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto." +msgstr "" +"Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou " +"excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8268,8 +9692,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Scanner compartilhando a hosts: você pode adicionar host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8279,10 +9702,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou permitir que todas as máquinas remotas." +msgstr "" +"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou " +"permitir que todas as máquinas remotas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8290,10 +9714,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." -msgstr "\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local." +msgstr "" +"\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8303,7 +9727,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a " +"ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8325,14 +9751,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a directiva\"net\"" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a " +"directiva\"net\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8349,9 +9779,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, " +"esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar " +"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8361,14 +9795,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando indicado, é necessário instalar os <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download." +"ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando " +"indicado, é necessário instalar os <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> " +"pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível " +"que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um " +"conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este " +"aviso pode ser ignorado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8381,7 +9822,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner." +msgstr "" +"É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela " +"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais " +"etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8391,37 +9835,50 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser " +"carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você " +"carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta " +"tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do " +"Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. Portanto, seja paciente." +msgstr "" +"Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar " +"um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. " +"Portanto, seja paciente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo " +"conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não " +"sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Software de Gestão" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8429,9 +9886,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de " +"software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8441,9 +9900,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8455,7 +9916,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia para instalação e atualização</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia " +"para instalação e atualização</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8467,8 +9930,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar e configurar uma impressora" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8482,30 +9944,44 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu " +"próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface " +"de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, " +"mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras " +"chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições " +"como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma." +msgstr "" +"Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a " +"instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção " +"do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e " +"digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8527,7 +10003,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de dependências são necessários." +msgstr "" +"É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de " +"dependências são necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8537,7 +10015,12 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá " +"tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de " +"tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora " +"for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na " +"primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8548,20 +10031,26 @@ msgstr "Impressora detectou automaticamente" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza " +"automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em " +"seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para " +"a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um " +"driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar " +"ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref " +"linkend=\"terminate\"/> " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "impressora não detectado automaticamente" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8569,10 +10058,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através de uma das seguintes opções." +msgstr "" +"Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e " +"exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através " +"de uma das seguintes opções." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8597,7 +10089,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar." +msgstr "" +"Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da " +"impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver " +"associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é " +"recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, " +"neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8613,7 +10110,13 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de impressoras disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir " +"que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o " +"nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de " +"impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página " +"de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de " +"impressoras disponíveis." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8624,41 +10127,61 @@ msgstr "impressora de rede" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a " +"uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão " +"ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se ele tem um fixo." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre " +"um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o " +"mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se " +"ele tem um fixo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"." +msgstr "" +"Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou " +"printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de " +"uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser " +"escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora " +"compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar " +"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o " +"endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos <guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza " +"para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o " +"protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos " +"<guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na " +"caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8666,14 +10189,20 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista." +msgstr "" +"Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um " +"protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da " +"lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas específicas." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para " +"descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas " +"específicas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8689,10 +10218,19 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como " +"JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede " +"através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a " +"impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns " +"roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste " +"caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device " +"Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo " +"um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste " +"caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8700,12 +10238,16 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que acima." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo " +"e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o " +"<guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser " +"alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que " +"acima." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8722,7 +10264,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que " +"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por " +"exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo " +"pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8730,14 +10276,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, " +"mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser " +"definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas com TLS protocolo seguro." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas " +"com TLS protocolo seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8745,21 +10296,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD." +msgstr "" +"hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que " +"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, " +"uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e compartilhada." +msgstr "" +"impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora " +"conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e " +"compartilhada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de como formar a URI:" +msgstr "" +"O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de " +"como formar a URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8799,10 +10358,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www." +"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8813,13 +10373,19 @@ msgstr "Propriedades do dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurações.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a " +"parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no " +"sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</" +"guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela " +"que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, " +"seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurações.</" +"guimenuitem>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8831,29 +10397,44 @@ msgstr "Solucionar" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a " +"impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando " +"o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou para dispositivos mais recentes." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão " +"disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> " +"site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se " +"sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-" +"lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a " +"impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, " +"se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as " +"informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. " +"Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou " +"para dispositivos mais recentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8863,37 +10444,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm (s) e instalar." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers " +"fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm " +"(s) e instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de configuração." +msgstr "" +"Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de " +"configuração." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um dispositivos</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um " +"dispositivos</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora." +msgstr "" +"Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado " +"automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode " +"encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/" +"hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está " +"disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html" +"\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8905,7 +10499,14 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media." +msgstr "" +"A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão " +"adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface " +"Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não " +"pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo " +"autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no " +"dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a " +"imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8915,10 +10516,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung impressora a cores</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o protocolo QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o " +"protocolo QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8928,20 +10532,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson impressoras e scanners</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote \"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página " +"de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote " +"\"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin " +"também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado." +msgstr "" +"É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. " +"Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8953,7 +10565,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível aqui</link>." +msgstr "" +"Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta " +"chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível " +"aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8965,8 +10580,7 @@ msgstr "Importar Documentos e Configurações do MS Windows®" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8974,9 +10588,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8984,31 +10600,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia " +"rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</" +"guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do " +"usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP " +"ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</" +"trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake " +"imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação." +msgstr "" +"Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do " +"assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9016,19 +10645,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação." +msgstr "" +"Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão " +"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que " +"você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</" +"trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher " +"outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9037,38 +10672,50 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais podem ser exibidos incorretamente." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do " +"transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</" +"trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais " +"podem ser exibidos incorretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de documentos." +msgstr "" +"A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de " +"documentos." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações (especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, não use essas contas para efeitos de importação." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações " +"(especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. " +"Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, " +"não use essas contas para efeitos de importação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar documentos:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</" +"guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar " +"documentos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9076,23 +10723,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minhas Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta janela." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>Minhas Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > " +"pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta " +"janela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo " +"imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para " +"selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9103,22 +10756,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> Próxima</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> " +"Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "A próxima página permite que você importe o fundo do desktop:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9126,19 +10783,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta " +"pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9153,8 +10811,7 @@ msgstr "Usuários e Grupos" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9162,9 +10819,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9172,23 +10831,32 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia " +"chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os " +"grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para " +"modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma." +msgstr "" +"Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são " +"listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</" +"guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9200,8 +10868,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Add Usuario</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botão abre uma nova janela com todos os campos mostrados vazio:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9212,7 +10879,10 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever qualquer coisa ou nada assim!" +msgstr "" +"O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a " +"entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever " +"qualquer coisa ou nada assim!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 @@ -9222,19 +10892,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso</emphasis> é o único campo obrigatório #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora." +msgstr "" +"Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente " +"recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é " +"fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar " +"números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará " +"laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para garantir que você digitou o que pretendia." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para " +"garantir que você digitou o que pretendia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9242,7 +10919,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que " +"permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando " +"para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9250,14 +10930,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se " +"verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo " +"usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente " +"depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9269,7 +10954,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 add grupo</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a identificação de grupo específico." +msgstr "" +"Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a " +"identificação de grupo específico." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 @@ -9281,15 +10968,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (um usuario selecionado)" msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados " +"fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "Informações <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conta</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9300,14 +10988,18 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias." +msgstr "" +"A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A " +"conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a conta está bloqueada." +msgstr "" +"A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a " +"conta está bloqueada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9320,10 +11012,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha periodicamente." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma " +"data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha " +"periodicamente." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9333,14 +11027,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os " +"grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações " +"não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9352,14 +11050,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (com um grupo selecionado)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o nome do grupo." +msgstr "" +"Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o " +"nome do grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os usuários que são membros do grupo" +msgstr "" +"Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar " +"os usuários que são membros do grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9369,11 +11071,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Excluir</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a " +"perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se " +"um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9388,9 +11094,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Atualizar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique neste ícone para atualizar a exibição." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique " +"neste ícone para atualizar a exibição." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9403,11 +11111,17 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu <guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-" +"se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada " +"é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a " +"partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da " +"sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu " +"<guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9419,8 +11133,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9428,197 +11141,265 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</" +"emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione <emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione " +"<emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Os botões permitem que você altere a configuração gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Placa gráfica</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, uma com um driver proprietário." +msgstr "" +"A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente " +"configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, " +"uma com um driver proprietário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> " +"pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem " +"alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho." +msgstr "" +"Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a " +"maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o " +"driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização." +msgstr "" +"Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação " +"Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos (efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser " +"solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos " +"(efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista <guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características." +msgstr "" +"Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e " +"você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não " +"estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista " +"<guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolução:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:" +msgstr "" +"Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade " +"de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá uma prévia com a configuração escolhida." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou selecionar uma configuração desconfortável." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A " +"lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e " +"seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher " +"outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou " +"selecionar uma configuração desconfortável." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso para uma outra." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso " +"para uma outra." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e " +"reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Teste:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de " +"clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que " +"mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) para usar a versão de texto XFdrake." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir " +"o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) " +"para usar a versão de texto XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não " +"quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo " +"estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opções:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." +msgstr "" +"opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o " +"servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica." +msgstr "" +"Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou " +"desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das " +"vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando " +"iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para " +"modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar para ativar a nova configuração" +msgstr "" +"Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-" +"lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração " +"anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar " +"para ativar a nova configuração" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio " +#~ "dá uma prévia com a configuração escolhida." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index 57bff5cf..e4acefa4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013 # Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2015 @@ -10,15 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-26 21:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ro/)\n" +"Language: ro\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 @@ -30,8 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,9 +40,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -49,7 +52,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul <guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul " +"<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -69,7 +75,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul acestei unelte." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este " +"un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, " +"astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă " +"să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul " +"acestei unelte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -82,7 +93,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră." +msgstr "" +"Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și " +"butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă " +"intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -90,12 +104,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. " +"Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, " +"puteți să-l corectați." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -105,17 +123,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare." +msgstr "" +"Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de " +"alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -125,19 +145,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat accesul." +msgstr "" +"Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat " +"accesul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați directorul distant doar o singură dată." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</" +"guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi " +"listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi " +"întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</" +"emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie " +"disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați " +"directorul distant doar o singură dată." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -149,8 +177,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați partițiile discului" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -158,9 +185,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -169,14 +198,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, " +"ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare " +"din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au " +"calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, " +"intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -185,11 +220,19 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe <guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu." +msgstr "" +"Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să " +"partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți " +"utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> " +"pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă " +"răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, " +"utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat " +"în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -200,7 +243,14 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi instalate dacă este nevoie." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care " +"veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau " +"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux " +"este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> " +"dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi " +"instalate dacă este nevoie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -210,28 +260,44 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe <guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul „fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">această pagină</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales " +"opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar " +"pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această " +"unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați " +"să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe " +"utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe " +"<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul " +"„fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații " +"suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml" +"\">această pagină</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare." +msgstr "" +"Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați " +"și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această funcționalitate." +msgstr "" +"De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate " +"selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le " +"partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această " +"funcționalitate." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ro" @@ -245,8 +311,7 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -259,9 +324,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -270,9 +337,15 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite " +"directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este " +"disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele " +"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu " +"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -284,17 +357,21 @@ msgstr "Procedură" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista " +"serverelor care partajează directoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa " +"lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l " +"accesați." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -302,12 +379,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va " +"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -318,16 +396,17 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți " +"verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. " +"După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -337,13 +416,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare redemaraj, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu." +msgstr "" +"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un " +"mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/" +"fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare redemaraj, " +"cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în " +"exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -358,8 +441,7 @@ msgstr "Inscriptoare CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -367,9 +449,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -377,12 +461,17 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în " +"categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în " +"funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de " +"citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." -msgstr "Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat." +msgstr "" +"Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 @@ -391,7 +480,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și " +"opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru " +"a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe " +"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -402,7 +495,9 @@ msgstr "Punct de montare" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit este /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit " +"este /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -412,9 +507,11 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din " +"submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -427,7 +524,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta." +msgstr "" +"Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să " +"monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. " +"Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -442,9 +542,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -453,40 +555,54 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor " +"utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este " +"SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele " +"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu " +"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor " +"disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista " +"serverelor care partajează directoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe > din dreptul numelui serverului " +"pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care " +"doriți să-l accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va " +"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -497,7 +613,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de " +"montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu " +"butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -505,16 +624,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton." +msgstr "" +"În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot " +"conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu " +"același buton." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -525,12 +645,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa " +"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea " +"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca " +"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de " +"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -545,8 +668,7 @@ msgstr "Efecte de birou 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -554,9 +676,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -564,7 +688,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt dezactivate în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt " +"dezactivate în mod implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -577,30 +704,41 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se poată lansa." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. " +"Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se " +"poată lansa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> pentru a-l activa." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care " +"puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din " +"gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate " +"material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> " +"pentru a-l activa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de " +"Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete " +"trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe " +"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -611,14 +749,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în considerare." +msgstr "" +"Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în " +"meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă " +"deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în " +"considerare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." +msgstr "" +"După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura " +"Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -636,10 +780,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați " +"însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de " +"autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați " +"drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -649,9 +796,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar fi putut crea probleme la autentificare." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, " +"veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă " +"ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar " +"fi putut crea probleme la autentificare." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -663,8 +814,7 @@ msgstr "Autentificare" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -672,16 +822,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al calculatorului sau în rețea." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al " +"calculatorului sau în rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -689,7 +844,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință." +msgstr "" +"Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de " +"pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă " +"invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -701,117 +859,166 @@ msgstr "Configurați demarajul sistemului" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați opțiunile de demaraj (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"configurați opțiunile de demaraj (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, " +"definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Se găsește în categoria demaraj din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați demarajul sistemului”." +msgstr "" +"Se găsește în categoria demaraj din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat " +"„Configurați demarajul sistemului”." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze data viitoare!" +msgstr "" +"Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. " +"Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să demareze data " +"viitoare!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și <guibutton>Dispozitivul de demaraj</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul de demaraj și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți " +"alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</" +"guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de " +"gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și " +"<guibutton>Dispozitivul de demaraj</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic " +"dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul " +"de demaraj și orice modificare poate împiedica demararea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea demarării imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare." +msgstr "" +"În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți " +"defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea demarării " +"imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista " +"sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar " +"dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va demara pe cea implicită " +"cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, este posibil să definiți o parolă." +msgstr "" +"În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, " +"este posibil să definiți o parolă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activează ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru " +"gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor " +"neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această " +"căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activează SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee." +msgstr "" +"SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru " +"procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual procesor și va activa SMP." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual " +"procesor și va activa SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -819,77 +1026,105 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul " +"APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. " +"Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele " +"periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. " +"Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au " +"probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a " +"perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În " +"acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la demaraj. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la " +"demaraj. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor " +"în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul " +"selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau " +"<guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a " +"modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți " +"familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: Mageia 4." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți " +"să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: " +"Mageia 4." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde " +"comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află " +"nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni aplicate nucleului la demaraj." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni " +"aplicate nucleului la demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara această intrare în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va demara " +"această intrare în mod implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege un <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege " +"un <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și " +"un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -901,8 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea automată" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -910,9 +1144,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -921,14 +1157,21 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur utilizator." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, " +"fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru " +"poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur " +"utilizator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Demaraj</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”." +msgstr "" +"Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Demaraj</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -938,23 +1181,35 @@ msgstr "Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</" +"guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după " +"demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața " +"grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în " +"linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți <guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau <guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați <guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți " +"<guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca " +"sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau " +"<guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</" +"guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați " +"<guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -969,32 +1224,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și " +"utilizată numai în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de " +"exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul " +"poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare " +"fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1171,12 +1436,20 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din " +"rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost " +"încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți " +"înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe " +"disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din " +"fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 " +"> journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1188,8 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1197,29 +1469,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta " +"pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate " +"întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să " +"lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le " +"adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu " +"acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de " +"eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1227,7 +1508,11 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit eroarea." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de " +"eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați " +"un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit " +"eroarea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1239,8 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "Reglați data și ora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1248,18 +1532,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și ora”." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în " +"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați " +"data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și " +"cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și " +"ora”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1270,30 +1561,45 @@ msgstr "Este un utilitar foarte simplu." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul corespunzător." +msgstr "" +"În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</" +"emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) " +"septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. " +"Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a " +"lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul " +"corespunzător." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat." +msgstr "" +"În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de " +"timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin " +"sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în " +"rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este " +"necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, " +"minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile " +"săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, " +"consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1301,15 +1607,20 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă orașul cel mai apropiat." +msgstr "" +"Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe " +"butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă " +"orașul cel mai apropiat." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare." +msgstr "" +"Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, " +"acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1321,8 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "Înlăturați o conexiune" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1330,30 +1640,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o " +"înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu succes." +msgstr "" +"Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu " +"succes." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1365,8 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1374,9 +1691,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1384,14 +1703,20 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la " +"Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces " +"la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți." +msgstr "" +"Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de " +"componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1403,133 +1728,153 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune filară (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați una pentru a o configura." +msgstr "" +"Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați " +"una pentru a o configura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală sau automată a adresei IP." +msgstr "" +"În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală " +"sau automată a adresei IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automat" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă " +"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate " +"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți " +"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat " +"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul " +"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</" +"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și " +"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)" +msgstr "" +"Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Clientul DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Durată de expirare DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS" +msgstr "" +"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP." +msgstr "" +"Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul " +"DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o " +"adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru " +"toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configurare manuală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele " +"DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi " +"specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> în mod implicit." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS " +"sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</" +"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina " +"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash." +"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți " +"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele " +"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1550,11 +1895,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă " +"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim " +"anticipat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1566,59 +1914,74 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin cablu" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Trebuie să specificați o metodă de autentificare:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Neant" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați utilizatorul și parola." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați " +"utilizatorul și parola." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă " +"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate " +"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți " +"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat " +"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul " +"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</" +"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și " +"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS " +"care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat " +"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> în mod implicit." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</" +"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina " +"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash." +"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți " +"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele " +"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1633,47 +1996,48 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una " +"pentru a o configura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. " +"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de " +"furnizorul de acces." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configurare TCP/IP manuală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)" @@ -1683,26 +2047,22 @@ msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Parametri de acces" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Parola contului" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)" @@ -1722,14 +2082,12 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN extern" @@ -1739,16 +2097,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN extern" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită." +msgstr "" +"O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și " +"fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolul pentru restul lumii, exceptînd Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1757,31 +2115,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. " +"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a " +"comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Numele conexiunii" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Număr de telefon " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de autentificare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Metoda de autentificare" @@ -1791,43 +2149,49 @@ msgstr "Metoda de autentificare" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea." +msgstr "" +"După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat " +"sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod " +"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nume de domeniu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Serverul DNS primar și secundar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă." +msgstr "" +"Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această " +"opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți adresa IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod " +"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți " +"adresa IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1840,103 +2204,96 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de configurare nu au funcționat." +msgstr "" +"O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare " +"pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie " +"configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de " +"configurare nu au funcționat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care placa de rețea le-a detectat." +msgstr "" +"La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care " +"placa de rețea le-a detectat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Trebuiesc furnizați parametrii specifici plăcii de rețea fără fir:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Mod de operare:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gestionat" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Pentru a accesa un punct de acces existent (cel mai frecvent)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Pentru a configura o conexiune directă între calculatoare." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Numele rețelei (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Mod de criptare: depinde de cum a fost configurat punctul de acces." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația materială." +msgstr "" +"Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația " +"materială." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Unele componente mai vechi suportă doar această metodă de criptare." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Cheia de criptare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1944,10 +2301,11 @@ msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP automată sau manuală." +msgstr "" +"La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP " +"automată sau manuală." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1957,49 +2315,64 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. " - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS " +"sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum " +"se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. " +"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i " +"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. " +"Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea " +"<emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. " + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS" +msgstr "" +"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este " +"comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. " +"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i " +"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</" +"emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar " +"adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al " +"furnizorului de acces." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de punct." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</" +"emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de " +"punct." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2011,7 +2384,9 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una " +"pentru a o configura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2023,15 +2398,16 @@ msgstr "Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Furnizați parametrii de acces" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Numele punctului de acces" @@ -2046,14 +2422,12 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Alegere manuală" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Componente detectate, dacă există." @@ -2068,73 +2442,69 @@ msgstr "O lisă de porturi este propusă. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. " +"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea " +"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de " +"furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Număr de telefon</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Identificator de conexiune</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Parolă</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autentificare</emphasis>, alegeți dintre:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Bazat pe script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Bazat pe terminal" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2168,7 +2538,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activează contabilizarea traficului</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2176,7 +2548,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului." +msgstr "" +"În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează " +"conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat " +"între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2208,10 +2583,11 @@ msgstr "Activează tunelul IPv6 către IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu conexiunea." +msgstr "" +"Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu " +"conexiunea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2226,8 +2602,7 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă ca administrator" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2235,17 +2610,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă trebuie mai multe informații despre asta." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o " +"consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă " +"trebuie mai multe informații despre asta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2257,8 +2637,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați partițiile" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk sau diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2266,10 +2645,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2277,19 +2659,26 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți să continuați." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte " +"puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la " +"pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului " +"disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. " +"Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți " +"să continuați." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să " +"lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2299,12 +2688,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de " +"propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea " +"partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, " +"formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. " +"Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> " +"de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane " +"devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2312,7 +2707,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați." +msgstr "" +"Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o " +"puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste " +"operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2326,15 +2724,18 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role=\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a discului." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie " +"să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role=" +"\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a " +"discului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Puteți alege un punct de montare care nu există, acesta va fi creat." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2345,10 +2746,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos." +msgstr "" +"Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> " +"vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după " +"cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2363,8 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați interfața grafică" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2372,17 +2774,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate numai cele disponibile în sistem." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de " +"ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate " +"numai cele disponibile în sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2390,7 +2797,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe funcționalități suplimentare," +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare " +"arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. " +"LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe " +"funcționalități suplimentare," #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2402,8 +2813,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați parafocul personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2411,9 +2821,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2422,18 +2834,29 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"„Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al " +"„Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță - <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți nevoie." +msgstr "" +"Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind " +"din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de " +"deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune " +"venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță " +"- <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care " +"doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți " +"nevoie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2442,7 +2865,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare urmînd aceste exemple:" +msgstr "" +"Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți " +"clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. " +"În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare " +"urmînd aceste exemple:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2452,7 +2879,9 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : deschide portul 80 pentru protocolul tcp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru protocolul udp" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru " +"protocolul udp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2464,10 +2893,12 @@ msgstr "Porturile listate trebuiesc separate cu un spațiu." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate în jurnalele sistemului." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în " +"jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate " +"în jurnalele sistemului." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2478,7 +2909,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare " +"de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este " +"chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2488,24 +2922,33 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această " +"funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune " +"dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul " +"interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă " +"sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe " +"calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-" +"ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două " +"astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat " +"de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul miniaplicației de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul " +"miniaplicației de rețea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2514,29 +2957,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare vor fi descărcate." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la " +"Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare " +"vor fi descărcate." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, " +"pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)" +msgstr "" +"Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2544,9 +2992,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2555,7 +3005,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. " +"Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2574,15 +3028,19 @@ msgstr "Butoane explicate mai jos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să aveți instalat Microsoft Windows." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să " +"aveți instalat Microsoft Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2592,9 +3050,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opțiuni:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în " +"general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2607,7 +3067,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează." +msgstr "" +"Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel " +"ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea " +"consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2619,18 +3082,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele suportate sînt: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în directorul /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele " +"suportate sînt: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți " +"selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în " +"directorul /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările." +msgstr "" +"Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal " +"din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2642,8 +3114,7 @@ msgstr "Control parental" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2651,18 +3122,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"<guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să " +"instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2675,30 +3152,42 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe " +"calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. " +"Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall instalat în Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele " +"definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall " +"instalat în Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, " +"astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în " +"lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. " +"Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul " +"aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2712,19 +3201,31 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera să redemarați calculatorul." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă " +"va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. " +"ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o " +"funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului " +"individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat " +"direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o " +"poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, " +"Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera " +"să redemarați calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe blocate</guilabel> este posibil." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, " +"controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe " +"blocate</guilabel> este posibil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2732,7 +3233,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din lista neagră." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, " +"toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În " +"caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din " +"lista neagră." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2744,7 +3249,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. " +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în " +"partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care " +"le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul " +"restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un " +"utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> " +"pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un " +"utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> " +"pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2753,7 +3266,11 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în totalitate în afara acestor ore." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul " +"la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</" +"guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în " +"totalitate în afara acestor ore." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2765,7 +3282,9 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea listei albe/negre" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe " +"butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2775,17 +3294,22 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea programelor blocate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul " +"restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea " +"către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați " +"în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2797,8 +3321,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați conexiunea la Internet cu alte mașini din rețeaua locală" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2808,8 +3331,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principii" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" @@ -2824,14 +3346,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util " +"cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai " +"este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca " +"pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) " +"și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să " +"aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, " +"conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este " +"configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2841,23 +3372,29 @@ msgstr "Asistent pasarelă" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive care sînt afișate mai jos:" +msgstr "" +"Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive " +"care sînt afișate mai jos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să " +"opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2865,22 +3402,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați dacă cea propusă este corectă." +msgstr "" +"Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul " +"sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați " +"dacă cea propusă este corectă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul " +"propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca " +"de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt " +"compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2888,15 +3433,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS." +msgstr "" +"Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, " +"asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar " +"va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă " +"da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se " +"oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2905,14 +3456,21 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului (100 Mo)." +msgstr "" +"Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, " +"asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-" +"l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele " +"proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului " +"(100 Mo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la imprimante pentru a le partaja." +msgstr "" +"Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la " +"imprimante pentru a le partaja." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 @@ -2931,9 +3489,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua " +"trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la " +"DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă " +"este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2941,7 +3503,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de pasarelă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să " +"specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de " +"pasarelă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2952,9 +3517,11 @@ msgstr "Opriți partajarea conexiunii" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să reconfigurați conexiunea." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de " +"pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să " +"reconfigurați conexiunea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2966,8 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "Definiții de gazde" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2975,9 +3541,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2986,7 +3554,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc de adresa IP." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această " +"unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un " +"nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc " +"de adresa IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2999,7 +3571,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care poate fi utilizat ca un nume." +msgstr "" +"Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în " +"care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care " +"poate fi utilizat ca un nume." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3011,7 +3586,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificați</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține aceeași fereastră." +msgstr "" +"Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține " +"aceeași fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3023,8 +3600,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare avansată pentru interfețele de rețea și parafoc" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3034,17 +3610,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă " +"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim " +"anticipat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3056,8 +3637,7 @@ msgstr "Centrul de rețea și Internet" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3065,9 +3645,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3075,40 +3657,47 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Centrul de rețea”." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"„Centrul de rețea”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți <guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate " +"rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, " +"fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei " +"sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați " +"rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă " +"nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți " +"<guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</" +"guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3118,36 +3707,56 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este conectată." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, " +"prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una " +"deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a " +"doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le " +"recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul " +"culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este " +"conectată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și <guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele " +"detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea " +"semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și " +"<guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi " +"pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> " +"sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la " +"alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra " +"parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri " +"suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza ecranul." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza " +"ecranul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3157,8 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Butonul de supraveghere" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3168,9 +3776,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către " +"calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest " +"ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet " +"din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3178,14 +3790,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii." +msgstr "" +"Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este " +"rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una " +"care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</" +"guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3197,8 +3814,7 @@ msgstr "Butonul de configurare" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pentru o rețea filară</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3208,9 +3824,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării " +"rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare " +"automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar " +"dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3219,7 +3839,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu 192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar <guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." +msgstr "" +"Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu " +"192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar " +"<guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt " +"disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3228,22 +3852,28 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă reconectați la rețea." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, " +"aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau " +"lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” " +"detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă " +"reconectați la rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de " +"rețea:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3256,10 +3886,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pentru o rețea fără fir</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." -msgstr "Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate." +msgstr "" +"Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3277,12 +3907,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie să suporte acest mod." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un " +"punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</" +"emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la " +"punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de " +"rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie " +"să suporte acest mod." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3292,11 +3929,15 @@ msgstr "Trebuie să cunoașteți acești parametri dacă este o rețea privată. #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA " +"care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</" +"guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA " +"Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -3308,10 +3949,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis>:" msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea." +msgstr "" +"Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să " +"schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3321,8 +3963,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Butonul de configurări avansate" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3337,8 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați profilele de rețea" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3346,9 +3986,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3360,8 +4002,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3374,21 +4015,24 @@ msgstr "Cerințe preliminare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru " +"prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Trebuie instalat pachetul nfs-utils. Doriți să-l instalați?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3408,7 +4052,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o unealtă de configurare." +msgstr "" +"Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă " +"lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o " +"unealtă de configurare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3421,10 +4068,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori sînt disponibili." +msgstr "" +"Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi " +"lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori " +"sînt disponibili." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3440,7 +4089,10 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul <guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere pentru a-l alege." +msgstr "" +"Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul " +"<guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere " +"pentru a-l alege." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3452,7 +4104,9 @@ msgstr "Acces client" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul partajat." +msgstr "" +"Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul " +"partajat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3464,12 +4118,17 @@ msgstr "Clienții NFS pot fi specificați în mai multe feluri:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele " +"abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet " +"calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi specificate cu @group." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi " +"specificate cu @group." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -3477,7 +4136,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu corespunde cu toate gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține " +"metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu corespunde cu toate " +"gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3485,7 +4147,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan " +"directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul " +"adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3497,32 +4162,47 @@ msgstr "Asociere ID utilizator" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază " +"cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul " +"root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe " +"server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc local." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu " +"se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este " +"folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc " +"local." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod implicit." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă " +"toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a " +"exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea " +"inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod " +"implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>: aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>: " +"aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3533,9 +4213,12 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni avansate" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca " +"cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED " +"(1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3544,7 +4227,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut explicit cu această opțiune." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai " +"în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate " +"cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut " +"explicit cu această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3552,7 +4239,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze " +"protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de " +"aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3560,7 +4250,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai multe detalii." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea " +"subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar " +"poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai " +"multe detalii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3572,8 +4266,7 @@ msgstr "Intrări de meniu" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Pînă acum lista are cel puțin o intrare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3607,9 +4300,9 @@ msgstr "Reîncărcare server NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3621,8 +4314,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3630,30 +4322,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi accesate fără proxy." +msgstr "" +"Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți " +"utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l " +"configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De " +"asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi " +"accesate fără proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea." +msgstr "" +"Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele " +"de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o " +"aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la " +"clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un " +"server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de " +"Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy " +"analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3665,8 +4371,7 @@ msgstr "Configurează mediile" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3674,11 +4379,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul „Adaugă” de mai jos)" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor " +"aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru " +"înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru " +"instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul " +"„Adaugă” de mai jos)" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3688,7 +4398,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau " +"CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă " +"pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți " +"acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l " +"dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3698,14 +4413,21 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți (numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64." +msgstr "" +"Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți " +"(numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt " +"independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. " +"Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se " +"găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3713,7 +4435,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare " +"aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de " +"Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3730,7 +4455,10 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Activează”:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul inutilizabil." +msgstr "" +"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent " +"cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul " +"inutilizabil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3744,7 +4472,13 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este " +"obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume " +"trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate " +"fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o " +"consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --" +"expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3756,28 +4490,36 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Mediu”:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile finale conțin cel puțin:" +msgstr "" +"Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile " +"finale conțin cel puțin:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor disponibile și suportate de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor " +"disponibile și suportate de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care nu sînt libere." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care " +"nu sînt libere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot " +"fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3789,7 +4531,9 @@ msgstr "Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost " +"în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3797,22 +4541,32 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la Internet foarte lentă." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de " +"la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. " +"Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la " +"Internet foarte lentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de dezvoltare)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu " +"versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de " +"dezvoltare)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar " +"pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa " +"de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3830,7 +4584,11 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul Core al versiunii." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este " +"recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de " +"exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul " +"Core al versiunii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3842,7 +4600,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editează:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și " +"proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3855,10 +4615,17 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a meniului „Fișier”." +msgstr "" +"Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin " +"numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se " +"va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă " +"asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de " +"dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o " +"alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a " +"meniului „Fișier”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3869,10 +4636,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în " +"ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de " +"versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați " +"depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3887,9 +4658,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți " +"să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3900,16 +4674,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această fereastră:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre " +"exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci " +"puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți " +"clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți " +"clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, " +"optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, " +"alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați " +"contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această " +"fereastră:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3920,7 +4702,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau " +"una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile " +"disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3932,10 +4718,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:" +msgstr "" +"Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) " +"care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3946,7 +4733,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți " +"un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau " +"calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3956,11 +4746,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)." +msgstr "" +"Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de " +"instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau " +"aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre " +"pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3970,17 +4764,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale " +"pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a " +"accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și " +"apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie " +"nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</" +"guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de securitate" +msgstr "" +"Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de " +"securitate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -3991,18 +4793,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, " +"îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</" +"guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de " +"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia Wiki</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia " +"Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4014,8 +4822,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare cu Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4028,7 +4835,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba." +msgstr "" +"Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a " +"partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă " +"vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul " +"SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele " +"cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4044,7 +4856,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul Samba." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să " +"aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de " +"exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care " +"identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. " +"Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul " +"Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4054,20 +4872,25 @@ msgstr "Asistent - Server autonom" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea serverului Samba." +msgstr "" +"La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor " +"dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea " +"serverului Samba." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4077,10 +4900,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja selectată." +msgstr "" +"În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja " +"selectată." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4088,19 +4912,22 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel " +"utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în rețea." +msgstr "" +"Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în " +"rețea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4115,24 +4942,29 @@ msgstr "Alegeți modul de securitate:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa resursa" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa " +"resursa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare partaj" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare " +"partaj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin adresa IP sau numele de gazdă." +msgstr "" +"Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin " +"adresa IP sau numele de gazdă." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4142,10 +4974,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi descris pe stațiile Windows." +msgstr "" +"Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi " +"descris pe stațiile Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4154,10 +4987,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi specificat la etapa următoare." +msgstr "" +"Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi " +"specificat la etapa următoare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4166,12 +5000,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați " +"configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/" +"smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4181,8 +5017,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Asistent - Controlor de domeniu principal" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4195,7 +5030,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea „Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege și un mod de securitate:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea " +"„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă " +"trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori " +"sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege " +"și un mod de securitate:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4203,7 +5043,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere (de securitate)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor " +"utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și " +"partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere " +"(de securitate)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4215,8 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "Declarați un director pentru partajat" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Cu butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> obținem:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4224,14 +5067,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul " +"butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un " +"director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi " +"editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4239,7 +5085,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate." +msgstr "" +"Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4276,8 +5123,7 @@ msgstr "Partajare imprimante" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba vă permite să partajați și imprimantele." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4295,8 +5141,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Utilizatori Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4307,7 +5152,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze " +"resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga " +"utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4319,8 +5168,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea pentru uneltele Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4328,31 +5176,37 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia " +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de " +"Control Mageia " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator." +msgstr "" +"Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a " +"efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Apăsați pe săgetuța din fața elementului dacă vreți să-l derulați:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4363,25 +5217,36 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă în partea dreaptă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:" +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate " +"în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru " +"fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă în partea dreaptă vă oferă posibilitatea " +"să alegeți între:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Implicit: Modul de lansare depinde de nivelul de securitate ales. Vedeți în aceeași categorie din CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”" +msgstr "" +"Implicit: Modul de lansare depinde de nivelul de securitate ales. Vedeți în " +"aceeași categorie din CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, " +"permisiuni și audit”" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei." +msgstr "" +"Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea " +"uneltei." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Parolă administrator: Parola utilizatorului root este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei" +msgstr "" +"Parolă administrator: Parola utilizatorului root este cerută înainte de " +"lansarea uneltei" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4398,8 +5263,7 @@ msgstr "Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4407,17 +5271,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în " +"secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4425,44 +5294,66 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare vor fi instalate." +msgstr "" +"Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj " +"pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</" +"guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare " +"vor fi instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați <guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</" +"guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați " +"<guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg " +"sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role=\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți " +"<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați " +"butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> " +"împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau " +"exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane " +"de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura " +"subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți " +"butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. " +"Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu (punct de restaurare)." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu " +"(punct de restaurare)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -4474,8 +5365,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați sunetul" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4483,16 +5373,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia.¶" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4500,15 +5395,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet." +msgstr "" +"Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, " +"opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți " +"probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în calculator." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți " +"un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în " +"calculator." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4516,40 +5416,53 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite." +msgstr "" +"De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. " +"OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este " +"posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta " +"recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de " +"preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. " +"Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</" +"guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați activat." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați " +"activat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. " +"Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau trei butoane:" +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau " +"trei butoane:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4560,7 +5473,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru acest dispozitiv." +msgstr "" +"Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce " +"faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru " +"acest dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4568,7 +5484,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa înainte de a cere ajutor comunității." +msgstr "" +"Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea " +"problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa " +"înainte de a cere ajutor comunității." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4580,8 +5499,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați un UPS pentru supravegherea alimentării" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4589,9 +5507,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4603,8 +5523,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați conexiunea VPN pentru acces securizat la rețea" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4612,9 +5531,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4625,7 +5546,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între " +"calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea " +"de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja " +"operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, " +"ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4637,7 +5564,9 @@ msgstr "Configuration" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată." +msgstr "" +"Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de " +"protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4654,8 +5583,7 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor, furnizați detaliile conexiunii VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Pentru VPN Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4665,10 +5593,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta este utilizată pentru prima dată." +msgstr "" +"Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta " +"este utilizată pentru prima dată." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4678,15 +5607,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-ați primit de la administratorul de rețea." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-" +"ați primit de la administratorul de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parametri avansați:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4701,15 +5631,19 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor se va cere adresa IP a pasarelei." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN." +msgstr "" +"Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să se conecteze mereu la acest VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o " +"conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să " +"se conecteze mereu la acest VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4721,8 +5655,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare server web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4730,16 +5663,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server web." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4751,7 +5688,9 @@ msgstr "Ce este un server web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate " +"fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4763,8 +5702,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4774,15 +5712,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4792,15 +5731,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru lucruri neplăcute." +msgstr "" +"Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru " +"lucruri neplăcute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Modulul utilizator al serverului" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4815,8 +5755,7 @@ msgstr "Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4826,15 +5765,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul îl va afișa." +msgstr "" +"Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul " +"îl va afișa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Directorul implicit al serverului web" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4842,7 +5782,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale serverului web." +msgstr "" +"Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale " +"serverului web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -4851,8 +5793,7 @@ msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele impli msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sumar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4862,9 +5803,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4872,8 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați p msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4894,8 +5835,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4903,9 +5843,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4917,8 +5859,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4928,22 +5869,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire pentru interfețele de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire " +"pentru interfețele de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard " +"care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4957,7 +5905,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un " +"protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a " +"adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe " +"Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4969,8 +5921,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -4980,8 +5931,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Selectarea interfeței de rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4990,17 +5940,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care " +"serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Selectați plaja de adrese IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5012,10 +5964,13 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care " +"doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă " +"conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar " +"apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5025,8 +5980,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Stați puțin..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5036,15 +5990,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo." +msgstr "" +"Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și " +"mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Cîteva ore mai tîrziu..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5064,78 +6019,71 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii " +"parametrii:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5143,9 +6091,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/" +"dhcpd/config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5162,8 +6112,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare dată și oră" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5171,18 +6120,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să " +"sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în " +"mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și " +"drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5195,28 +6150,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către serverele de timp disponibile." +msgstr "" +"După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere " +"să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două " +"ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către " +"serverele de timp disponibile." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5224,15 +6179,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:" +msgstr "" +"Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi " +"ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles " +"modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în " +"regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda " +"la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5240,7 +6199,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide unealta." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide " +"unealta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5255,31 +6216,40 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/" +"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/" +"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista serverelor;" +msgstr "" +"Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista " +"serverelor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui primului server;" +msgstr "" +"Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui " +"primului server;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și <code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 @@ -5297,8 +6267,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5306,16 +6275,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5328,7 +6301,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de " +"rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o " +"rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: " +"Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5340,14 +6317,12 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5357,15 +6332,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru lucruri neplăcute." +msgstr "" +"Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru " +"lucruri neplăcute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Informații despre server" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5375,15 +6351,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root." +msgstr "" +"Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească " +"mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opțiuni server" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5391,18 +6368,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării " +"transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5417,8 +6394,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5426,9 +6402,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5436,7 +6414,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie " +"instalată înainte de a o accesa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5452,7 +6433,13 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care " +"acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută " +"resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un " +"serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă " +"resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea " +"pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5464,8 +6451,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5475,8 +6461,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Selectare port proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5486,15 +6471,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5503,15 +6489,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Selectați controlul accesului la rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5519,34 +6506,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5561,8 +6549,7 @@ msgstr "Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă." msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5570,12 +6557,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5585,8 +6573,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Lansare la demaraj?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5596,10 +6583,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demaraj, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demaraj, apoi apăsați " +"pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5612,56 +6600,54 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>;" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid." +"conf.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel" +msgstr "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5681,8 +6667,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare demon OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5690,16 +6675,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să " +"configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5711,11 +6700,18 @@ msgstr "Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea " +"comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, " +"executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea " +"securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal " +"securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd " +"programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client " +"programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5732,8 +6728,7 @@ msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5741,18 +6736,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau <guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau " +"<guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opțiuni generale" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5762,15 +6758,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard." +msgstr "" +"Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este " +"portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Metode de autentificare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5780,15 +6777,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot " +"utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Autentificare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5796,17 +6794,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5814,15 +6813,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare utilizator" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5831,15 +6831,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compresie și redirecționare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5849,16 +6850,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5873,8 +6874,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistemului prin activarea și dezactivarea lor" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5882,9 +6882,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5896,8 +6898,7 @@ msgstr "Configurație materială" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5905,9 +6906,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5917,7 +6920,13 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere " +"de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, " +"unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor " +"materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face " +"referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5935,7 +6944,11 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe > pentru a desfășura conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această coloană." +msgstr "" +"Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele " +"sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe > pentru a desfășura " +"conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această " +"coloană." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5943,14 +6956,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. <guimenu>Ajutor -> Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor." +msgstr "" +"Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. " +"<guimenu>Ajutor -> Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite " +"informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt " +"disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5958,21 +6976,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat numai de experți." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite " +"parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat " +"numai de experți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată direct din CCM." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta " +"care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată " +"direct din CCM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe pentru a activa detectarea automată:" +msgstr "" +"Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe " +"pentru a activa detectarea automată:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5995,7 +7021,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte." +msgstr "" +"Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. " +"Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va " +"funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6007,8 +7036,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispunerea tastaturii" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6016,9 +7044,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6028,7 +7058,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”." +msgstr "" +"Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută " +"să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în " +"Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din " +"sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6038,10 +7073,13 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia pentru care tastatura corespunde." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. " +"Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia " +"pentru care tastatura corespunde." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6053,7 +7091,9 @@ msgstr "Tipul tastaturii" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit." +msgstr "" +"Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. " +"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6065,8 +7105,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați localizarea sistemului" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6074,9 +7113,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6086,14 +7127,20 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"„Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă " +"puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)." +msgstr "" +"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea " +"compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6101,7 +7148,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările nelistate." +msgstr "" +"A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. " +"Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările " +"nelistate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6120,14 +7170,21 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, coreene, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de " +"intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit " +"utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, " +"coreene, etc.)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze manual." +msgstr "" +"Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda de " +"intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze " +"manual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6135,7 +7192,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții " +"similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate " +"în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6147,8 +7208,7 @@ msgstr "Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6156,17 +7216,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată " +"<guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6176,27 +7241,43 @@ msgstr "Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care <emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care " +"<emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de " +"căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate " +"limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a " +"lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</" +"guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> " +"pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul " +"fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe " +"butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este modificată." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele " +"uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. " +"Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este " +"modificată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6209,17 +7290,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la adresele configurate." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile " +"și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la " +"adresele configurate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul <guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul " +"<guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt " +"afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți " +"să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6266,8 +7355,7 @@ msgstr "Serviciul xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Rezolvator de nume de domeniu BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6276,11 +7364,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe " +"care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri " +"al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o " +"solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub " +"control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea " +"solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6288,7 +7382,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)." +msgstr "" +"În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a " +"persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</" +"guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6303,25 +7400,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată " +"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă " +"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim " +"anticipat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6336,9 +7441,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6346,18 +7453,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată " +"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe " +"informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator (USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator " +"(USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele " +"ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6366,14 +7478,18 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al " +"fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a " +"găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6405,10 +7521,11 @@ msgstr "-i pentru a ignora sensibilitatea la majuscule." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake și opțiunea -i pentru grep." +msgstr "" +"În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake " +"și opțiunea -i pentru grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6418,7 +7535,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)" +msgstr "" +"Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele " +"materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6430,8 +7549,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizare pachete" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate sau drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6439,18 +7557,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6458,27 +7582,38 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate " +"cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz " +"contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a lansa procesul." +msgstr "" +"Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le " +"listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. " +"Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și " +"instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a " +"lansa procesul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula textul." +msgstr "" +"Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în " +"jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> " +"din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula " +"textul." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6487,17 +7622,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare " +"sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți " +"parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Demaraj" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6507,7 +7645,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura etapele de demaraj. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura " +"etapele de demaraj. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai " +"multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6529,13 +7670,62 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la " +"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" +"link>." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Componente materiale" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6545,23 +7735,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura " +"componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai " +"multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Gestionați componentele materiale" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați componentele materiale</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați " +"componentele materiale</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6571,16 +7764,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurare sistem grafic" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6590,14 +7783,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurare maus și tastatură" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6607,16 +7798,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurare imprimantă și scaner" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați " +"imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6626,8 +7817,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Altele" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6644,43 +7834,51 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta." +msgstr "" +"Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări " +"sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul " +"drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă " +"oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC." +msgstr "" +"Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi " +"selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei." +msgstr "" +"Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga." +msgstr "" +"Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe " +"secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discuri locale" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6690,7 +7888,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau " +"partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla " +"mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6712,8 +7913,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicii de rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6721,11 +7921,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai " +"dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege " +"dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe " +"legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla " +"mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6757,8 +7962,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Partajare în rețea" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6768,40 +7972,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri " +"și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și " +"directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6811,8 +8015,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurare partaje WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6822,8 +8025,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Rețea și Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6831,29 +8033,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe " +"legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Gestionați interfețele de rețea" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6863,32 +8064,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizați și securizați rețeaua" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6898,8 +8094,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Securitate" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6909,14 +8104,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți " +"clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, " +"permisiuni și audit</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6943,8 +8142,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Partajare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6953,10 +8151,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt " +"vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. " +"Puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. " +"Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices" +"\"/> pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6973,8 +8176,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6984,27 +8186,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de " +"administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7014,14 +8215,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localizare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7031,67 +8230,35 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Unelte de administrare" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din " +"sistem</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -7102,8 +8269,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați frecvența actualizărilor" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7111,28 +8277,39 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</guimenu>." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta " +"pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din " +"zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</" +"guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demaraj. Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune de Mageia este disponibilă." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după " +"actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demaraj. " +"Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune " +"de Mageia este disponibilă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7144,8 +8321,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispozitivele de indicare (maus, tușieră tactilă)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7153,23 +8329,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din " +"Centrul de Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja " +"instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7178,7 +8361,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor „Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat." +msgstr "" +"Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți " +"mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor " +"„Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. " +"Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7190,8 +8377,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Securitate și audit de sistem" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7199,40 +8385,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două maniere:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică " +"pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două " +"maniere:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului pentru a-l face mai securizat." +msgstr "" +"Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului " +"pentru a-l face mai securizat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos." +msgstr "" +"Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne " +"putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să " +"configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate " +"pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă " +"vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7249,43 +8448,47 @@ msgstr "A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:" +msgstr "" +"Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton " +"în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal" +msgstr "" +"Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați sistemul" +msgstr "" +"Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați " +"sistemul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "activat sau nu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "nivelul de securitate de bază actual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum." +msgstr "" +"Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport " +"detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7295,13 +8498,13 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> din „Securitate” vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</" +"guibutton> din „Securitate” vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7319,22 +8522,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:" +msgstr "" +"După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, " +"această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de " +"securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, " +"nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri." +msgstr "" +"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă " +"nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și " +"doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate " +"și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau " +"configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, " +"deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7345,27 +8558,43 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor obișnuiți. Impune cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" +msgstr "" +"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația " +"implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor obișnuiți. Impune " +"cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări " +"zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile " +"utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este " +"similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură " +"un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult " +"autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, " +"accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu " +"nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor sarcini, precum nivele <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor " +"sarcini, precum nivele <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în " +"funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7373,25 +8602,37 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Ultimele două, intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, nu sînt nivele de securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare pentru verificările periodice." +msgstr "" +"Ultimele două, intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>, nu sînt nivele de " +"securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare pentru verificările " +"periodice." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level.<levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate " +"personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level." +"<levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/" +"msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor " +"avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Aveți în vedere că parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de configurațiile nivelelor implicite." +msgstr "" +"Aveți în vedere că parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de " +"configurațiile nivelelor implicite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7401,23 +8642,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise pe e-mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:" +"</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise pe e-" +"mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. " +"Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-" +"mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). " +"Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. " +"Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa " +"imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. " +"Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal " +"disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7428,12 +8680,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra opțiunilor." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a " +"personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile " +"prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația " +"MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</" +"filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista " +"tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra opțiunilor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7444,12 +8702,14 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea securității sistemului" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana din stînga, o descriere în coloana din centru și valorile lor actuale în coloana din dreapta." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana " +"din stînga, o descriere în coloana din centru și valorile lor actuale în " +"coloana din dreapta." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7462,10 +8722,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și va apărea o fereastră nouă (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Sînt afișate numele opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valora actuală și cea implicită, cît și o listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și va apărea o fereastră " +"nouă (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Sînt afișate numele " +"opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valora actuală și cea implicită, cît și o " +"listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7477,10 +8741,12 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." +msgstr "" +"Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd " +"meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut " +"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7494,10 +8760,11 @@ msgstr "Securitate rețea" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca și secțiunea precedentă." +msgstr "" +"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca " +"și secțiunea precedentă." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7512,7 +8779,10 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea verificărilor periodice" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care MSEC le consideră periculoase." +msgstr "" +"Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate " +"prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care " +"MSEC le consideră periculoase." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7520,10 +8790,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul precedent." +msgstr "" +"Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și " +"frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice " +"de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul " +"precedent." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7537,14 +8810,19 @@ msgstr "Categoria excepțiilor" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În acest caz alertele sînt inutile și reprezintă o pierdere de timp pentru administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru excepții." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În " +"acest caz alertele sînt inutile și reprezintă o pierdere de timp pentru " +"administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți " +"pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol " +"cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru " +"excepții." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7552,12 +8830,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</" +"guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7566,12 +8844,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un dublu clic." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată " +"<guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</" +"guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este " +"definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din " +"categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un " +"dublu clic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7583,7 +8866,9 @@ msgstr "Permisiuni" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor fișierelor și directoarelor." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor " +"fișierelor și directoarelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7595,13 +8880,23 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC (standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.<levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra permisiunilor. " - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC " +"(standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate " +"ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, " +"salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.<levelname></" +"filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. " +"Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au " +"nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să " +"utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. " +"Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</" +"filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra " +"permisiunilor. " + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7610,18 +8905,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă " +"pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de " +"regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de " +"regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic." +msgstr "" +"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă " +"sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un " +"mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7629,25 +8931,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie." +msgstr "" +"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va " +"ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată corespunzător." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată " +"corespunzător." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” înseamnă fără nicio modificare." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă " +"nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. " +"Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” " +"înseamnă fără nicio modificare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7659,26 +8969,39 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu " +"uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul " +"<guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut " +"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd " +"fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> (sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> " +"(sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima " +"verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate " +"în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu " +"drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a " +"vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7689,7 +9012,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un " +"gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</" +"guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</" +"emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în " +"funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7700,9 +9029,12 @@ msgstr "Alte unelte Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de " +"Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, " +"sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7739,8 +9071,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionare aplicații (instalați și dezinstalați aplicații)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7753,9 +9084,11 @@ msgstr "Introducere la rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7769,19 +9102,32 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul dumneavoastră. Un sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în pachete." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca " +"drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea " +"pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va " +"verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe " +"serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente " +"aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul dumneavoastră. Un " +"sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: " +"puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările " +"disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De " +"asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul " +"descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în " +"pachete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu " +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7790,28 +9136,37 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru " +"instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake " +"îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această " +"fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul " +"de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită " +"prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l " +"înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media" +"\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate." +msgstr "" +"În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete " +"și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Părțile principale ale ecranului" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7827,25 +9182,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima " +"lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți " +"afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori " +"doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau " +"pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la " +"Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de " +"comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță " +"interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine " +"este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7853,7 +9220,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și neinstalate." +msgstr "" +"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele " +"care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și " +"neinstalate." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7866,7 +9236,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în pachete." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în " +"sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în " +"pachete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7879,7 +9252,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai " +"multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, " +"pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți " +"'mplayer | xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7891,7 +9268,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge tot:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie introduse în căsuța „Caută”." +msgstr "" +"Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie " +"introduse în căsuța „Caută”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7901,9 +9280,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listă categorii:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii și subcategorii clar definite." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii " +"și subcategorii clar definite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7914,10 +9295,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panou descriere:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Acest panou afișează multe informații folositoare despre pachetul selecționat, precum numele, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Aici se mai pot afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul pachetului." +msgstr "" +"Acest panou afișează multe informații folositoare despre pachetul " +"selecționat, precum numele, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Aici se mai " +"pot afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în " +"pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul " +"pachetului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7932,78 +9318,73 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă " +"interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/" +"descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor " +"căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele " +"corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... " +"Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui " +"pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Pictogramă" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legendă" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Acest pachet este deja instalat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Acest pachet va fi instalat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Acest pachet este o actualizare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Acest pachet va fi dezinstalat" @@ -8024,7 +9405,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma " +"de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat " +"cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8032,15 +9416,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, vedeți starea), o pictogramă portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, vedeți starea), o pictogramă " +"portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd " +"apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Dependențele" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8048,15 +9434,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă propunîndu-vă să acceptați dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca mai multe pachete să furnizeze biblioteca necesară, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și un altul pentru a alege care din pachete să fie instalate. " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite " +"dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, " +"rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă propunîndu-vă să acceptați " +"dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe " +"informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca mai multe pachete să " +"furnizeze biblioteca necesară, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu " +"alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și " +"un altul pentru a alege care din pachete să fie instalate. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8078,7 +9472,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8087,20 +9483,29 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să accesați scanere distante." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să " +"configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care " +"include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați " +"dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să " +"accesați scanere distante." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul mesaj:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul " +"mesaj:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8112,10 +9517,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala <code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja instalate." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala " +"<code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja " +"instalate." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8126,15 +9533,21 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în " +"fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea " +"<emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți afla mai multe în <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea <emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți afla mai multe în <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8143,17 +9556,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați <emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar " +"verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare " +"pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați " +"<emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei " +"mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8161,59 +9579,73 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project." +"org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul " +"este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia." +"org/en/\">forumuri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Alegeți portul" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</" +"emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, " +"selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos." +msgstr "" +"După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți " +"vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8223,8 +9655,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Partajare scaner" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8232,11 +9663,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebuie să fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie accesibile pentru acest calculator." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebuie să " +"fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici " +"puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie " +"accesibile pentru acest calculator." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8244,17 +9679,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele locale, de pe acest calculator." +msgstr "" +"Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi " +"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele " +"locale, de pe acest calculator." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant." +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi " +"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8264,8 +9703,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: puteți adăuga gazda." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8275,10 +9713,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante." +msgstr "" +"Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, " +"sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8288,8 +9727,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "„Toate mașinile distante” sînt lăsate să acceseze scanerul local." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8299,7 +9737,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se oferă să o facă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se " +"oferă să o facă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8321,14 +9761,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta directiva „net”" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta " +"directiva „net”" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demaraj." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8345,9 +9789,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de " +"dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest " +"caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să " +"utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8357,14 +9805,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest avertisment poate fi ignorat." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, " +"trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, " +"apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca " +"pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict " +"cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest " +"avertisment poate fi ignorat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8377,7 +9832,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai multe etape suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai " +"multe etape suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8387,37 +9845,50 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe partiția unui Windows instalat, sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un " +"microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să " +"încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În " +"acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe partiția unui " +"Windows instalat, sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau " +"al fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, această operație poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un minut. Așa că aveți răbdare." +msgstr "" +"Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, această operație " +"poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un " +"minut. Așa că aveți răbdare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați <emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>." +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați " +"<emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți " +"dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestionare aplicații" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8425,9 +9896,12 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe una din legăturile de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea " +"aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe una din legăturile de mai jos pentru a afla mai " +"multe." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8437,9 +9911,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8451,7 +9927,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile " +"sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8463,8 +9941,7 @@ msgstr "Instalați și configurați o imprimantă" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8478,30 +9955,45 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune " +"de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu " +"ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă " +"pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care " +"este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și " +"openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, " +"deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente " +"materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați " +"unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare " +"imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8523,7 +10015,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe." +msgstr "" +"Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi " +"instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8533,7 +10027,13 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată pe un port paralel. În cazul în care se detectează o imprimantă, ca de exemplu una pe port USB, va fi afișată pe prima linie. În această fereastră se va încerca și configurarea unei imprimate de rețea." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca " +"să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de " +"ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată pe un port paralel. În cazul în care " +"se detectează o imprimantă, ca de exemplu una pe port USB, va fi afișată pe " +"prima linie. În această fereastră se va încerca și configurarea unei " +"imprimate de rețea." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8544,20 +10044,26 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă detectată automat" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă nu există niciun pilot sau dacă există mai mulți piloți, o fereastră vă va cere să furnizați sau să selecționați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod " +"automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi " +"faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această " +"imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă nu există niciun " +"pilot sau dacă există mai mulți piloți, o fereastră vă va cere să furnizați " +"sau să selecționați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. " +"Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Imprimantă nedetectată automat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8565,10 +10071,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o " +"fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele " +"opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8593,7 +10102,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care știți că funcționează." +msgstr "" +"Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune " +"mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă " +"sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar " +"dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care " +"știți că funcționează." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8609,7 +10123,13 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea în aplicații în lista cu imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care " +"vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie " +"conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea în aplicații în lista cu " +"imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o " +"pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și " +"apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8620,41 +10140,61 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă de rețea" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de un calculator care servește de server de tipărire." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea " +"filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de " +"un calculator care servește de server de tipărire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "În general este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una fixă." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"În general este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o " +"adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie " +"aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una " +"fixă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”." +msgstr "" +"Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului " +"de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate " +"fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate " +"este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. " +"Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i " +"afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> " +"ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul <guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl " +"utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce " +"protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul " +"<guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în " +"căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8662,14 +10202,20 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de tipărire dacă nu se află în listă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va " +"propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai " +"potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de " +"tipărire dacă nu se află în listă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a " +"afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8685,10 +10231,19 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/<numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub " +"numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată " +"direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care " +"imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în " +"unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În " +"acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device " +"manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o " +"legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/<numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În " +"acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8696,12 +10251,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați <guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat. După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și " +"specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați " +"<guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat. " +"După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8718,7 +10276,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care " +"poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o " +"imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi " +"utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8726,14 +10288,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, " +"însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. " +"Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu " +"IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8741,21 +10308,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate " +"fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă " +"conectată la un calculator folosind LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată " +"și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum se formează un URI:" +msgstr "" +"Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum " +"se formează un URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8795,10 +10369,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://utilizator@adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă/coadă</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>." +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8809,13 +10384,18 @@ msgstr "Proprietăți dispozitiv" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> " +"vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat " +"implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă " +"fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului " +"cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8827,29 +10407,44 @@ msgstr "Depanare" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd " +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor " +"utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau pentru dispozitive mai recente." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie " +"disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și " +"verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. " +"Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest " +"caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a " +"configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau " +"pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați " +"informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după " +"instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau " +"pentru dispozitive mai recente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8859,37 +10454,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți " +"piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați " +"fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de configurare." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de " +"configurare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-" +"Packard</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei." +msgstr "" +"Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat " +"după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</" +"link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul " +"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</" +"link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8901,7 +10509,15 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Un dispozitiv HP multifuncțional trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar funcționalitatea de scaner va fi adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau pe o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /media." +msgstr "" +"Un dispozitiv HP multifuncțional trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar " +"funcționalitatea de scaner va fi adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața " +"Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu " +"poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva " +"imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau pe o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. " +"După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și " +"încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /" +"media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8911,10 +10527,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8924,20 +10542,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Pachetul <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi propus, iar în acest caz trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de " +"căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi " +"pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> " +"(în această ordine). Pachetul <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi " +"propus, iar în acest caz trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</" +"emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict " +"cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8949,7 +10576,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponibil aici</link>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului " +"intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/" +"\">disponibil aici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8961,8 +10591,7 @@ msgstr "Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8970,9 +10599,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8980,31 +10611,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din " +"Windows(TM)</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii " +"utilizatorilor de pe un <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii utilizatorilor de pe un <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia." +"instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake " +"imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare." +msgstr "" +"După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu " +"cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9012,19 +10656,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat." +msgstr "" +"Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de utilizator decît cel personal." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să " +"alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și " +"Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de " +"utilizator decît cel personal." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9033,38 +10683,49 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant (motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume riscă să nu fie afișate corect." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant " +"(motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume " +"riscă să nu fie afișate corect." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente." +msgstr "" +"Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în " +"general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De " +"exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. " +"Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru alegerea unei metode de importat documente:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru " +"alegerea unei metode de importat documente:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9072,23 +10733,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această fereastră." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este " +"posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această " +"fereastră." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru " +"alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9099,22 +10766,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet " +"Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "Pagina următoare vă permite să importați fundalul de ecran:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9122,19 +10793,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu " +"butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9149,8 +10821,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizatori și grupuri" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9158,9 +10829,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9168,23 +10841,33 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”." +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în " +"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control " +"Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. " +"Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să " +"modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același fel." +msgstr "" +"Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt " +"listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile " +"în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același " +"fel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9196,8 +10879,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9208,29 +10890,40 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui " +"și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp obligatoriu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp " +"obligatoriu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de recomandată. În dreapta se află un scut mic. Dacă este roșu, parola este prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei." +msgstr "" +"Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de " +"recomandată. În dreapta se află un scut mic. Dacă este roșu, parola este " +"prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți " +"utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul " +"devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo " +"pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9238,7 +10931,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă " +"derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de " +"utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9246,14 +10942,20 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi modificat)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru " +"utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca " +"al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi " +"modificat)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat " +"imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9265,27 +10967,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, ID-ul specific al grupului." +msgstr "" +"Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, " +"ID-ul specific al grupului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu poate fi schimbat)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate " +"datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu " +"poate fi schimbat)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații cont</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9296,14 +11003,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util pentru conturile temporare." +msgstr "" +"Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. " +"Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util " +"pentru conturile temporare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă atîta timp cît contul este blocat." +msgstr "" +"A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă " +"atîta timp cît contul este blocat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9316,10 +11028,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul să-și schimbe parola periodic." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să " +"definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul " +"să-și schimbe parola periodic." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9329,14 +11043,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din care va face parte utilizatorul." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din " +"care va face parte utilizatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi efective pînă la următoarea autentificare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi " +"efective pînă la următoarea autentificare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9348,14 +11066,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat) msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați numele grupului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați " +"numele grupului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți " +"selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9365,11 +11087,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Șterge</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o " +"fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa " +"poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru " +"utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9384,9 +11111,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Împrospătează</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. " +"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9399,11 +11128,18 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul invitat</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este " +"destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. " +"Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face " +"modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la " +"sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l " +"dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul " +"invitat</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9415,8 +11151,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați serverul grafic" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9424,197 +11159,266 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</" +"emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați <emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente " +"materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați " +"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Butoanele vă permit să schimbați configurația grafică." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Placă grafică</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Este afișată placa grafică detectată și și configurat serverul corespunzător. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar." +msgstr "" +"Este afișată placa grafică detectată și și configurat serverul " +"corespunzător. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de " +"exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model, tot în ordine alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la " +"rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model, tot în ordine " +"alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "În cazul în care întîlniți probleme, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul necesar să căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care întîlniți probleme, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va " +"funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul necesar să " +"căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează " +"Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să utilizați în schimb un pilot proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte 3D de exemplu)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să " +"utilizați în schimb un pilot proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte " +"3D de exemplu)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici." +msgstr "" +"În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe " +"buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista " +"<guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</" +"guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rezoluție:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa ecranul următor:" +msgstr "" +"Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și " +"adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa ecranul următor:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Imaginea ecranului din mijloc oferă o previzualizare cu configurația aleasă." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți strica ecranul dacă selectați parametrii nepotriviți." +msgstr "" +"Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În " +"listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa " +"grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a " +"defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți strica ecranul dacă " +"selectați parametrii nepotriviți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o " +"schimba." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie nevoie să vă deconectați și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie nevoie să vă deconectați " +"și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează." +msgstr "" +"Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a " +"apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai " +"tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a deschide un mod text, și tastați ca root XFdrake (respectați majusculele) pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a " +"deschide un mod text, și tastați ca root XFdrake (respectați majusculele) " +"pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai " +"doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă " +"totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opțiuni:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează " +"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X " +"utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii grafice." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să " +"dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii " +"grafice." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Interfața grafică la demaraj</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, <emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea sistemului</emphasis> este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. Poate fi debifată pentru un server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interfața grafică la demaraj</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, " +"<emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea " +"sistemului</emphasis> este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. " +"Poate fi debifată pentru un server." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați pentru a activa noua configurație." +msgstr "" +"După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o " +"confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, " +"sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați " +"pentru a activa noua configurație." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Imaginea ecranului din mijloc " +#~ "oferă o previzualizare cu configurația aleasă." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po index 3dfbe5f0..8a4e1182 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-03 14:08+0100\n" "Last-Translator: iMarja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ msgstr "" "возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ru" @@ -893,8 +893,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -904,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -915,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" "пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -924,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr "" "управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -934,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -954,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -970,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -979,19 +993,19 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ " "к дополнительным параметрам." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Включить ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -1005,12 +1019,12 @@ msgstr "" "этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -1019,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -1028,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" "HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -1037,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1060,12 +1074,12 @@ msgstr "" "или локальный APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1086,12 +1100,12 @@ msgstr "" "Grub." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1102,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1111,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1121,7 +1135,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пример: (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1130,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "передаются ядру во время загрузки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1139,11 +1153,12 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующую систему по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки " "<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, " @@ -3103,7 +3118,8 @@ msgstr "кнопки, назначение которых описано ниж #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" @@ -7847,6 +7863,57 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Центр управления Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии " +"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы " +"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в " +"улучшении этого руководства." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8392,46 +8459,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Центр управления Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии " -"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы " -"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в " -"улучшении этого руководства." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -11426,10 +11453,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт " @@ -11438,18 +11466,18 @@ msgstr "" "<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" "С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графическая карта</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11460,7 +11488,7 @@ msgstr "" "на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11473,7 +11501,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11485,7 +11513,7 @@ msgstr "" "графических средах." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11497,7 +11525,7 @@ msgstr "" "или частоту обновления изображения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11507,12 +11535,12 @@ msgstr "" "который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монитор:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11525,12 +11553,12 @@ msgstr "" "выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешение:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11540,21 +11568,20 @@ msgstr "" "показано следующее окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора " -"посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11570,7 +11597,7 @@ msgstr "" "привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11579,7 +11606,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменить глубину цвета на другую." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11588,12 +11615,12 @@ msgstr "" "графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Проверить:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11604,7 +11631,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11616,7 +11643,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11629,12 +11656,12 @@ msgstr "" "role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Параметры:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11645,7 +11672,7 @@ msgstr "" "+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11655,7 +11682,7 @@ msgstr "" "видеокарты." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11669,10 +11696,11 @@ msgstr "" "использования графического режима для сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11681,3 +11709,10 @@ msgstr "" "изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут " "подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы " "внесённые изменения вступили в силу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора " +#~ "посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po index 890f3eb3..a7424489 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 @@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 14:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sv/)\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -30,8 +31,7 @@ msgstr "Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -49,7 +51,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt <guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's " +"kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt " +"<guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -69,7 +74,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att konfigurera en WebDAV-server." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är " +"ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt " +"att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som " +"en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att " +"konfigurera en WebDAV-server." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -82,7 +92,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen." +msgstr "" +"Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, " +"och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange " +"serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -90,12 +103,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom <guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid rätta till det om det behövs." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några " +"åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom " +"<guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid " +"rätta till det om det behövs." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -105,17 +122,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna monteringspunkt." +msgstr "" +"Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna " +"monteringspunkt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret." +msgstr "" +"I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några " +"andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -125,19 +145,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för åtkomst." +msgstr "" +"Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för " +"åtkomst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</" +"guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns " +"med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli " +"tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. " +"Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje " +"uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -149,8 +176,7 @@ msgstr "Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -158,9 +184,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -169,14 +197,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows." +msgstr "" +"Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som " +"systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i " +"sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala " +"nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad \"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad " +"\"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -185,11 +219,15 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt alla användare</guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att " +"dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</" +"guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt " +"alla användare</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -200,7 +238,13 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i " +"nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och " +"Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga " +"paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -210,28 +254,41 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på <guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer " +"ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg " +"kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till " +"fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska " +"läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</" +"guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på " +"<guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link " +"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla." +msgstr "" +"När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner " +"och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare har denna möjlighet." +msgstr "" +"Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja " +"i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare " +"har denna möjlighet." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sv" @@ -245,8 +302,7 @@ msgstr "Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -259,9 +315,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -270,9 +328,15 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange " +"några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. " +"Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och " +"UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid " +"uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för " +"användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -284,17 +348,20 @@ msgstr "Procedur" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar mappar." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över " +"servrar som delar mappar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade " +"mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -302,12 +369,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig " +"och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -318,16 +386,17 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också " +"verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter " +"att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -337,13 +406,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> " +"så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/" +"fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om " +"nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din " +"filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -358,8 +431,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD-brännare" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -367,9 +439,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -377,7 +451,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken " +"Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din " +"flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -391,7 +468,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda " +"alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. " +"Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -402,7 +483,8 @@ msgstr "Monteringspunkt" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -412,9 +494,11 @@ msgstr "Val" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via " +"undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -427,7 +511,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den." +msgstr "" +"användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar " +"disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som " +"monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -442,9 +529,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -453,40 +542,53 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange " +"vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. " +"Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den " +"utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger " +"kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en " +"filhanterare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på " +"servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar kataloger." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över " +"servrar som delar kataloger." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Klicka på servernamnet och > före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på servernamnet och > före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av " +"delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras." +msgstr "" +"För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig " +"så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -497,7 +599,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen <guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen " +"<guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ " +"med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -505,16 +610,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp." +msgstr "" +"I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska " +"kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du " +"avmontera den med samma knapp." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -525,12 +631,14 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande " +"upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så " +"är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya " +"katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -545,8 +653,7 @@ msgstr "3D-skrivbordseffekter" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -554,9 +661,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -564,7 +673,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard avstängt." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera " +"skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard " +"avstängt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -577,30 +689,40 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas." +msgstr "" +"För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet " +"installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad " +"med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja " +"antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz " +"Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare " +"som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt " +"skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av " +"Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste " +"installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -611,14 +733,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt." +msgstr "" +"När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att " +"Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in " +"igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)-verktyget." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. " +"För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig " +"Settings Manager)-verktyget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -636,10 +764,12 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön " +"igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till " +"inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -649,9 +779,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat inloggningsproblemet." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange " +"ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. " +"Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat " +"inloggningsproblemet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -663,8 +797,7 @@ msgstr "Verifiering" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -672,16 +805,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller på nätet." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du " +"kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller " +"på nätet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -689,7 +827,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att göra det och ger dig information om det." +msgstr "" +"Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din " +"dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att " +"göra det och ger dig information om det." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -701,117 +842,164 @@ msgstr "Ställ in uppstartssystemet" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)" +msgstr "" +"det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att " +"konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett " +"lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in uppstartssystemet\"." +msgstr "" +"Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in " +"uppstartssystemet\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !" +msgstr "" +"Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att " +"ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från att starta." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja " +"vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med " +"grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra " +"konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte " +"dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där " +"starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från " +"att starta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått ut." +msgstr "" +"I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa " +"in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i " +"sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista " +"över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer " +"något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått " +"ut." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord." +msgstr "" +"I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är " +"det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger några extra val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara är ACPI-kompatibel." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för " +"strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det " +"här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara " +"är ACPI-kompatibel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för processorer med flera kärnor." +msgstr "" +"SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för " +"processorer med flera kärnor." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en " +"dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -819,77 +1007,104 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/eller lokal APIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två " +"komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. " +"Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller " +"flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i " +"system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet " +"som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/" +"eller lokal APIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som " +"finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp " +"eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på " +"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-" +"knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till " +"nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo " +"eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i " +"menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar " +"Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. " +"Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till kärnan vid tid för uppstart." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till " +"kärnan vid tid för uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda den här posten som standard." +msgstr "" +"Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda " +"den här posten som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att " +"välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -901,8 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -910,8 +1124,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från " #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -921,14 +1135,20 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en användare som använder datorn." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in " +"automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas " +"automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en " +"användare som använder datorn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"." +msgstr "" +"Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias " +"kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -938,23 +1158,35 @@ msgstr "Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn " +"startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter " +"uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett " +"vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom " +"att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, " +"antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</" +"guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn " +"och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för " +"denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du " +"även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard " +"skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -969,32 +1201,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och " +"användas från en konsol." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till exempel genom <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till " +"exempel genom <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen " +"kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att först ta bort obehövliga delar." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att " +"först ta bort obehövliga delar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1171,12 +1413,19 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, " +"detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om " +"den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt " +"med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen " +"istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > " +"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1188,8 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1197,29 +1445,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan ange den i en existerande felrapport." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid " +"möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att " +"starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan " +"ange den i en existerande felrapport." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, " +"vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt " +"sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1227,7 +1484,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till den rapporten också." +msgstr "" +"Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug " +"ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till " +"den rapporten också." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1239,8 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera datum och tid" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1248,18 +1507,24 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum " +"och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom " +"att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1270,30 +1535,44 @@ msgstr "Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller 2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret." +msgstr "" +"I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I " +"skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till " +"höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) " +"genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller " +"2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server." +msgstr "" +"Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</" +"emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan " +"synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-" +"protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte " +"nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar " +"timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små " +"pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. " +"Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1301,15 +1580,20 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan." +msgstr "" +"Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på " +"knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina lokaliseringsinställningar." +msgstr "" +"Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta " +"verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina " +"lokaliseringsinställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1321,8 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "Ta bort en anslutning" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1330,30 +1613,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på <emphasis>nästa</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på " +"<emphasis>nästa</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1365,8 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1374,9 +1663,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1384,14 +1675,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du " +"konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver " +"information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och leverantör du har." +msgstr "" +"Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och " +"leverantör du har." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1403,133 +1699,150 @@ msgstr "En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det som du ska ställa in." +msgstr "" +"Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det " +"som du ska ställa in." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Automatisk IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-" +"servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem " +"vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. " +"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. " +"Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela " +"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den " +"funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en " +"IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "DHCP-klienten" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP-timeout" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar." +msgstr "" +"VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att " +"klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. " +"Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla " +"nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manuell inställning" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som standard." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka " +"DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte " +"VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som " +"standard." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din " +"internetleverantörs hemsida." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder inte den inställningen." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</" +"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för " +"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så " +"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det " +"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder " +"inte den inställningen." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1550,11 +1863,13 @@ msgstr "En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du " +"kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1566,59 +1881,74 @@ msgstr "En ny kabel-modemsanslutning" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn och lösenord." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn " +"och lösenord." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från en ADSL-router är det osannolikt." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar " +"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras " +"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan " +"också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också " +"tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela " +"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den " +"funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från " +"en ADSL-router är det osannolikt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar " +"som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget " +"VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som " +"standard." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den inställningen." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</" +"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för " +"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så " +"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det " +"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den " +"inställningen." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1633,47 +1963,47 @@ msgstr "En ny DSL-anslutning" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och konfigurera det." +msgstr "" +"Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och " +"konfigurera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. " +"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och " +"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)" @@ -1683,26 +2013,22 @@ msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Åtkomstinställningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Konto-lösenord" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" @@ -1722,14 +2048,12 @@ msgstr "En ny ISDN-anslutning" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem" @@ -1739,16 +2063,16 @@ msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj ditt kort." +msgstr "" +"En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj " +"ditt kort." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1757,31 +2081,30 @@ msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. " +"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och " +"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Namn på anslutning" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefonnummer" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Inloggnings-ID" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Identifieringsmetod" @@ -1791,43 +2114,49 @@ msgstr "Identifieringsmetod" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask." +msgstr "" +"Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste " +"ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen " +"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Namn på domän" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Första och andra DNS-server" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det." +msgstr "" +"Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att " +"din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-adressen." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen " +"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-" +"adressen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1840,103 +2169,94 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen inte fungerade." +msgstr "" +"Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga " +"och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska " +"konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen " +"inte fungerade." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet har hittat." +msgstr "" +"I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet " +"har hittat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Arbetsläge:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Hanterad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Namn på nätverk (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1944,10 +2264,10 @@ msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1957,49 +2277,63 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar " +"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras " +"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. " +"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet " +"kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela " +"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt " +"för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-" +"end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns " +"VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> att användas som standard." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</" +"emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-" +"servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan punkten." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</" +"emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan " +"punkten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2011,7 +2345,9 @@ msgstr "En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och konfigurera det." +msgstr "" +"Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och " +"konfigurera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2023,15 +2359,16 @@ msgstr "PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om det inte behövs." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet " +"<guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Ange åtkomstinställningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Namn på åtkomstpunkt" @@ -2046,14 +2383,12 @@ msgstr "En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Manuellt val" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon." @@ -2068,73 +2403,69 @@ msgstr "En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar " +"paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din " +"leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet " +"<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av " +"leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Skript-baserad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminal-baserad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2168,7 +2499,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2176,7 +2508,11 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på signalstyrka." +msgstr "" +"När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande " +"kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det " +"möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på " +"signalstyrka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2208,10 +2544,11 @@ msgstr "Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta omedelbart eller inte." +msgstr "" +"Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta " +"omedelbart eller inte." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2226,8 +2563,7 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsoll som en administratör" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2235,17 +2571,21 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror inte du behöver mer information än så." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror " +"inte du behöver mer information än så." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2257,8 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera hårddisk-partitioner" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk eller diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2266,10 +2605,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2277,19 +2619,25 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt " +"kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan " +"resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. " +"Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</" +"emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill " +"jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2299,12 +2647,17 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter " +"dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, " +"ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en " +"partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> " +"längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir " +"synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2312,7 +2665,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra det så måste partitionen avmonteras först." +msgstr "" +"Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du " +"inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra " +"det så måste partitionen avmonteras först." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2326,15 +2682,20 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på oanvänt diskutrymme." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du " +"först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. " +"Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på " +"oanvänt diskutrymme." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli skapad." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli " +"skapad." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2345,10 +2706,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses i skärmdumpen nedan." +msgstr "" +"Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> " +"ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses " +"i skärmdumpen nedan." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2363,8 +2726,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en skärmhanterare" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2372,17 +2734,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken " +"fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart " +"de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2390,7 +2757,10 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter." +msgstr "" +"De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda " +"ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt " +"fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2402,8 +2772,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in din personliga brandvägg" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2411,9 +2780,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2422,18 +2793,28 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i \"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din " +"personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i " +"\"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga tjänster." +msgstr "" +"En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All " +"inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första " +"skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av " +"säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</" +"guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga " +"tjänster." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2442,7 +2823,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet <guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att följa dessa exempel :" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet " +"<guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att " +"följa dessa exempel :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2452,7 +2837,8 @@ msgstr "80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2464,10 +2850,12 @@ msgstr "De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag" msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i systemloggen." +msgstr "" +"Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</" +"guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i " +"systemloggen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2478,7 +2866,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att hindra dig från att ansluta till internet." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du " +"inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att " +"hindra dig från att ansluta till internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2488,24 +2879,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan " +"du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första " +"kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. " +"Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för " +"att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i " +"din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du " +"öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana " +"alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om " +"några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2514,16 +2912,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga paketen att laddas ner." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och " +"som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga " +"paketen att laddas ner." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk & Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk & " +"Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2535,8 +2938,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt." msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2544,9 +2946,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2555,7 +2959,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan visar:" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med " +"det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan " +"visar:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2574,15 +2982,18 @@ msgstr "några knappar som förklaras här senare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-" +"partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2592,9 +3003,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alternativ:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som kan använda typsnitten." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som " +"kan använda typsnitten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2607,7 +3020,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem." +msgstr "" +"Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för " +"att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få " +"allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2619,18 +3035,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, " +"internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. " +"Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där " +"du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /" +"usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se ändringarna." +msgstr "" +"Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i " +"drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se " +"ändringarna." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2642,8 +3068,7 @@ msgstr "Föräldrakontroll" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2651,18 +3076,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet (installeras inte som standard)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</" +"guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet " +"(installeras inte som standard)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2675,30 +3106,42 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre användbara egenskaper:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och " +"begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre " +"användbara egenskaper:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på " +"dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de bara kan köra det du tillåter dem." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de " +"bara kan köra det du tillåter dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-blockeraren inom öppen källkod." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera " +"svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att " +"uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-" +"blockeraren inom öppen källkod." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2712,19 +3155,30 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-" +"filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa " +"partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux " +"kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till " +"namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste " +"aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir " +"tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-" +"stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</guilabel> öppnas." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer " +"föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</" +"guilabel> öppnas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2732,7 +3186,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer " +"alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. " +"Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2744,7 +3201,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från tillåtna användare." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha " +"restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad " +"åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till " +"vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till " +"honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och " +"klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från " +"tillåtna användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2753,7 +3217,10 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och <guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att " +"tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2765,7 +3232,9 @@ msgstr "Fliken svart/vitlista" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen " +"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2775,17 +3244,22 @@ msgstr "Fliken blockera program" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de program du vill blockera." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av " +"ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de " +"program du vill blockera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer " +"inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2797,8 +3271,7 @@ msgstr "Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2808,8 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" @@ -2824,14 +3296,22 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala nätverket och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har " +"en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt " +"nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten " +"till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta " +"måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala " +"nätverket och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt " +"som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2841,23 +3321,29 @@ msgstr "Gatewayguide" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som visas nedan:" +msgstr "" +"Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som " +"visas nedan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran." +msgstr "" +"Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och " +"fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2865,22 +3351,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är korrekt." +msgstr "" +"ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att " +"föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är " +"korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en " +"sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, " +"nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den " +"faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2888,15 +3382,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern." +msgstr "" +"ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer " +"guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall " +"måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer " +"guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du " +"erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2905,20 +3405,28 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)." +msgstr "" +"ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att " +"kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att " +"konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns " +"namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till skrivarna och att dela ut dem." +msgstr "" +"I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till " +"skrivarna och att dela ut dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är aktiv." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är " +"aktiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2931,9 +3439,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du " +"får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna " +"kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig " +"oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2941,7 +3453,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som agerar gateway." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du " +"specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som " +"agerar gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2952,9 +3467,11 @@ msgstr "Sluta dela förbindelser" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller stoppa delningen." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta " +"verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller " +"stoppa delningen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2966,8 +3483,7 @@ msgstr "Maskindefinitioner" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2975,9 +3491,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2986,7 +3504,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det namnet istället för en IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-" +"adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +"> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det " +"namnet istället för en IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2999,7 +3521,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet." +msgstr "" +"Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få " +"ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett " +"alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3011,7 +3536,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma fönster används." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma " +"fönster används." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3023,8 +3550,7 @@ msgstr "Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3034,17 +3560,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig " +"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</" +"link>. Tack på förhand." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3056,8 +3587,7 @@ msgstr "Nätverkscenter" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3065,9 +3595,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3075,40 +3607,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som " +"är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). " +"När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende " +"på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra " +"inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att " +"skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt " +"nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3118,36 +3655,52 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är " +"trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte " +"uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den " +"andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan " +"se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och " +"den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är " +"uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för " +"uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar (särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess " +"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i " +"grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan " +"på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</" +"guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att " +"byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer " +"nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar " +"(särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3157,8 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Bildskärmsknappen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3168,9 +3720,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på <guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till " +"datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta " +"fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på " +"<guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3178,14 +3734,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi eth0 som trådburet, lo som lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om anslutningens status." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi eth0 som trådburet, lo som " +"lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om " +"anslutningens status." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi " +"kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3197,8 +3758,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigureringsknappen" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3208,9 +3768,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. " +"För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</" +"guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem " +"kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3219,7 +3783,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0.<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida." +msgstr "" +"För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna " +"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0." +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är " +"tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3228,22 +3796,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket." +msgstr "" +"Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer " +"trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är " +"tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har " +"aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3258,8 +3831,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3277,12 +3849,18 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, " +"en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-" +"hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt " +"nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3292,11 +3870,15 @@ msgstr "Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställning #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> används sällan i privata nätverk." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som " +"använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas " +"även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> " +"används sällan i privata nätverk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -3308,10 +3890,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:" msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt som den är ansluten till nätverket." +msgstr "" +"Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt " +"som den är ansluten till nätverket." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3321,8 +3904,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Knapp för avancerade inställningar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3337,8 +3919,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera olika nätverksprofiler" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3346,9 +3927,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3360,8 +3943,7 @@ msgstr "Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3374,28 +3956,32 @@ msgstr "Förutsättningar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången kan den visa följande meddelande:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången " +"kan den visa följande meddelande:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista." +msgstr "" +"När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -3408,7 +3994,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett konfigureringsverktyg." +msgstr "" +"En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. " +"Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett " +"konfigureringsverktyg." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3421,10 +4010,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är tillgängliga." +msgstr "" +"Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också " +"startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är " +"tillgängliga." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3440,7 +4031,9 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</" +"guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3452,7 +4045,9 @@ msgstr "Maskin åtkomst" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade katalogen." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade " +"katalogen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3464,7 +4059,9 @@ msgstr "NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen " +"av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 @@ -3477,7 +4074,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. " +"ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3485,7 +4084,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med `/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla " +"värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med " +"`/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3497,32 +4099,45 @@ msgstr "Användar ID Mappning" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av den faktiska root-användaren på servern." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar " +"från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr " +"klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av " +"den faktiska root-användaren på servern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root " +"squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter " +"(no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla " +"uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-" +"exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det " +"motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för det anonyma kontot." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för " +"det anonyma kontot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3533,9 +4148,12 @@ msgstr "Avancerade alternativ" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver " +"förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). " +"Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3544,7 +4162,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras tydligt med detta alternativ." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs " +"eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att " +"inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras " +"tydligt med detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3552,7 +4174,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att " +"bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några " +"ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil " +"lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3560,7 +4186,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket " +"kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa " +"tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3572,8 +4201,7 @@ msgstr "Menyposter" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Än så länge har listan minst en post." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3607,9 +4235,9 @@ msgstr "NFS-server|Ladda om" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3621,8 +4249,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3630,30 +4257,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt utan proxy." +msgstr "" +"Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du " +"använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att " +"konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du " +"behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt " +"utan proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och kontrollera dess komplexitet." +msgstr "" +"Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett " +"datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för " +"förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient " +"ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, " +"anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. " +"Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och " +"kontrollera dess komplexitet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3665,8 +4306,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in media" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png" @@ -3674,11 +4314,15 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till " +"mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att " +"du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och " +"uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3688,7 +4332,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Om du installerar (eller uppgraderar) Mageia genom ett optiskt media (DVD eller CD) eller ett USB-minne så finns det en källa för program att användas med använt media. För att undvika att bli ombedd att sätta i mediet varje gång du vill installera nya paket bör du avaktivera (eller ta bort) det. Det kommer att ha CD-rom som media typ." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar (eller uppgraderar) Mageia genom ett optiskt media (DVD " +"eller CD) eller ett USB-minne så finns det en källa för program att användas " +"med använt media. För att undvika att bli ombedd att sätta i mediet varje " +"gång du vill installera nya paket bör du avaktivera (eller ta bort) det. Det " +"kommer att ha CD-rom som media typ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3698,14 +4347,20 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är 32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) " +"eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är " +"32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen " +"noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3713,7 +4368,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera & ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Installera & ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3730,7 +4388,10 @@ msgstr "Aktivera kolumn:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt system oanvändbart." +msgstr "" +"Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var " +"försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt " +"system oanvändbart." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3744,7 +4405,12 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste " +"vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av " +"säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste " +"öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-" +"media --expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3756,28 +4422,36 @@ msgstr "Mediakolumn:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig version innehåller minst:" +msgstr "" +"Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig " +"version innehåller minst:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta " +"tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som inte är gratis" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som " +"inte är gratis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara patentskyddade i vissa länder." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara " +"patentskyddade i vissa länder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3789,7 +4463,9 @@ msgstr "Varje media har fyra undersektioner." msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag " +"när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3797,22 +4473,30 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan " +"släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat " +"även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner " +"portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera korrigeringar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att " +"testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera " +"korrigeringar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3830,7 +4514,10 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet." +msgstr "" +"För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det " +"är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD " +"eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3842,7 +4529,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och " +"proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3855,10 +4544,16 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser " +"innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen " +"Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för " +"att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. " +"Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja " +"Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3869,10 +4564,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan " +"i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som " +"hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras " +"den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3887,9 +4586,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka " +"på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3900,16 +4601,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster öppnas:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för " +"långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla " +"aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera " +"dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och " +"välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, " +"välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera " +"kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster " +"öppnas:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3920,7 +4628,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande " +"genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga " +"speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3932,10 +4644,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som " +"inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3946,7 +4659,9 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som " +"beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3956,11 +4671,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)." +msgstr "" +"Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid " +"eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att " +"definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på " +"begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3970,12 +4689,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att " +"autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller " +"inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller " +"<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 @@ -3991,18 +4715,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och <guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du " +"konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</" +"guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Du hittar mer information om hur du konfigurerar ett media på <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageias Wiki</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Du hittar mer information om hur du konfigurerar ett media på <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageias Wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4014,8 +4743,7 @@ msgstr "Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4028,7 +4756,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern." +msgstr "" +"Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela " +"resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du " +"konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/" +"CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det " +"operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4044,7 +4777,12 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern." +msgstr "" +"För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast " +"IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via " +"sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också " +"tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4054,20 +4792,25 @@ msgstr "Guide - Fristående server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång Sambakonfigurationen." +msgstr "" +"Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår " +"att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång " +"Sambakonfigurationen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4079,8 +4822,7 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4088,19 +4830,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för att komma åt utdelningar." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för " +"att komma åt utdelningar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr " Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket." +msgstr "" +" Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4115,24 +4859,29 @@ msgstr "Välj säkerhetsläget:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha åtkomst till resursen." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha " +"åtkomst till resursen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för varje utdelning." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för " +"varje utdelning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress eller värdnamn." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4142,10 +4891,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för arbetsstationer med Windows." +msgstr "" +"Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för " +"arbetsstationer med Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4156,8 +4906,7 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4166,12 +4915,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera " +"konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb." +"conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4181,8 +4932,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Guide - Primär domänkontrollant" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4195,7 +4945,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja säkerhetsläge:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär " +"domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller " +"inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan " +"samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja " +"säkerhetsläge:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4203,7 +4958,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan (säkerhets) kontrollanter" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra " +"alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. " +"Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan " +"(säkerhets) kontrollanter" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4215,8 +4974,7 @@ msgstr "Ange en katalog att dela" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4224,14 +4982,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</" +"guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara " +"synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4276,8 +5036,7 @@ msgstr "Skrivarutdelning" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4295,8 +5054,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba-användare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4307,7 +5065,10 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den " +"delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från " +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4319,8 +5080,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4328,31 +5088,36 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Säkerhet</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Säkerhet</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören." +msgstr "" +"Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att " +"utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Klicka på den lilla pilen framför objektet som du vill expandera:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4363,25 +5128,33 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "De flesta verktygen som är tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas till vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan), och en rullgardinslista ger dig följande val:" +msgstr "" +"De flesta verktygen som är tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas till " +"vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan), och en rullgardinslista ger dig " +"följande val:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Standard: Uppstartsläget bestäms av vald säkerhetsnivå. Läs avsnittet \"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\" på samma flik." +msgstr "" +"Standard: Uppstartsläget bestäms av vald säkerhetsnivå. Läs avsnittet " +"\"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\" på samma flik." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas." +msgstr "" +"Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Administratörens lösenord: Lösenordet för root efterfrågas innan verktyget startar." +msgstr "" +"Administratörens lösenord: Lösenordet för root efterfrågas innan verktyget " +"startar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4398,8 +5171,7 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4407,17 +5179,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken <guilabel>System</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i " +"MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4425,44 +5202,66 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på <guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras." +msgstr "" +"När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se " +"ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på " +"<guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några " +"andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm " +"med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera " +"säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</" +"guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som <emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du är klar." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja " +"<guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. " +"Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</" +"guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att " +"inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. " +"Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att " +"ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i " +"säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du " +"är klar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck " +"på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De " +"USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -4474,8 +5273,7 @@ msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4483,16 +5281,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i " +"Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4500,15 +5303,19 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen inklusive drivrutin, alternativ för PulseAudio och felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill ändra ljudkort." +msgstr "" +"Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen inklusive drivrutin, alternativ för " +"PulseAudio och felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill " +"ändra ljudkort." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "I rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Drivrutin</guilabel> kan du välja en drivrutin från de som finns tillgängliga på din dator och som matchar ditt ljudkort." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"I rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Drivrutin</guilabel> kan du välja en drivrutin " +"från de som finns tillgängliga på din dator och som matchar ditt ljudkort." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4516,40 +5323,52 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är det möjligt att välja drivrutin genom att använda OSS eller ALSA API. OSS är det äldsta och är väldigt grundläggande. Vi rekommenderar ALSA när det är möjligt för dess berikade egenskaper." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är det möjligt att välja drivrutin genom att använda OSS " +"eller ALSA API. OSS är det äldsta och är väldigt grundläggande. Vi " +"rekommenderar ALSA när det är möjligt för dess berikade egenskaper." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla " +"ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar " +"resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> " +"Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta den vara aktiverad." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta " +"den vara aktiverad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. " +"Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med två eller tre knappar:" +msgstr "" +"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med två " +"eller tre knappar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4560,7 +5379,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "Första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör. Den här knappen är inte tillgänglig när systemet har hittat en drivrutin för din enhet." +msgstr "" +"Första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör. Den här " +"knappen är inte tillgänglig när systemet har hittat en drivrutin för din " +"enhet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4568,7 +5390,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter hjälp i olika kanaler." +msgstr "" +"Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella " +"problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter " +"hjälp i olika kanaler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4580,8 +5405,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4589,9 +5413,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4603,8 +5429,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4612,9 +5437,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4625,7 +5452,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt " +"att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den " +"lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp " +"konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är " +"i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, " +"som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4637,7 +5470,9 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk." +msgstr "" +"Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket " +"protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4654,8 +5489,7 @@ msgstr "Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "För Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4665,10 +5499,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången verkyget används." +msgstr "" +"För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången " +"verkyget används." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4678,15 +5513,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av nätverkets administratör." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av " +"nätverkets administratör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Avancerade parametrar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4707,9 +5543,12 @@ msgstr "När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen." #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en " +"nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om " +"nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4721,8 +5560,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera webbserver" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4730,16 +5568,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig att ställa in en webbserver." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig " +"att ställa in en webbserver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4751,7 +5593,9 @@ msgstr "Vad är en webbserver?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som " +"är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4763,8 +5607,7 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en webbserver med drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Välkommen till guiden webbserver." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4774,15 +5617,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +msgstr "" +"Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> " +"för att fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Välj servertjänst: Lokal och/eller världen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4792,15 +5636,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga saker." +msgstr "" +"Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga " +"saker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Användarmodul" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4815,8 +5660,7 @@ msgstr "Tillåter användare att skapa sina egna sajter." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Användarens webbkatalog" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4826,15 +5670,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter kommer servern att visa den." +msgstr "" +"Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter " +"kommer servern att visa den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Serverns dokumentkatalog" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4851,8 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "Gör så att du kan ställa in webbserverns standardkatalog för dokumen msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4862,9 +5706,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4872,8 +5717,7 @@ msgstr "Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på <gui msgid "Finish" msgstr "Slutför" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4894,8 +5738,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4903,9 +5746,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4917,8 +5762,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4928,22 +5772,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Det här verktyget fungerar inte i Mageia 4 på grund av nytt namnschema för nätverksgränssnitt" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget fungerar inte i Mageia 4 på grund av nytt namnschema för " +"nätverksgränssnitt" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig " +"att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i " +"drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4957,7 +5808,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett " +"standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar " +"IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från " +"Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4969,8 +5824,7 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en DHCP-server med drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för DHCP-server." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -4980,8 +5834,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Väljer adapter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -4990,17 +5843,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket " +"DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Välj IP-område" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5012,10 +5866,13 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, " +"tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför " +"ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5025,8 +5882,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Vänta..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5036,15 +5892,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger och ändra runt lite." +msgstr "" +"Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger " +"och ändra runt lite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Flera timmar senare..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5064,78 +5921,71 @@ msgstr "Installerar paketet dhcp-server om det behövs;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya " +"parametrarna:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5143,9 +5993,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5162,8 +6014,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa tid" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5171,18 +6022,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att " +"ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern " +"server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera " +"paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5195,28 +6052,27 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar." +msgstr "" +"Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre " +"tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två " +"gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5224,15 +6080,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se följande skärm nedan:" +msgstr "" +"På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. " +"Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</" +"guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> " +"för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se " +"följande skärm nedan:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5255,31 +6115,39 @@ msgstr "Installerar <code>ntp</code>-paketet om det behövs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;" +msgstr "" +"Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första servernamnet;" +msgstr "" +"Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första " +"servernamnet;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och <code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 @@ -5297,8 +6165,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5306,16 +6173,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att " +"ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5328,7 +6199,10 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom <acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat " +"nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom " +"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5340,14 +6214,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en FTP-server med drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Välkommen till FTP-guiden. Sätt på dig säkerhetsbältet." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5357,15 +6229,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga saker." +msgstr "" +"Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga " +"saker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Serverinformation" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5375,15 +6248,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in." +msgstr "" +"Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål " +"till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Serveralternativ" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5391,18 +6265,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5417,8 +6291,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5426,9 +6299,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5436,7 +6311,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att " +"ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska " +"installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5452,7 +6330,13 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och kontrollera dess komplexitet." +msgstr "" +"En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand " +"för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En " +"klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en " +"fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan " +"server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och " +"kontrollera dess komplexitet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5464,8 +6348,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en proxyserver med drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för proxyserver." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5475,8 +6358,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Välja proxyport" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5486,15 +6368,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskanvändning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5503,15 +6386,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Välj kontroll för nätverksåtkomst" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5519,34 +6403,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Bevilja nätverksåtkomst" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Använda en proxyserver på högnivå?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5561,8 +6446,7 @@ msgstr "Flöda igenom en annan proxyserver? Om inte, hoppa över nästa steg." msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL och port till en proxy på högnivå" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5570,12 +6454,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5585,8 +6470,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Starta under uppstart?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5596,10 +6480,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5612,56 +6497,54 @@ msgstr "Installerar paketet squid om det behövs;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;" +"</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå" +msgstr "" +"<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5681,8 +6564,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH demonens inställningar" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5690,16 +6572,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att " +"ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5711,11 +6597,16 @@ msgstr "Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker " +"nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra " +"säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en " +"säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-" +"server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5732,8 +6623,7 @@ msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Välj konfigurationstyp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5741,18 +6631,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller <guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller " +"<guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Allmänna alternativ" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5762,15 +6653,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgstr "" +"Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är " +"standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoder" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5780,15 +6672,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan " +"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Loggning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5796,8 +6689,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5805,8 +6698,7 @@ msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5814,15 +6706,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ för användare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5831,15 +6724,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Komprimering och vidarebefordring" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5849,16 +6743,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, " +"klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5873,8 +6767,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5882,9 +6775,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5896,8 +6791,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av hårdvara" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5905,9 +6799,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5917,7 +6813,11 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick " +"av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter " +"all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till " +"en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5935,7 +6835,10 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på > för att expandera innehållet i en kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn." +msgstr "" +"Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är " +"grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på > för att expandera innehållet i en " +"kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5943,14 +6846,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp och > informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i fälten." +msgstr "" +"Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp " +"och > informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i " +"fälten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar längst ner i högra kolumnen:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar " +"längst ner i högra kolumnen:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5958,21 +6866,28 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. Enbart experter bör använda detta." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan " +"användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. " +"Enbart experter bör använda detta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som " +"kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att automatisk identifiering sker:" +msgstr "" +"Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att " +"automatisk identifiering sker:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5995,7 +6910,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas." +msgstr "" +"Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är " +"långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. " +"Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6007,8 +6925,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in tangentbodslayout" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6016,9 +6933,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6028,7 +6947,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig " +"att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan " +"använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare " +"på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral " +"(MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6038,10 +6962,13 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen (listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som varje uppsättning ska användas till." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen " +"(listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som " +"varje uppsättning ska användas till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6053,7 +6980,9 @@ msgstr "Typ av tangentbord" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp." +msgstr "" +"Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker " +"på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6065,8 +6994,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera lokalisering av ditt system" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6074,9 +7002,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6086,14 +7016,20 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under " +"System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt " +"system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är " +"anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera " +"kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6101,7 +7037,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som inte är listade." +msgstr "" +"Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. " +"Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som " +"inte är listade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6120,14 +7059,20 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken (kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)." +msgstr "" +"På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). " +"Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken " +"(kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt." +msgstr "" +"För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så " +"att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6135,7 +7080,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande " +"funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i " +"en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6147,8 +7096,7 @@ msgstr "Visa och sök i systemloggar" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6156,17 +7104,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</" +"guilabel>\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6176,27 +7129,40 @@ msgstr "För att söka i loggarna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> " +"vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. " +"Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du " +"kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad " +"och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. " +"Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i " +"rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en " +"textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras varje gång en konfiguration ändras." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias " +"konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras " +"varje gång en konfiguration ändras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6209,17 +7175,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets " +"belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de " +"inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen ovan)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att " +"konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-" +"postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla " +"tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen " +"ovan)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6266,8 +7240,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-tjänst" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "BIND Uppslag av domännamn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6276,11 +7249,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process. Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer." +msgstr "" +"På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du " +"tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process. " +"Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en " +"process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att " +"ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6288,7 +7266,9 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)." +msgstr "" +"Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på " +"sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6303,25 +7283,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas från en konsol." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas " +"från en konsol." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig " +"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</" +"link>. Tack på förhand." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6336,9 +7324,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6346,18 +7336,22 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas " +"och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst för att fungera." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och " +"vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst " +"för att fungera." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6366,14 +7360,17 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer." +msgstr "" +"Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information " +"används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6405,10 +7402,11 @@ msgstr "-i för att ignorera gemener/versaler." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i för grep." +msgstr "" +"I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i " +"för grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6418,7 +7416,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)" +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6430,8 +7430,7 @@ msgstr "Uppdatera Paket" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6439,18 +7438,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6458,27 +7463,37 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "För att MageiaUpdate ska fungera krävs det att förvaringsplatserna är konfigurerade med rpmdrake-edit-media där vissa media är markerade som uppdateringar. Du kommer att bli ombedd att göra det om inga är konfigurerade." +msgstr "" +"För att MageiaUpdate ska fungera krävs det att förvaringsplatserna är " +"konfigurerade med rpmdrake-edit-media där vissa media är markerade som " +"uppdateringar. Du kommer att bli ombedd att göra det om inga är " +"konfigurerade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen." +msgstr "" +"Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar " +"de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som " +"standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken ger dig mer information." +msgstr "" +"Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan " +"av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken " +"ger dig mer information." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6487,17 +7502,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att uppdatera." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns " +"tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att " +"uppdatera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Uppstart" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6507,7 +7525,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera " +"dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6529,13 +7549,61 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia Kontrollcentral" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hårdvara" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6545,23 +7613,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din " +"hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Hantera din hårdvara" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera hårdvara</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera " +"hårdvara</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6571,16 +7641,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Konfigurera Grafik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6590,14 +7660,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurera mus och tangentbord" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6607,16 +7675,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Konfigurera utskrift och skanning" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och " +"utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6626,8 +7694,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Andra" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6644,21 +7711,28 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra panelen." +msgstr "" +"Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den " +"vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa " +"flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra " +"panelen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess relaterade verktyg." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess " +"relaterade verktyg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC." +msgstr "" +"Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan " +"väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 @@ -6672,15 +7746,16 @@ msgstr "Sidornas rubriker är ofta desamma som i verktygens fönster." msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka på fliken sök, i vänstra kolumnen." +msgstr "" +"Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka " +"på fliken sök, i vänstra kolumnen." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Lokala diskar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6690,7 +7765,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och " +"dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6712,8 +7789,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Nätverkstjänster" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6721,11 +7797,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan " +"ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk " +"nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6757,8 +7837,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Nätverksdelning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6768,40 +7847,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut " +"hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och " +"kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Konfigurera NFS utdelningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6811,8 +7890,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6822,8 +7900,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Nätverk och Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6831,29 +7908,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en " +"länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Hantera dina nätverksenheter" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6863,32 +7939,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6898,8 +7969,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6909,14 +7979,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en " +"länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, " +"rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6943,8 +8017,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Filutdelning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6953,10 +8026,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara " +"synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan " +"välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. " +"Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för " +"att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6973,8 +8051,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6984,27 +8061,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och " +"administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7014,14 +8090,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisering" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7031,67 +8105,35 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Administrations-verktyg" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Hantera användare i " +"systemet</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Mageia Kontrollcentral" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -7102,8 +8144,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7111,28 +8152,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</" +"emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / " +"konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns tillgänglig." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter " +"uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska " +"göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns " +"tillgänglig." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7144,8 +8195,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7153,23 +8203,29 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan " +"installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7178,7 +8234,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / PS2 & USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas direkt." +msgstr "" +"Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och " +"klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / " +"PS2 & USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas " +"direkt." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7190,8 +8250,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7199,40 +8258,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två tillvägagångssätt." +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt " +"för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två " +"tillvägagångssätt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för att göra det mer säkert." +msgstr "" +"Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för " +"att göra det mer säkert." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om något verkar vara farligt." +msgstr "" +"Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om " +"något verkar vara farligt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en " +"rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller " +"genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna " +"anpassade säkerhetsnivåer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7249,43 +8321,47 @@ msgstr "Se skärmdumpen ovan" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att konfigurera dem:" +msgstr "" +"Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att " +"konfigurera dem:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg." +msgstr "" +"Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga " +"brandvägg." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system" +msgstr "" +"Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec själv med lite information:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "aktiverad eller inte" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "den konfigurerade säkerheten för basnivå" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu." +msgstr "" +"datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en " +"detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7295,13 +8371,13 @@ msgstr "Fliken Säkerhetsalternativ" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</" +"guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7319,22 +8395,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:" +msgstr "" +"När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan " +"du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan " +"visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » " +"Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt system sårbart mot attacker." +msgstr "" +"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte " +"vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill " +"justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga " +"restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. " +"Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt " +"system sårbart mot attacker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7345,27 +8431,42 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)." +msgstr "" +"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter " +"installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera " +"systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker " +"ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här " +"nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 (Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om " +"du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det " +"begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. " +"Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 " +"(Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera systemets säkerhet i enlighet med de vanligaste användningsområdena." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också " +"tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</" +"emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera systemets säkerhet i enlighet " +"med de vanligaste användningsområdena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7373,25 +8474,36 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller." +msgstr "" +"De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga " +"säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Nivåerna sparas i <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<nivånamn></filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.<nivånamn></filename> och placera dem i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer säker systemkonfiguration." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Nivåerna sparas i <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<nivånamn></" +"filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara " +"dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.<nivånamn></filename> och " +"placera dem i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här " +"funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer " +"säker systemkonfiguration." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard nivåinställningar." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard " +"nivåinställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7401,23 +8513,33 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det." +msgstr "" +"Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post " +"till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt " +"till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du " +"kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-" +"posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar " +"direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för " +"att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. " +"Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i " +"<filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7428,12 +8550,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsalternativ:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar för inställningarna." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns " +"säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra " +"vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller " +"namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar " +"för inställningarna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7444,12 +8572,13 @@ msgstr "Fliken Systemsäkerhet" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en " +"beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7462,10 +8591,13 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett " +"nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, " +"det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. " +"Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7477,10 +8609,12 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn <guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." +msgstr "" +"Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn " +"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så " +"kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7494,10 +8628,11 @@ msgstr "Nätverks-säkerhet" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som föregående flik." +msgstr "" +"Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som " +"föregående flik." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7512,7 +8647,9 @@ msgstr "Fliken Periodiska kontroller" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga." +msgstr "" +"Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom " +"säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7520,10 +8657,12 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar." +msgstr "" +"Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> " +"är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec " +"utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7537,14 +8676,18 @@ msgstr "Fliken Undantag" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag." +msgstr "" +"Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade " +"situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för " +"administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill " +"för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom " +"första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7552,12 +8695,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett undantag." +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett " +"undantag." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7566,12 +8709,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> eller dubbelklicka för att ändra." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-" +"listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga " +"till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med " +"knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> " +"eller dubbelklicka för att ändra." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7583,7 +8730,9 @@ msgstr "Behörigheter" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för filer och kataloger." +msgstr "" +"Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för " +"filer och kataloger." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7595,13 +8744,21 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet <filename>perm.<nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) " +"de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade " +"säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet " +"<filename>perm.<nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>etc/security/" +"msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som " +"kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här " +"vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande " +"konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. " +"Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7610,18 +8767,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en angiven regel:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du " +"ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter " +"ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en " +"angiven regel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras." +msgstr "" +"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att " +"kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras " +"och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7629,25 +8793,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över dem." +msgstr "" +"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att " +"respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över " +"dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och konfigurerat" +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och " +"konfigurerat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny " +"regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är " +"tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7659,26 +8831,39 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn <guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm " +"inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn " +"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så " +"ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/" +"msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> (eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p" +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> " +"(eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska " +"kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken " +"Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas " +"omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-" +"rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer " +"att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7689,7 +8874,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för " +"en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de " +"gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av " +"alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7700,9 +8891,12 @@ msgstr "Andra verktyg från Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt läsa de nästkommande sidorna." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från " +"kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt " +"läsa de nästkommande sidorna." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7739,8 +8933,7 @@ msgstr "Programhantering (installera och ta bort program)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7753,9 +8946,11 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7769,19 +8964,30 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat " +"drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. " +"Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar " +"paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias " +"officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och " +"uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör " +"att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart " +"installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, " +"eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, " +"beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" +"edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7790,28 +8996,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som " +"används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media " +"kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med " +"den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du " +"störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan " +"nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett " +"som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket." +msgstr "" +"Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och " +"ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "De viktigaste delarna av skärmen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7827,25 +9041,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade paket från nyare versioner av Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. " +"Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska " +"gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek " +"eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade " +"paket från nyare versioner av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till \"alla\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som " +"förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du " +"läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att " +"förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till " +"\"alla\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7853,7 +9079,9 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej installerade eller både och." +msgstr "" +"Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej " +"installerade eller både och." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7866,7 +9094,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess " +"översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7879,7 +9109,10 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, skriv: 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera " +"dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, " +"skriv: 'mplayer | xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7901,9 +9134,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorilista:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och underkategorier." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och " +"underkategorier." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7914,10 +9149,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beskrivningspanel:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över ändringar från författaren." +msgstr "" +"Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. " +"Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även " +"exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över " +"ändringar från författaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7932,78 +9171,72 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område 4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom " +"kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område " +"4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program " +"visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej " +"installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att " +"ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Ikon" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legend" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att installeras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Det här paketet kan inte ändras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Det här paketet är en uppdatering" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att avinstalleras" @@ -8024,7 +9257,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är " +"installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att " +"avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8032,15 +9268,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas " +"ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på " +"<guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Beroenden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8048,15 +9286,21 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek " +"eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får " +"välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa " +"mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga " +"biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp " +"med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8078,7 +9322,9 @@ msgstr "Installation" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root." +msgstr "" +"De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8087,20 +9333,27 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners." +msgstr "" +"Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du " +"konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar " +"skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn " +"till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:" +msgstr "" +"När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8112,10 +9365,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vill du installera SANE-paketen?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och <code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det." +msgstr "" +"Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och " +"<code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8126,15 +9380,20 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den " +"redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller " +"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du " +"kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8143,17 +9402,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat " +"kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> " +"inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>." +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</" +"emphasis>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8161,59 +9425,72 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i listan ." +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i " +"listan ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-" +"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och " +"fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Välj port" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar " +"automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj " +"i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du " +"tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "Om du inte ser den, läs <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8223,8 +9500,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8232,11 +9508,14 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för " +"fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra " +"datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8244,17 +9523,22 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala enheter på den här datorn." +msgstr "" +"Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till " +"eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala " +"enheter på den här datorn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en skanner." +msgstr "" +"Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas " +"till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en " +"skanner." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8264,8 +9548,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Du kan lägga till en värd." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8275,10 +9558,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla fjärrdatorer." +msgstr "" +"Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla " +"fjärrdatorer." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8288,8 +9572,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Alla fjärrmaskiner\" tillåts åtkomst till den lokala skannern." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8299,7 +9582,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget att erbjuda att göra det." +msgstr "" +"Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget " +"att erbjuda att göra det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8321,14 +9606,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller kommentera \"net\"-direktivet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller " +"kommentera \"net\"-direktivet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8345,9 +9634,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> (hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> " +"(hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte " +"användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs " +"enhetshanterare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8357,14 +9650,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning kan ignoreras." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz." +"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid " +"indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet " +"först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt " +"att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt " +"med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning " +"kan ignoreras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8377,7 +9677,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att konfigurera din skanner korrekt." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend=" +"\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att " +"konfigurera din skanner korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8387,37 +9690,48 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida." +msgstr "" +"I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång " +"den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du " +"installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware " +"från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som " +"laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod." +msgstr "" +"När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första " +"användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>." +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet " +"vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Mjukvaruhantering" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8425,9 +9739,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för " +"programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8437,9 +9753,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8451,7 +9769,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera " +"mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8463,8 +9783,7 @@ msgstr "Installera och konfigurera skrivare" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8478,30 +9797,43 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:" +"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</" +"link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget " +"verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som " +"delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där." +msgstr "" +"Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen " +"eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att frågas efter." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att " +"frågas efter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i Mageias kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i " +"Mageias kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och " +"bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8523,7 +9855,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp till 230MB beroenden behövs." +msgstr "" +"Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp " +"till 230MB beroenden behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8533,7 +9867,12 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer " +"att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. " +"Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en " +"skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. " +"Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8544,20 +9883,25 @@ msgstr "Skrivare som hittats automatiskt" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt " +"skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att " +"fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att " +"installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen " +"känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras " +"i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Ingen skrivare hittades automatiskt " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8565,10 +9909,12 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ." +msgstr "" +"När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där " +"du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8593,7 +9939,11 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera." +msgstr "" +"Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och " +"sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så " +"välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den " +"tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8609,7 +9959,12 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare." +msgstr "" +"Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet " +"kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren " +"kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås " +"att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till " +"och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8620,41 +9975,61 @@ msgstr "Nätverksskrivare" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som agerar printerserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller " +"trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som " +"agerar printerserver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har en fast IP-adress." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en " +"fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma " +"som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har " +"en fast IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" +"Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller " +"datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en " +"konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en " +"etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är " +"ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</" +"code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en " +"sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet <guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den " +"använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet " +"vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet " +"<guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</" +"guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-" +"adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8662,14 +10037,19 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan." +msgstr "" +"Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att " +"föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan " +"nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över " +"vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8685,10 +10065,18 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/<skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som " +"JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till " +"nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren " +"använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en " +"USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som " +"routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-" +"adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/<skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. " +"I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8696,12 +10084,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte <guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll " +"och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte " +"<guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter " +"protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8718,7 +10109,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även användas av vissa ADSL-routrar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är " +"tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare " +"som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även " +"användas av vissa ADSL-routrar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8726,14 +10121,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste anges och brukar vara 631 som standard." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men " +"som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste " +"anges och brukar vara 631 som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men med säkrat TLS-protokoll." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men " +"med säkrat TLS-protokoll." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8741,21 +10141,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till en dator som använder LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar " +"på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till " +"en dator som använder LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten " +"till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man utformar en URI:" +msgstr "" +"En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man " +"utformar en URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8795,10 +10202,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>." +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8809,13 +10217,18 @@ msgstr "Enhetsegenskaper" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för " +"CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan " +"ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</" +"guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika " +"parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</" +"guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8827,29 +10240,43 @@ msgstr "Felsök" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska " +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn <guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn " +"<guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att " +"de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin " +"är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan " +"finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om " +"installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så " +"rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det " +"verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren " +"fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att " +"hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8859,37 +10286,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother-skrivare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och installera den." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se" +"%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner " +"från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och " +"installera den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör konfigurationsverktyget." +msgstr "" +"Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör " +"konfigurationsverktyget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella enheter</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella " +"enheter</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren." +msgstr "" +"De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter " +"en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs " +"enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/" +"hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8901,7 +10340,13 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen." +msgstr "" +"En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och " +"därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte " +"gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det " +"möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort " +"eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och " +"öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8911,10 +10356,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung färgskrivare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-protokollet." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-" +"protokollet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8924,20 +10372,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson skrivare och skanners</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket som passar din arkitektur." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</" +"link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, " +"sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara " +"tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket " +"som passar din arkitektur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med " +"Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8949,7 +10405,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon-skrivare</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</link>." +msgstr "" +"För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8961,8 +10420,7 @@ msgstr "Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8970,9 +10428,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8980,31 +10440,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är märkt <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral " +"och är märkt <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och " +"inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</" +"trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker " +"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som förklarar verktyget och importalternativ." +msgstr "" +"När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som " +"förklarar verktyget och importalternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9012,19 +10485,24 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-installation." +msgstr "" +"När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark>-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. " +"Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9033,38 +10511,49 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens (transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas inkorrekt." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens " +"(transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas " +"inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna." +msgstr "" +"Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton för importering." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt " +"drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias " +"drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton " +"för importering." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera dokumenten." +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. " +"På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera " +"dokumenten." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9072,23 +10561,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt objekt i det här fönstret." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</" +"emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt " +"objekt i det här fönstret." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken." +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9099,22 +10593,25 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av " +"bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "På nästa sida kan du importera skrivbordsbakgrunder:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9122,8 +10619,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9131,10 +10627,11 @@ msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på " +"<guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9149,8 +10646,7 @@ msgstr "Användare och Grupper" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9158,9 +10654,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9168,23 +10666,32 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral " +"och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, skal, ...)." +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som " +"t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, " +"skal, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken <guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt." +msgstr "" +"När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken " +"<guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</" +"guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9196,8 +10703,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Lägg till användare</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Denna knapp öppnar ett nytt fönster med fält tomma:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9208,29 +10714,41 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller inget alls." +msgstr "" +"Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett " +"för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller " +"inget alls." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet ökar i styrka." +msgstr "" +"Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas " +"skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet " +"är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. " +"Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror " +"eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet " +"ökar i styrka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att " +"säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9238,7 +10756,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du " +"kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och " +"Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9246,14 +10767,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)." +msgstr "" +"Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> " +"är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya " +"användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du " +"klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9265,7 +10791,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Lägg till grupp</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt grupp-ID." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt " +"grupp-ID." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 @@ -9277,15 +10805,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Redigera</emphasis> (en markerad användare)" msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata " +"som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9296,14 +10825,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot. Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för tillfälliga konton." +msgstr "" +"Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot. " +"Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för " +"tillfälliga konton." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte möjlig så länge kontot är låst." +msgstr "" +"Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte " +"möjlig så länge kontot är låst." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9316,10 +10850,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet " +"att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att " +"ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9329,14 +10865,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som användaren är medlem i." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som " +"användaren är medlem i." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen." +msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att " +"verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9348,14 +10888,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Redigera</emphasis> (med en markerad grupp)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra gruppnamnet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra " +"gruppnamnet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka användare som tillhör gruppen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka " +"användare som tillhör gruppen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9365,11 +10909,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Radera</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren kommer den också att raderas." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> " +"för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och " +"brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren " +"kommer den också att raderas." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9384,9 +10932,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Uppdatera</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för att uppdatera skärmen." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för " +"att uppdatera skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9399,11 +10949,17 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett " +"att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon " +"loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar " +"i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när " +"sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera " +"det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9415,8 +10971,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa den grafiska servern" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9424,197 +10979,263 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</" +"emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Ställ in den grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Ställ in den " +"grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Knapparna ger dig möjlighet att ändra grafikkonfigurationen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafikkort</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är patentskyddad." +msgstr "" +"Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på " +"den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är " +"patentskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</" +"guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk " +"ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin när du är i skrivbordsmiljö." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de " +"flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin " +"när du är i skrivbordsmiljö." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens." +msgstr "" +"Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, " +"men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en " +"kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bildskärm:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper." +msgstr "" +"På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på " +"knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan " +"under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan " +"<guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upplösning:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup (antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:" +msgstr "" +"Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup " +"(antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bilden av bildskärmen i mitten visar en förhandsgranskning med vald konfiguration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning." +msgstr "" +"Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. " +"Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt " +"grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> " +"för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din " +"bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till ett annat." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till " +"ett annat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta " +"om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testa:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera." +msgstr "" +"När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du " +"klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än " +"senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna " +"ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) " +"för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå " +"inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som " +"det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Alternativ:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-" +"servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller " +"inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är <emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är " +"<emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</" +"emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "När du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig att bekräfta. Du kan fortfarande avbryta allt och behålla den tidigare konfigurationen eller bekräfta. I så fall måste du återansluta för att aktivera den nya konfigurationen." +msgstr "" +"När du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig " +"att bekräfta. Du kan fortfarande avbryta allt och behålla den tidigare " +"konfigurationen eller bekräfta. I så fall måste du återansluta för att " +"aktivera den nya konfigurationen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bilden av bildskärmen i " +#~ "mitten visar en förhandsgranskning med vald konfiguration." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po index 4a3ee66a..7d3fafea 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-04 05:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ msgstr "" "dizinlerini seçebilir." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "tr" @@ -853,8 +853,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -863,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -874,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" "ayarlamanızı sağlar" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -883,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" "ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -892,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" "ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -912,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -928,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" "tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -937,17 +951,17 @@ msgstr "" "ayarlamak mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi ise bazı ek seçenekler sunar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>ACPI özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -960,12 +974,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneği işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -974,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" "işlemciler için bir mimaridir." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -983,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -993,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot sekmesi altında bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1014,12 +1028,12 @@ msgstr "" "bırakılmalıdır." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1039,12 +1053,12 @@ msgstr "" "olmanız gerekir. " #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1055,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1064,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"kernel\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1073,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grub komutu \"root\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1082,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "seçenekleri içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1091,11 +1105,12 @@ msgstr "" "bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla " "<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını " @@ -2977,7 +2992,8 @@ msgstr "buradaki bazı düğmeler daha sonra açıklanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Yazı Tiplerini Al: <emphasis/></emphasis>" @@ -7549,6 +7565,56 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> " +"yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</" +"link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu kılavuzun " +"geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime " +"geçin. " + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8088,45 +8154,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> " -"yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</" -"link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu kılavuzun " -"geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime " -"geçin. " - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -10985,10 +11012,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</" @@ -10996,17 +11024,17 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Düğmele grafik yapılandırmasını değiştirmek için izin verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grafik kartı</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11017,7 +11045,7 @@ msgstr "" "örneğin özel bir sürücü ile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11030,7 +11058,7 @@ msgstr "" "sıralıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11041,7 +11069,7 @@ msgstr "" "bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. " #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11052,7 +11080,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> i seçiniz. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11061,12 +11089,12 @@ msgstr "" "örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekran:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11079,12 +11107,12 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Çözünürlük:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11093,21 +11121,20 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortadaki ekran görüntüsü seçilen " -"yapılandırma ile önizleme verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11122,7 +11149,7 @@ msgstr "" "uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11131,7 +11158,7 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirmek için tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11140,12 +11167,12 @@ msgstr "" "ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11156,7 +11183,7 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11167,7 +11194,7 @@ msgstr "" "(büyük harfli) yazınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11179,12 +11206,12 @@ msgstr "" "düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Seçenekler:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11195,7 +11222,7 @@ msgstr "" "sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11204,7 +11231,7 @@ msgstr "" "belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11217,10 +11244,11 @@ msgstr "" "işaretlenmemiş olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11228,3 +11256,10 @@ msgstr "" "onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı " "koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın " "etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortadaki ekran görüntüsü " +#~ "seçilen yapılandırma ile önizleme verir." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po index 3aeb8b49..8cd289d4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-24 19:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -306,8 +306,8 @@ msgstr "" "всіх програмах)." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "uk" @@ -890,8 +890,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot --boot" msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as " +"you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." @@ -901,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" "(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:24 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " @@ -912,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановити пароль, визначити типовий варіант завантаження тощо)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:29 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." @@ -922,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" "системи»." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:33 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" @@ -932,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантаженню вашої системи!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:38 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " @@ -952,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "зміни можуть завадити завантаженню системи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " @@ -967,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде здійснено, завантажувачем буде завантажено типову систему." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:53 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." @@ -976,19 +990,19 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Безпека</guibutton>, можна встановити пароль до завантажувача." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "" "За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна отримати доступ " "до додаткових параметрів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:59 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Увімкнути ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:61 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " @@ -1002,12 +1016,12 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ваше обладнання є сумісним з ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Увімкнути SMP</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:68 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." @@ -1016,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "багатпроцесорність), так називається архітектура багатопроцесорних систем." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:72 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." @@ -1025,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "" "HyperThreading, Mageia визначить його як подвійний процесор і увімкне SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:76 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" @@ -1034,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" "</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:79 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " @@ -1057,12 +1071,12 @@ msgstr "" "локальний APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " @@ -1082,12 +1096,12 @@ msgstr "" "ви не знайомі з синтаксисом команд Lilo або Grub." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " @@ -1098,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" "«title». Приклад: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." @@ -1107,7 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "" "відповідає команді Grub «kernel». Приклад: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." @@ -1117,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:119 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." @@ -1126,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" "передаються ядру під час завантаження." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:122 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." @@ -1135,11 +1149,12 @@ msgstr "" "відповідну систему як основну." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 +#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:125 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" "За допомогою додаткового вікна, відкрити яке можна натисканням кнопки " "<guilabel>Додатково</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим відео</guilabel>, " @@ -3089,7 +3104,8 @@ msgstr "кнопки, призначення яких пояснено нижч #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Отримати шрифти з Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" @@ -7811,6 +7827,56 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Центр керування Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов " +"ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від " +"основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " +"хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" @@ -8357,45 +8423,6 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Центр керування Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов " -"ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від " -"основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " -"хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" @@ -11370,10 +11397,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" "\"0\"/>" msgstr "" "Доступ до цієї програми можна отримати з Центру керування Mageia, сторінка " @@ -11382,18 +11410,18 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:23 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "" "За допомогою цих кнопок можна налаштувати параметри графічної підсистеми." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:25 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графічна карта</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:27 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " @@ -11404,7 +11432,7 @@ msgstr "" "закритим кодом від виробника." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:31 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " @@ -11416,7 +11444,7 @@ msgstr "" "впорядковано за абеткою у списку <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:37 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " @@ -11428,7 +11456,7 @@ msgstr "" "стільничному середовищі." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " @@ -11440,7 +11468,7 @@ msgstr "" "або частоту оновлення зображення." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:39 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." @@ -11451,12 +11479,12 @@ msgstr "" "показу просторових об’єктів)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:45 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монітор:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " @@ -11469,12 +11497,12 @@ msgstr "" "монітор у списку <guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:54 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Роздільна здатність:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:56 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" @@ -11484,21 +11512,20 @@ msgstr "" "У відповідь на її натискання буде показано таке вікно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:61 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:59 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " -"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На зображенні монітора " -"посередині вікна буде показано попередній перегляд поточних налаштувань." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:66 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " "one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " @@ -11514,7 +11541,7 @@ msgstr "" "може призвести до пошкодження монітора або порушення комфортності роботи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:72 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " "another one." @@ -11523,7 +11550,7 @@ msgstr "" "щоб змінити глибину кольорів на іншу." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:76 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." @@ -11533,12 +11560,12 @@ msgstr "" "налаштовування набули чинності." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:83 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Перевірити:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " @@ -11549,7 +11576,7 @@ msgstr "" "змінити значення параметрів, ніж отримати непрацездатне графічне середовище." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:90 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " @@ -11562,7 +11589,7 @@ msgstr "" "текстовою версією XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:93 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " @@ -11575,12 +11602,12 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть кнопку <guibutton role=\"bold\">Гаразд</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:97 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Параметри:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " @@ -11591,7 +11618,7 @@ msgstr "" "+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:103 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." @@ -11601,7 +11628,7 @@ msgstr "" "графічної картки." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" @@ -11615,10 +11642,11 @@ msgstr "" "без використання графічного сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:112 +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" @@ -11628,3 +11656,9 @@ msgstr "" "підтверджено, вам доведеться вийти з облікового запису і знову увійти до " "нього, щоб задіяти внесені зміни." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in " +#~ "the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На зображенні монітора " +#~ "посередині вікна буде показано попередній перегляд поточних налаштувань." |